華嚴經 義疏通講 · 冊24Avataṃsaka Sūtra · Exposition Throughout · Vol. 24

品三十九 入法界品 · 天主光至最寂靜(會緣入實相·別一至別八)—彌勒菩薩(三)正授法界·菩提心功德(攝德成因相) · 5 單元 · 第 24/25 冊 · Entering the Dharma Realm · From Light of the Lord of Gods to Most Tranquil (The Conditions Gathered and Entering the Real: The First to the Eighth of the Particulars) — Maitreya, Part Three: Directly Conferring the Dharma Realm and the Merit and Virtue of the Mind of Awakening (The Mark of Gathering Virtue and Accomplishing the Cause) · 5 units · Vol. 24 of 25 · 冊目次Volume index

品三十九 入法界品 · 天主光至最寂靜(會緣入實相·別一至別八)Entering the Dharma Realm · From Light of the Lord of Gods to Most Tranquil (The Conditions Gathered and Entering the Real: The First to the Eighth of the Particulars)

全文五層 →Full five layers →
義疏Exposition

這一段路上的老師,個個都是平常人

從天主光天女到最寂靜婆羅門,八位善知識一氣讀下來,第一個感覺會是『太短了』。天女還說了十劫供佛,善知眾藝還列了四十二個字母,其餘六位加起來約佔全子十分之四——妙月一位只有一句話:「善男子!我得菩薩解脫,名:淨智光明。」說完就謙己、就指路、就送客。

這不是經文疏漏。澄觀在本會之首就把這個體例點明了,說這一段的善友「然位德已極託迹凡流,深悲接生不標神異,但以法利人」。位德已經到頂,卻把身分寄託在凡人之中——天女、童蒙老師、小孩、在家女眾、三位長者、一位婆羅門,沒有一位現神通、放光明、動大地。前面海幢比丘定中十四處出眾那樣的場面,這裡一次也沒有。

還有一層原因不在師而在弟子。澄觀說「又顯求者道深,或但示法門之名,則懸領旨趣」——善財到這個地步,善友只把法門的名字說出來,他就能遠遠地領會其中的旨趣,不必再廣說。

排一個誤解:以為說得少是因為法小。若如此,則遍友連法門的名字都沒說,豈不是最小?經文的次第正好相反。落到地上:讀這八會,要把『說得少』本身當作所說的一部分來讀。

八友合為一段:澄觀所說的「會緣入實相」

這八位為什麼合在一起讀?因為在澄觀的科判裡,他們同屬一相。澄觀科此為「第二「遂往天宮」下十友,別明會緣」——摩耶夫人之後的十位善友,是同一段。而這一相的名字與意思,澄觀說得很清楚:「二從摩耶下九會十一人,明會緣入實相,即會前住等,成普別兩行契證法界故,初得幻智、後得幻住,該於中間如幻之緣,入一實故。」

「初得幻智」指摩耶所得,「後得幻住」指再往下的德生童子與有德童女所得,本會八位正在中間。所以澄觀給這八位各起的科名,全都冠著「幻智」二字:幻智念力、幻智師範、幻智字母、幻智無依、幻智無著、幻智智光、幻智無盡相、幻智誠願語。這八個名字是澄觀所立,不是經文自標。

排一個誤解:以為「幻」是說這些法門不真。澄觀所說的「該於中間如幻之緣,入一實故」,是說會通中間如幻之緣而入於一實——幻是所會之緣,實才是所入之處。落到地上:這一相要讀的不是『都是假的』,而是『假的也可以是門』。

寄位這件事,古德本來就有兩說

讀這一段常會遇到『某友寄某位』的說法。這是疏家承古德之科,不是經文自己標的,而且古德對於『該不該配位』本來就有兩種主張。澄觀把二說並記:「若意法師及臺山論,但隨文散釋,更無別配;光統等師皆配地位。」一派隨文解釋而不另配位次,一派則位位相配。

澄觀對此下的不是取捨,是持平之語:「二皆有理,謂隨一一位具多法門,豈容凡心不得習求善友之法,故不配有理。然無次位中不礙次位,顯位是常規,配亦無失。」不配有不配的道理——每一位本來就具多種法門,凡夫之心也不是不能修習求友之法;配也沒有過失——無次位之中不礙有次位,位次是常規。二說並存,都通。

落到地上:讀到寄位之說,記得那是一把尺,不是一道牆。

一問不改,八答各異

本會的形狀,一眼可見:善財到每一位面前,問的話幾乎逐字不改——「聖者!我已先發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心,而未知菩薩云何學菩薩行?云何修菩薩道?我聞聖者善能誘誨,願為我說!」八會之中,「願為我說」出現八次。同一句問,八個不同的答。

澄觀給這一組循環立了六段之名:依教趣求、見敬諮問、示己法門、謙己推勝、指示後友、戀德禮辭。他在第一位天主光那裡逐段標出——「初一句即依教趣求。第二「見彼」下見敬諮問。第三「天女答」下示己法門。」——然後就明言以下從略:「下諸善友六段之文,多有不具,皆可思準。」

這一句「多有不具」是讀本會的要領。八會之中,經事六段除遍友外大抵都可對出:遍友一會只有問與答,答句本身就是指路;妙月一會前往、敬問、授法、謙推、指後、禮辭六事俱在,只是示法僅一句。澄觀所謂「多有不具」,是就顯科與詳略說,不是說經事缺段——這一點詳略之別,正是本會與前面諸友最大的分別。

排一個誤解:以為六段是經文自標的格式。它是澄觀的科,經文並無此名。落到地上:拿六段當尺去量八會,量出來的差異就是本會的內容。

天主光:無礙念清淨莊嚴,這名字有三層

第一位是天女,經文說「遂往天宮,見彼天女,禮足圍遶,合掌前住」。她的名字,澄觀釋為「善友言天主光者,謂悲智勝用,光淨自在,破闇義故」——悲與智的殊勝作用,光明清淨而自在,取破暗之義。她父親的名字也入了釋:「父名正念者,此由定發故,故法門名無礙清淨念。」父名正念,是說此念由定而發;所以女兒所得的法門就名為無礙清淨念。

法門的名字有三段,澄觀逐段釋。第一段「無礙念」——「謂以一念無礙智普觀三世,無不明現而無去來今,為無礙念」:以一念的無礙之智普遍觀照三世,沒有一件不明明現前,而其中並無去、來、今的分隔。第二段「清淨」——「不雜異念,為清淨念」:不夾雜別的念頭。第三段「莊嚴」——「念佛功德有益悲智,故曰莊嚴」:所念的是佛的功德,對悲與智都有益,所以叫莊嚴。

排一個誤解:以為「無礙念」是記性好。若只是記性好,何必說「無去來今」。三世同時明現而無先後,這已經不是記憶,是照見。落到地上:檢驗自己的念,不看記得多少,看記的時候心裡有沒有分成過去現在未來三段。

第一劫青蓮華:從出家到法盡,一件不漏

天女說她用這個解脫的力量憶念過去,第一個舉的是「有最勝劫,名:青蓮華」,在那個劫中供養恒河沙數諸佛如來。而所謂供養,經文逐項列出——那些如來從最初出家起,她都瞻仰奉事、守護供養、造僧伽藍、營辦什物。

接著是更細的一層:那些佛還在作菩薩的時候,住母胎時、誕生時、行七步時、大師子吼時、住童子位在宮中時、向菩提樹成正覺時、轉正法輪現佛神變教化調伏眾生時——「如是一切諸所作事,從初發心乃至法盡,我皆明憶,無有遺餘。」這八個時節,是一尊佛一生的節目;而她記的不是某一尊,是那個劫中恒河沙數尊的每一尊的每一節。

排一個誤解:以為這是在誇記憶的量。澄觀在這一段的總意上另有一句話:「非唯憶念,亦於彼多劫多佛聞持此門。」不只是憶念,還在那些劫、那些佛那裡聽聞並執持這個法門——憶是果,聞持才是因。落到地上:一段經歷若只是記得,它就只是往事;記得而且把當時所受持的一直行下去,它才是解脫的力量。

中間九劫:所供佛數為什麼忽多忽少

第一劫之後,經文用「又,劫名」的句式連下九劫(源實計七見「又,劫名」,另二處作「又,憶過去劫」與「又,過去劫名為」),合首劫共十劫。逐劫的名與數是——善地劫,十恒河沙數佛;妙德劫,一佛世界微塵數佛;無所得劫,八十四億百千那由他佛;善光劫,閻浮提微塵數佛;無量光劫,二十恒河沙數佛;最勝德劫,一恒河沙數佛;善悲劫,八十恒河沙數佛;勝遊劫,六十恒河沙數佛;妙月劫,七十恒河沙數佛。

讀這一串會發現一件怪事:數目不是遞增的,也不是遞減的。二十恒河沙之後是一恒河沙,一恒河沙之後忽然是八十恒河沙,然後六十、然後七十。若這一段是要顯示修行愈久供佛愈多,數目就該一路上升。它沒有。劫的名字也不相統——有取華的(青蓮華)、取地的(善地)、取德的(妙德、最勝德)、取義的(無所得)、取光的(善光、無量光)、取悲的(善悲)、取行的(勝遊)、取象的(妙月)。

澄觀於這一段只分三節——最初一劫、中間諸劫、總結多劫——而不逐劫釋義。排一個誤解:以為數目的多寡是在排名次。若是排名次,經文就會把數目排順。落到地上:所憶的既然是「無去來今」,那麼哪一劫多、哪一劫少,本來就不成一個序列。

總結多劫:憶念之後還有受持

十劫列完,經文有一段總收:「善男子!如是憶念恒河沙劫,我常不捨諸佛如來、應、正等覺,從彼一切諸如來所,聞此無礙念清淨莊嚴菩薩解脫,受持修行恒不忘失。」再接一句把前面所列的全部收回:先劫所有如來從初菩薩乃至法盡一切所作,都「皆隨憶念,明了現前,持而順行,曾無懈廢」。

要留意「持而順行」四字。前面說的都是「記」,到這裡才說「行」。澄觀所謂「亦於彼多劫多佛聞持此門」,正落在這一句上。

排一個誤解:以為這一段是前面的重複。前面說的是所憶之事,這一段說的是所受之法——一是境,一是門。落到地上:把一段記憶轉成一個法門,中間差的就是「持而順行」。

「我唯知此」:這句話在八會裡出現了七次

天女說完業用,接著說:「善男子!我唯知此無礙念清淨解脫。」然後舉出諸菩薩摩訶薩的境界——出生死夜朗然明徹、永離癡冥未嘗惛寐、心無諸蓋身行輕安、於諸法性清淨覺了、成就十力開悟群生——末了說「而我云何能知能說彼功德行」。

這是本會每一位善友都有的一段,「我唯」二字在全子出現七次(源實計)。八會而七見,少的那一會是遍友——他沒有自己的法門,所以無所謙。這一缺不是脫文,是結構。

澄觀於善知眾藝那一會,對這種謙推另有一句要緊的話:「推勝即就其所知眾藝寄勝推之,不捨世俗皆與實相不相違背,會同般若之門。」所推之勝,就寄在他自己所知的那一門上推,不是換一個題目去推。

排一個誤解:以為這是客套。若是客套,八會的謙句就該是同一套話;實際上每一會所舉的「彼功德行」都不同——天主光舉的是出生死夜、成就十力,堅固解脫舉的是無所畏大師子吼、廣大福智之聚,無勝軍舉的是無限智無礙辯才。每一句都指著一個具體的不能。落到地上:知道自己所知的是哪一門,比知道得多難。

指示後友:善知識為什麼總是指向下一位

天女說完謙句,隨即指路:「善男子!迦毘羅城有童子師,名曰:遍友。汝詣彼問:菩薩云何學菩薩行、修菩薩道?」八會的指路句幾乎同形——「汝詣彼問」在全子六見(源實計;另二處作「汝可問之」與「汝可往問」)。

指路句裡通常帶三樣東西:地名、人名、身分。迦毘羅城的童蒙老師遍友、婆呾那城的優婆夷賢勝、沃田城的長者堅固解脫、此城中的長者妙月、出生城的長者無勝軍、法聚落的婆羅門最寂靜、妙意華門城的童子德生與童女有德。地名多半自帶取義——澄觀就說遍友「居迦毘羅黃色城者,中道軌物故」,說賢勝之城「婆怛那者,此云增益,以無盡三昧能出生故」,說堅固解脫之城「指後云沃田者,是南天竺近水沃潤故,顯無念定水能滋長故」,說無勝軍之城「皆從體出故,城名出生」,說最寂靜之聚落「苟能誠實,斯則可法,故城名為法」。

排一個誤解:以為指路只是交代行程。若只是行程,就不必連城名都有取義。落到地上:一位老師肯把你送到下一位那裡,這件事本身是他所授之法的一部分。

戀德禮辭:每一次告別,字面都不一樣

八會的辭別句,字面各有小異。天主光會作「時,善財童子以聞法故,歡喜踊躍,不思議善根自然增廣;頂禮其足,遶無數匝,辭退而去」——這是全子最長的一段辭別,且說明了辭別時的所得(善根自然增廣)。善知眾藝會作「頭面敬禮知藝之足……戀仰辭去」,賢勝會作「戀慕瞻仰,辭退南行」,堅固解脫會只作「遶無數匝,辭退而行」而無戀慕之語,最寂靜會則作「於法尊重,禮婆羅門足」——把所尊重的說成「法」而不是人。

「遶無數匝」在全子七見(源實計),八會而七見——遍友一會亦無辭別句,經文由遍友答語直接轉入「爾時,善財即至其所」。

排一個誤解:以為這些是套語,可以一律讀過。若是套語,就不會有「於法尊重」這樣的變體。落到地上:離開一位善知識時帶走的是什麼,經文其實每一次都寫了。

遍友:唯一一位不給法門的老師

第二會最短,也最奇。善財禮敬諮問,一字不減,而遍友的回答是:「善男子!此有童子,名:善知眾藝,學菩薩字智。汝可問之,當為汝說。」說完就沒有了。沒有法門名、沒有業用、沒有謙句、沒有辭別句。

澄觀不把這當作缺,反而特為此立四義:「不得法者,略有四義:一與眾藝法門同故、二法有所付顯流通故、三表一切法門體無二故、四表無所得方為得故。」第一義就事——他的法門和善知眾藝的是同一個,不必再說一遍。第二義也就事——法有承受之人,正顯其流通不絕。第三義入理——表一切法門之體本來無二。第四義最深——表無所得才是得。

法藏於此另有一轉語,說「此童子則是法門,以名無二故、人法無礙故」——那位童子本身就是遍友的法門;人與法之間並無隔閡。李通玄則於他的十門總列中以一句括之:「三童子師,明遍滿十方主世間法師範門。」三家釋因各異,而所指的事實一致——遍友不立自身法門。此諸異釋皆古德成說,誌錄之。

排一個誤解:以為遍友是個過場人物。若是過場,疏家不必為他立四義。落到地上:一位老師最要緊的一句話,有時就是『這件事你該去問誰』。

善知眾藝:世間技藝也可以是般若之門

第三會的善友是個童子,名字就是他的法門名——「我得菩薩解脫,名:善知眾藝。」澄觀釋這個名,說「謂以無礙智窮世間之伎藝故」——以無礙之智窮盡世間的技藝。

他所以偏舉字母而不舉別的技藝,澄觀也說了理由:「字母為眾藝之勝、書說之本,故偏明之,有標、列、結。」字母是眾技藝中最勝的,是一切書寫言說的根本,所以單舉此一項;而這一段的結構是標名、列門、總結三節。

這一會的謙己段是全子最長的鋪陳。他所推勝的諸菩薩摩訶薩,其世間技藝有:文字、算數、醫方、呪術;能療的病有鬼魅所持、怨憎呪詛、惡星變怪、死屍奔逐、癲癇、羸瘦;能別的寶有金玉、珠貝、珊瑚、瑠璃、摩尼、硨磲、雞薩羅;能攝的人居有村營鄉邑、大小都城、宮殿苑園、巖泉藪澤;能觀的有天文地理、人相吉凶、鳥獸音聲、雲霞氣候、年穀豐儉、國土安危。經文說這些「莫不該練,盡其源本」,然後才轉到出世之法。

排一個誤解:以為這一大段是在誇多能。經文把世間技藝與出世之法放在同一句話裡說完,末了以七個「無」收——無疑、無礙、無愚暗、無頑鈍、無憂惱、無沈沒、無不現證。落到地上:世間法之博與出世法之淨,在這一位這裡不是兩件事。

字母何以是般若之門

四十二個字母,為什麼每一個都叫「般若波羅蜜門」?這是本會最要緊的一問。澄觀的答只有一句:「列有四十二門,皆言般若波羅蜜門者,從字入於無相智故,字義為門。」從字進入無相之智,所以字的義理就是門。

要注意這句話的方向。不是字裡有般若,而是從字入無相——字是入口,所入的是無相智。澄觀又引《文殊五字經》為證:「受持此陀羅尼,即入一切法平等,速得成就摩訶般若。」

而四十二這個數目所表的是位。澄觀在這一段之末說:「結云四十二門者,謂表四十二位故。」四十二位,即十住、十行、十迴向、十地,加等覺、妙覺。

排一個誤解:以為唱字是一種咒術,唱了就靈。若是咒術,就不必說「從字入於無相智」。落到地上:這一門的關鍵在「入」字——唱是能入,門是所入,中間那一步是把字的執實放掉。

初五字:阿·多·波·者·那

第一門是「唱阿字時,入般若波羅蜜門,名:以菩薩威力入無差別境界」。澄觀釋阿字:「一阿者,是無生義,以無生之理統該萬法故。」無生之理統攝萬法,所以是無差別境界。至於何以稱「威力」,他也說了:「而菩薩得此無生,則能達諸法空,斷一切障,故云威力。」

第二門是多字,門名「無邊差別門」。這一字是二本最顯的異處——六十本此處作囉字,門名亦異。澄觀記其故,說「囉多二字,字形相近,聲相濫故」,並存另一解:「若順無塵垢釋,以無邊之門方淨塵垢。」他也記了《毘盧遮那經》釋多字的話,只有四字:「如如解脫。」

第三門波字,門名「普照法界」。澄觀釋:「謂真俗雙亡是真法界,諸法皆等即是普照。」真與俗兩邊都不立,才是真法界;諸法平等,就是普照。

第四門者字,門名「普輪斷差別」。澄觀釋:「四者者,諸法無有諸行,謂諸行既空,故遍摧差別。」諸行既然空,差別就被普遍摧破。

第五門那字,門名「得無依無上」。澄觀釋:「五那者,諸法無有性相,言說文字皆不可得。」再進一層:「謂性相雙亡,故無所依。能所詮亡,是謂無上。」性與相都不立,所以無依;能詮與所詮都泯,所以無上。

排一個誤解:以為這五個字義是各自獨立的五條。澄觀所引之文正是把它們串成一環——那字無性相故者字無諸行,者字無諸行故波字無第一義,如此逆推回到阿字之本不生。落到地上:這五門要一氣讀,讀成一個從有到無、再從無回到本不生的圈。

邏字到沙字:從離世間到如海含像

第六門邏字,門名「離依止無垢」。澄觀釋:「六邏字,悟一切法離世間故,愛支因緣永不現故。」離世間所以無所依止,愛的因緣不現所以無垢。

第七門柂字,門名「不退轉方便」。澄觀釋:「七拕字,悟一切法調伏寂靜,真如平等無分別故,方為不退轉方便。」(疏作「拕」,經作「柂」。)

第八門婆字,門名「金剛場」。澄觀釋:「八婆字,悟一切法離縛解故,方入金剛場。」連「縛」與「解」這一對都離了,才入金剛場。

第九門荼字,門名「普輪」。澄觀釋:「九茶字,悟一切法離熱矯穢,得清涼故,是普摧義。」

第十門沙字,門名「海藏」。澄觀釋:「十沙字,悟一切法無罣礙故,如海含像。」海能含一切影像而不礙,所以叫藏。

排一個誤解:以為門名與字義之間是隨意配的。這五門逐一看去,字義是因、門名是果——離世間故無垢,離縛解故入金剛場,無罣礙故如海含像。落到地上:讀四十二門的辦法,就是每一門都問一次『這個字義怎麼生出這個門名』。

縛字到鎖字:不動、如實、制伏、平等

第十一門縛字,門名「普生安住」。澄觀釋:「嚩字,悟一切法言語道斷故,能遍安住。」言語之路斷了,才能普遍安住。

第十二門哆字,門名「圓滿光」。澄觀釋:「哆字,悟一切法真不動故,不動則圓滿發光。」

第十三門也字,門名「差別積聚」。澄觀釋:「也字,悟如實不生故,則諸乘差別積聚皆不可得。」門名雖說「差別積聚」,所悟的卻是差別積聚之不可得。

第十四門瑟吒字,門名「普光明息煩惱」。澄觀釋:「瑟吒字,悟一切法制伏,任持相不可得故。」又把門名拆開對配:「普光明即能制伏,任持煩惱即所制伏,息即伏義。」

第十五門迦字,門名「無差別雲」。澄觀釋:「迦字,悟作者不可得,則作業如雲,皆無差別。」

第十六門娑字,門名「降霔大雨」。澄觀釋只四字:「娑上字,即時平等性。」

第十七門麼字,門名「大流湍激眾峯齊峙」。澄觀釋:「麼字,即我所執性,我慢高舉若眾峯齊峙。」我慢高舉像眾峯並立,生死長流則像湍急奔激——門名的兩個景象,一是我慢、一是流轉。

第十八門伽字,門名「普安立」。澄觀釋:「伽字,即一切法行取性。」

第十九門他字,門名「真如平等藏」。澄觀釋:「他字,即是處所性。」

第二十門社字,門名「入世間海清淨」。澄觀釋:「社字,即能所生起。」

第二十一門鎖字,門名「念一切佛莊嚴」。澄觀釋:「鎖字,即安隱性。」

排一個誤解:以為澄觀釋得短就是不重要。他在這一段之末自己交代了體例,說前面諸字都有「悟一切法」與「不可得」的頭尾,「今並略之」,若要具足,都照瑟吒字那樣讀。落到地上:讀到『某字即某性』這種四五字的短釋,要自己把頭尾補回去——悟一切法某性不可得。

柂字到曷攞多字:能持、寂靜、如空、盡性

第二十二門柂字重出,門名「觀察揀擇一切法聚」。澄觀釋:「拕字,即能持界性。」同一個字前後兩見而門名不同,正見門不由字定。

第二十三門奢字,門名「隨順一切佛教輪光明」。澄觀釋:「奢字,即寂靜性。」

第二十四門佉字,門名「修因地智慧藏」。澄觀釋:「佉字,即如虛空性。」

第二十五門叉字,門名「息諸業海藏」。澄觀釋:「叉字,即盡性。」澄觀自言自娑字以來,各字之釋皆上有「悟一切法」、下有「不可得言」,今並略之——叉字全句當作:悟一切法盡性不可得。業海之息,正在此盡性之不可得處,不是由盡性順推出息滅。

第二十六門娑多字,門名「蠲諸惑障開淨光明」。澄觀釋:「娑多字,即任持處非處令不動性,惑障為非處、開淨光明為其處。」門名的兩截,正對應處與非處。

第二十七門壤字,門名「作世間智慧門」。澄觀釋:「壞字,即能所知性。」(疏作「壞」,經作「壤」。)

第二十八門曷攞多字,門名「生死境界智慧輪」。澄觀釋:「曷攞多字,即執著義性,執著為生死境,義即智慧輪。」門名的兩截也是拆開對配的——執著是生死境,義是智慧輪。

排一個誤解:以為這些門名是一團堆砌的美辭。凡是兩截的門名,澄觀多半把它拆開兩配。落到地上:遇到長門名,先看它能不能拆成兩截。

婆字到吒字:可破壞、欲樂、呼召、勇健

第二十九門婆字重出,門名「一切智宮殿圓滿莊嚴」。澄觀釋:「婆字,即可破壞性。」又記一異譯:「圓滿之言,不空譯為道場。」

第三十門車字,門名「修行方便藏各別圓滿」。澄觀釋:「車字,即欲樂覆性。」

第三十一門娑麼字,門名「隨十方現見諸佛」。澄觀釋:「娑麼字,即可憶念性。」娑麼字全句亦當作:悟一切法可憶念性不可得。現見諸佛,繫於此可憶念性之不可得,不是由可憶念順推出能現見。

第三十二門訶婆字,門名「觀察一切無緣眾生方便攝受令出生無礙力」——這是四十二門中最長的一個名。澄觀釋:「訶婆字,即可呼召性,無緣召令有緣故。」本來無緣,呼召之而令其有緣。

第三十三門縒字,門名「修行趣入一切功德海」。澄觀釋:「縒字,即勇健性。」

第三十四門伽字重出,門名「持一切法雲堅固海藏」。澄觀釋:「伽字,即厚平等性。」與第十八門同字而釋異——一作行取性,一作厚平等性。

第三十五門吒字,門名「隨願普見十方諸佛」。澄觀釋:「吒字,即積集性。」

排一個誤解:以為同一個字在四十二門中重出是譯者的疏忽。經文四十二門之中,柂、婆、伽三字各二見,而門名與澄觀之釋皆各不同。落到地上:字是能入,門是所入;同一個能入可以開出不同的所入。

拏字到陀字:最後七門

第三十六門拏字,門名「觀察字輪有無盡諸億字」。澄觀釋:「拏字,即離諸諠諍,無往無來行住坐臥,謂以常觀字輪故。」常觀字輪,所以於行住坐臥之間無往無來。

第三十七門娑頗字,門名「化眾生究竟處」。澄觀釋:「娑頗字,即遍滿果報。」

第三十八門娑迦字,門名「廣大藏無礙辯光明輪遍照」。澄觀釋:「娑迦字,即積聚蘊性。」

第三十九門也娑字,門名「宣說一切佛法境界」。澄觀釋:「也娑字,即衰老性相。」

第四十門室者字,門名「於一切眾生界法雷遍吼」。澄觀釋:「室者字,即聚集足迹,謂聚集即一切眾生,法雷即是足迹。」

第四十一門侘字,門名「以無我法開曉眾生」。澄觀釋:「侘字,即相驅迫性,謂無我曉之,即為驅迫。」

第四十二門陀字,門名「一切法輪差別藏」。澄觀釋:「陀字,即究竟處,所謂此究竟處,含藏一切法輪。」他並記譯本之異:「然新譯乃是茶字,去聲引之。」

排一個誤解:以為最後一門是收尾的客套。四十二門以「究竟處」終,而所謂究竟處是「含藏一切法輪」——結在一個「含」字上,不結在一個「盡」字上。落到地上:一條路走到究竟,不是把前面走過的丟掉,是把它們都含在裡面。

四十二門為首:門並不止四十二

字母列完,經文自己下了一句總結:「善男子!我唱如是字母時,此四十二般若波羅蜜門為首,入無量無數般若波羅蜜門。」

要留意「為首」二字。四十二不是全部,是頭。四十二門是能入之首,所入的是無量無數。澄觀於此段之末也交代了自己的釋只是舉難者而言:「其中難者已釋,餘以經疏相對,文並可知。」又說另有別章詳之:「更有對會及修觀儀所得功德,並別章具也。」

排一個誤解:以為四十二是一個封閉的清單,背熟就完了。經文說得很直——四十二只是首。落到地上:一份法數表若讀成一個上限,就讀反了;它是入口的名單,不是內容的總量。

眾藝之推勝:不捨世俗,而不違實相

善知眾藝的謙己段之後,是全子最要緊的一句疏語。澄觀說:「推勝即就其所知眾藝寄勝推之,不捨世俗皆與實相不相違背,會同般若之門。」

這一句解了三件事。其一,他所推之勝,是就他自己所知的眾藝往上推,不是換一個題目。其二,不捨世俗——技藝、醫方、算數、天文,一樣都不必丟。其三,這些世俗之事與實相並不相違,都可以會同於般若之門。

排一個誤解:以為修行到某個地步,世間技藝就該放下。這一會的整段經文正好是反面的例子——他的解脫名就叫「善知眾藝」。落到地上:問題從來不在你會不會這些事,在你做這些事的時候,會不會停在事上。

賢勝:無所依處,就是道場

第四會的善友是優婆夷賢勝。她的名字,澄觀釋為「友名賢勝者,賢猶直善。無依道場,直善之最故」——賢就是直而善,而無依道場是直善中最上的。她所居之城,澄觀釋為「婆怛那者,此云增益,以無盡三昧能出生故」。

她的第一個法門是「無依處道場」。澄觀對這個名字先給了一個最樸素的讀法:「直就經文,內外無依即是道場。」內外都無所依,那個無依之處就是道場。他又引賢首所傳的梵名之釋,說那個名字的意思是「謂無阿賴耶染分依處,而有淨分圓場,出生勝德不可窮盡,即轉依究竟,顯德無盡故也」——沒有染分的依處,卻有淨分的圓滿之場。

排一個誤解:以為「無依」是什麼都不靠、什麼都不做。經文緊接著說「既自開解,復為人說」——無依的人並沒有停下來。落到地上:無依不是不動,是動而無所倚。

無盡三昧:不是那個法有盡或無盡

賢勝所得的第二個法是無盡三昧,而經文對它下的第一句話是一個否定:「又得無盡三昧,非彼三昧法有盡、無盡。」不是那個三昧之法本身有盡,也不是它本身無盡。

那麼「無盡」是就什麼說的?就它所出生的說。經文接著用九個「又能出生……無盡故」把理由列完。澄觀對這一對法門的關係下了一個判:「然則二門相成無依道場即空如來藏,無盡三昧即是不空。」無依道場是空的一面,無盡三昧是不空的一面,二門相成。他又說明次第:「要心無依、契於本空,方見不空具性功德,故云出生。」先無依而契於本空,才見得不空之中本具性德。

還有一層防誤,澄觀特別點出:「智性眼等息妄顯出,故曰出生。出非本無,猶稱智性。」所謂出生,是息了妄而顯出來,不是本來沒有而新造出來——正因為不是新造,才仍舊稱它作「智性」。

排一個誤解:以為「出生」是修出一個原來沒有的東西。落到地上:修行所增的是顯,不是有。

九句無盡:六根之外,還有三

九句的次序是眼、耳、鼻、舌、身、意、功德波濤、智慧光明、速疾神通(源「無盡故」實計九見)。前六是六根,後三則出於根外。

前六句要看清一件事:所出生的不是「眼」,是「一切智性眼」。也就是說,這裡說的不是肉眼耳鼻,是一切智之性上的眼耳鼻——六根在此已是智性之六根。後三句則換了範疇:功德波濤說的是量,智慧光明說的是照,速疾神通說的是用。

排一個誤解:以為九句是同一件事說九遍。若是同一件事,就不必在六根之後另加三句;那三句正是要說明「無盡」不止於根門。落到地上:讀排比句的辦法,是先找出它在哪一句換了範疇。

賢勝的謙與指

賢勝的謙句與別會略有不同:「善男子!我唯知此無依處道場解脫。如諸菩薩摩訶薩一切無著功德行,而我云何盡能知說?」別會多作「而我云何能知能說彼功德行」,此處作「而我云何盡能知說」,多一個「盡」字。所推之勝也只一句——「一切無著功德行」,是八會謙句中最簡的一段。

她指示的下一位是沃田城的長者堅固解脫。澄觀於此釋城名,說「指後云沃田者,是南天竺近水沃潤故,顯無念定水能滋長故」——水潤之地,表無念之定水能滋長。又順帶釋了下一位的名:「長者名堅固解脫者,無著清淨,惑不能壞,即解脫故。」善財禮足繞行,「戀慕瞻仰,辭退南行」。

排一個誤解:以為謙句的長短是隨手寫的。八會之中,法門說得最多的兩位(天主光、善知眾藝)謙句也最長;授法答句最短的妙月,謙句亦在最短之列(實計賢勝三十六字、妙月三十八字)。落到地上:所推之勝與所示之法,在本會大體相稱。

堅固解脫:無著約境,無念約心

第五會的長者名堅固解脫,法門名「無著念清淨莊嚴」。澄觀把這個名字拆成四段釋:「無著約境,離所知故。無念約心,心體離念故無煩惱。」無著是就境說的,離的是所知障;無念是就心說的,心體離念所以沒有煩惱。再兩段:「二障永盡是曰清淨,淨則能嚴法身。」二障都盡叫清淨,清淨就能莊嚴法身。

法藏就六十本亦作同向之釋:「正念現前,離所知障,故云無著;離煩惱障,故云清淨。」二家所配的障名相同,唯所繫之字略有出入。此諸異釋皆古德成說,誌錄之。

排一個誤解:以為無著與無念是一回事的兩種說法。澄觀分得很清楚——一個對境,一個對心。落到地上:對境不黏是一件事,心裡不起念是另一件事,兩件都要做。

得了法之後,為什麼反而更求法不休

堅固解脫的業用只有一句:「我自得是解脫已來,於十方佛所勤求正法無有休息。」得了解脫還勤求正法不休息,這是一個值得停一停的地方。

澄觀的解釋落在障上:「既二障不生,則無愛見,故無求求法無厭無休。」二障不生,所以沒有愛與見;沒有愛見之求,才有那種無所求之求——求法而不厭不休。關鍵在「無求求法」四字:不是為了得什麼而求。

這一句在六十本作「法願充滿,於十方佛所無復希求」,與八十本適成相反的兩面——一言求之不息,一言無復所求。法藏就六十本自設一問而自答:「設更所解,不異於此,但須修行,故無復求。」再有所解也不出於此,剩下的只是修行,所以不再求。二本之文既異,二家之釋亦各就其本,並錄不判。

堅固解脫指示的下一位是同城的妙月長者,並特為說明「其長者宅,常有光明」。善財禮足繞行,此會的辭別句最簡,只作「遶無數匝,辭退而行」,無戀慕之語。

排一個誤解:以為『求法無有休息』是還沒到家。若還沒到家,何以名為堅固解脫。落到地上:求之不休與無所希求,在此不是兩個階段,是同一件事的兩面。

妙月:一句話說完的法門

第六會妙月是全子授法答句最短的一會(篇幅最短者為遍友)。法門只有一句:「善男子!我得菩薩解脫,名:淨智光明。」沒有業用、沒有展開。

名字的兩截,澄觀分釋:「真智廓妄,名為淨智。後智照法,名為智光。」根本智廓清虛妄,叫淨智;後得智照了諸法,叫智光。再合起來釋人名:「能淨能光,若秋空滿月,故名妙月。」能淨又能光,像秋天空中的滿月,所以名為妙月。法藏亦有一釋:「妙月者,悲德清涼,故以為名。」並引本經他處之偈為證:「菩薩清涼月,遊於畢竟空。」他釋法門名則作「內證離障為淨智,後智攝物故曰光明」。二家皆分根本與後得二智為釋,唯所取之喻一從光淨、一從清涼。此諸異釋皆古德成說,誌錄之。

排一個誤解:以為妙月一會短是因為法淺。本會之首澄觀已說過——「或但示法門之名,則懸領旨趣」。落到地上:一個名字說完就夠了,這是對聽者的評價,不是對法的評價。

妙月的謙與指

妙月的謙句也極短:「善男子!我唯知此智光解脫。如諸菩薩摩訶薩證得無量解脫法門,而我云何能知能說彼功德行?」所推之勝是「無量解脫法門」——他自己得的是一門,所推的是無量門。

他指示的下一位在出生城,是長者無勝軍。善財「禮妙月足,遶無數匝,戀仰辭去」。

排一個誤解:以為「一門」與「無量門」是量的差別。這一會自己給了答案——他所得的名叫淨智光明,光明本來就不是一處之事。落到地上:一與無量的差別若只是數目,那就還沒讀到「光明」二字。

無勝軍:無盡相與無盡藏

第七會的長者名無勝軍,法門名無盡相。澄觀釋法門名:「法門之名,即所成德相,無窮盡故。」法門的名字就是所成就的德相,因其無窮盡,所以叫無盡相。

業用一句是「我以證此菩薩解脫,見無量佛,得無盡藏」。澄觀以用釋名,說「得無盡藏,謂聞諸妙法」——所謂無盡藏,是聽聞了諸多妙法。再往下推到人名:「既見佛得法無盡,故無能勝。眾德所聚,從喻如軍,亦能普勝諸魔軍故。」既然見佛得法都無盡,所以沒有能勝過他的;眾德聚在一處,取譬如軍,也能普遍戰勝諸魔之軍。法藏於人名亦有一釋:「長者無勝軍者,行德超過,名為無勝;當體具德,從喻如軍。」二家同以「軍」為眾德所聚之喻。此諸異釋皆古德成說,誌錄之。

排一個誤解:以為「無勝軍」是說他戰無不勝。二家之釋都先落在「眾德所聚」上,然後才說到勝。落到地上:所謂不可勝,是因為裡面東西太多,不是因為外面打得太狠。

城名出生,聚落名法

無勝軍所居的城名「出生」,澄觀繫之於法門:「皆從體出故,城名出生。」都從體而出,所以城名出生。法藏則就事釋之:「城名出生者,城中出生人物故。」一從表法,一從事實,並錄不判。

他指示的下一位所居之處,經文說「有一聚落,名之為:法」。澄觀釋此名,先說最寂靜之德,再繫到地名:「言行,君子之樞機,苟能誠實,斯則可法,故城名為法。」言與行是君子的樞機,能夠誠實,就可以為法,所以那地方名為法。法藏亦有一釋:「聚落名法者,在此弘法故、表此即法故。」一因弘法而名,一表其即是法。李通玄則說「眾人所居名之聚落,以無體性名之法」。三家並錄不判。

排一個誤解:以為地名只是地名。本會八個地名,疏家一一為之取義。落到地上:一個人住在哪裡,在這一品裡是他所得之法的一部分。

最寂靜:誠願語的兩義

第八會的善友是婆羅門最寂靜,法門名誠願語。澄觀說這個名字有二義,並各舉一事為例。第一義:「一始終無妄故。如從初發心立弘誓言,必如言行,不乖先語故。」從最初發心立下弘誓之言,後來必定照著所說的去行,不違背先前所說。第二義:「二者隨行不虛故,如忍辱仙人,言我不瞋,令身還復。」隨所行而言不落空——像忍辱仙人被割截時說「我不瞋」,身體便還復如故。

經文的兩段正好各釋一義。「過去、現在、未來菩薩,以是語故,乃至於阿耨多羅三藐三菩提,無有退轉,無已退、無現退、無當退」——這是第一義,始終無妄。「我以住於誠願語故,隨意所作,莫不成滿」——這是第二義,隨行不虛。澄觀明說此為「以用釋名,即如次釋前二義」。

至於人名,澄觀從言上釋:「虛誑言息,故云寂靜。寂靜即為淨行。」虛妄之言息了,所以叫寂靜;而寂靜就是淨行——這一位是婆羅門,婆羅門本以淨行為義。李通玄則說「處之及名總皆寂靜」,又以度相配:「表力波羅蜜隨俗不俗、眾會不喧,名為力用自在。」他釋法門名則作「誠是實也,明所願依言誠實無虛妄言」。此諸異釋皆古德成說,誌錄之。

排一個誤解:以為誠願語就是不說謊。不說謊只是第一義的一半。第二義說的是言出而事必應——這已經不是道德,是力。落到地上:檢驗自己的話,先看它與最初發的願合不合,再看它說出去之後有沒有落空。

三個「退」字:對三世逐一否定

最寂靜的答句裡有一組很密的話:「乃至於阿耨多羅三藐三菩提,無有退轉,無已退、無現退、無當退。」先總說一句「無有退轉」,再對過去、現在、未來逐一否定。

為什麼要這樣寫?因為這一句所承的是上一句——「過去、現在、未來菩薩,以是語故」。三世的菩薩因為有這樣的語,所以三世都無退。說者與所說在時間上是對齊的:三世的人,三世的不退。

排一個誤解:以為「無已退、無現退、無當退」是修辭的鋪排。它與上句的三世菩薩一一相應,不是多說。落到地上:一句話能不能算誠願語,要看它在過去、現在、將來三個時候是不是同一句話。

隨意所作,莫不成滿

「我以住於誠願語故,隨意所作,莫不成滿」——這是本會八個法門中,唯一一個明說『有效』的。別會說的是所照、所見、所憶、所出生,這一會說的是所作必成。

要看清「以住於」三字。不是說了誠願語就靈,是住於誠願語——住是安住不動。而所以能成滿,前面已有理由:始終無妄,隨行不虛。言與行既然從發心那一刻起就沒有分開過,隨意所作自然沒有落空的。

他的謙句在這一句之後:「善男子!我唯知此誠語解脫。如諸菩薩摩訶薩,與誠願語,行止無違,言必以誠,未曾虛妄,無量功德因之出生;而我云何能知能說?」所推之勝仍舊就誠願語一門而推——與前面善知眾藝那一會同一機軸。

排一個誤解:以為這是求願得應的法術。經文所說的因是「住於」,不是『唱誦』。落到地上:一句話要有力量,靠的是它背後那個人一直沒有說過相反的話。

指示德生有德:會緣之終

最後,最寂靜指示善財往南方妙意華門城,去見童子德生與童女有德。城名之義,澄觀說「妙意華者即蘇滿那華,其城門側有之故」——城門旁邊長著這種花,所以取為城名。

而何以下一會是一童子加一童女兩人同在一會,澄觀給了理由:「童子表於淨智,智則萬德由生。童女表於淨悲,悲為眾德之本。」再收一句:「以悲智相導故,二人同會。會緣之終,此二滿故。」悲與智互相導引,所以二人同在一會;會緣入實相這一相到此為終,因為悲智二者到此圓滿。

善財這一次的辭別句與前此各次都不同:「時,善財童子於法尊重,禮婆羅門足,遶無數匝,戀仰而去。」別處寫的是對人的戀慕,這裡先寫「於法尊重」。

排一個誤解:以為這只是換一種寫法。八會之末而以「於法尊重」收,正與這一相的名字相應——所會的是緣,所入的是實。落到地上:一路參下來,最後留住的不是哪一位老師,是法本身。

承衍

本節之文,向下所開之流有三條線。

其一是九友一線之線。澄觀《演義鈔》以九句短語把摩耶以下九會串成一條——初天主光且須正念無失、可為世師、遍窮、無依無盡、無著清淨、清淨即淨智發光、發光則智相無盡、無盡則誠願不違、方能還歸幻住。這九句連讀,是本會八友在整段中位置之最簡表述;讀本節的人當與疏之八科並看。

其二是字母之線。澄觀釋四十二字,多依《毘盧遮那經》與不空所譯之本,並引《文殊五字經》為證;他自記其於難者已釋、餘者略之,又說另有別章詳論對會與修觀之儀。此一線之下所開者甚廣,而本節所存唯此四十二門之名與澄觀之逐字短釋。

其三是諸家異釋之線,各有其軌,誌錄不判。八友之科名,澄觀逐友立名而皆冠「幻智」,法藏《探玄記》亦逐友立名而序數上承摩耶,李通玄先以十門總列摩耶至德生十友,復逐友別釋,智儼《搜玄記》於本會八友未見隨文別釋。遍友不得法一事,澄觀立四義;法藏有二解——與童子法門同故示彼令往問,又釋童子則是法門;李通玄於十門中以一句括之,而於隨文釋處別出師範之義(正師不親教付,以助教不決之事問之),並別釋阿、多二字而後從略。字母第二字之異,澄觀記其字形相近聲相濫,並存另一解。堅固解脫之業用,八十本作勤求不休而六十本作無復希求,二家之釋各就其本。第八友之名,八十本作最寂靜而六十本作尸毘最勝,法藏傳其梵名而釋為最上法空營,澄觀則就八十之名釋為虛誑言息故云寂靜。寄位配相一事,澄觀明記古來二說並云二皆有理,然後乃依古德配為五相。此諸異釋皆古德成說。

八位老師,八個法門,其中一位連法門的名字都沒有。從十劫的憶念到一句話的淨智光明,從四十二個字母到「隨意所作莫不成滿」,這一段路走完,善財手上多的不是八樣東西——是七次「我唯知此」。

Every Teacher on This Stretch of the Road Is an Ordinary Person

From the goddess Light of the Lord of Gods to the brahmin Most Tranquil, when the eight good friends are read straight through in one breath, the first feeling is ‘this is too short.’ The goddess at least tells of ten kalpas of making offerings to buddhas, and Well Knowing the Many Arts at least sets out forty-two graphs; the other six together take up about four parts in ten of the whole unit — and Wondrous Moon has only one sentence: “Son of good family! I have gained one bodhisattva liberation, named: pure knowledge, light.” Having said it he humbles himself, points out the road, and sees his visitor off.

This is not an omission in the scripture text. Chengguan makes the pattern plain at the very head of this assembly, saying of the friends of this stretch, “now, their station and virtue being already at the utmost, they entrust their traces to the common stream; out of deep compassion in taking up beings they set forth no divine marvels, but benefit people by the Dharma alone.” Station and virtue have already reached the top, and yet the persons in which they are lodged are ordinary — a goddess, a teacher of small boys, a child, a laywoman, three elders, one brahmin, and not one of them displays a spiritual power, sends forth light, or shakes the earth. The kind of scene we had earlier, where multitudes came forth from fourteen places of the monk Ocean Banner’s body while he sat in samādhi, does not occur here even once.

There is a second reason as well, and it lies not with the teacher but with the student. Chengguan says, “further, it displays that the seeker’s way is deep, so that they may set forth only the name of the Dharma gate, and he grasps its purport from afar” — Sudhana having come this far, the friends need only speak the name of the Dharma gate, and he can take in its purport from a distance, with no need for a broader telling.

A misreading must be set aside: to think that little is said because the Dharma is small. If that were so, then Universal Friend, who does not even say the name of a Dharma gate, would have the smallest of all — and the ordering of the scripture text says exactly the opposite. To bring it to the ground: in reading these eight gatherings, ‘how little is said’ must itself be read as part of what is said.

The Eight Friends Taken as One Section: What Chengguan Calls ‘the Conditions Gathered and Entering the Real’

Why are these eight read together? Because in Chengguan’s outline they belong to one and the same mark. Chengguan outlines this as “second, from ‘then he went on to the palace of the gods’ onward, ten friends, making clear separately the gathering of conditions” — the ten good friends after Lady Māyā are one section. And the name and the sense of this mark Chengguan states very plainly: “second, from Māyā onward, nine gatherings and eleven persons, making clear the conditions gathered and entering the real — that is, gathering the abodes and the rest that came before, and accomplishing the two practices, the universal and the particular, so as to tally with and realize the Dharma realm; for the first gains the knowledge of illusion and the last gains the abiding in illusion, taking in between them the conditions that are as an illusion, and entering the one real.”

‘The first gains the knowledge of illusion’ points to what Māyā gained, and ‘the last gains the abiding in illusion’ points to what the boy Virtue-Born and the maiden Endowed with Virtue further on gain; the eight of this assembly stand precisely in between. And so the outline-names Chengguan gives these eight all bear the two graphs ‘knowledge of illusion’ upon them: the knowledge of illusion as the power of mindfulness, as the model of a teacher, as the graph-mothers, as having nothing to depend upon, as clinging to nothing, as the light of knowledge, as the mark of inexhaustibility, as the speech of true vow. These eight names are Chengguan’s own setting up; the scripture text does not mark them of itself.

A misreading must be set aside: to think that ‘illusion’ says these Dharma gates are not real. What Chengguan says — “taking in between them the conditions that are as an illusion, and entering the one real” — is that the conditions in between, which are as an illusion, are gathered up and one enters into the real; the illusory is what is gathered, and the real is what is entered. To bring it to the ground: what is to be read in this mark is not ‘it is all false,’ but ‘even the false can be a gate.’

As for Assigning the Stations, the Ancient Worthies Already Had Two Views

In reading this stretch one often meets the saying that ‘such a friend is assigned to such a station.’ This comes from the commentators carrying on the outlines of the ancient worthies; the scripture text does not mark it of itself, and moreover the ancient worthies from the first held two positions upon whether stations ought to be assigned at all. Chengguan records both: “as for the Dharma master Yi and the Taishan treatise, they gloss the text as it comes and assign nothing further; masters such as Guangtong all assign the stations of the grounds.” One school glosses as the text runs and assigns no order of stations; the other matches station to station.

What Chengguan lays down upon this is not a choice between them but an evenhanded word: “both have their reason. That is, since each single station is complete in many Dharma gates, how should the mind of an ordinary person be barred from studying and seeking the dharma of the good friends? — and so not assigning has its reason. Yet within the absence of an order of stations the order of stations is not obstructed, and to display the stations is the common rule, so that assigning too is without fault.” Not assigning has its own reason — each station is of itself complete in many Dharma gates, and even the mind of an ordinary person is not barred from cultivating the dharma of seeking friends; assigning too is without fault — within the absence of an order of stations an order of stations is not obstructed, and stations are the common rule. Both views stand, and both go through.

To bring it to the ground: when you come upon the talk of assigned stations, remember that it is a measuring rod, not a wall.

One Question Unchanged, Eight Answers All Different

The shape of this assembly can be seen at a glance: Sudhana comes before each one of them, and the words he asks are almost unchanged, graph for graph — “Holy one! I have already brought forth beforehand the mind of anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi, but I still do not know how a bodhisattva is to study the practice of a bodhisattva, how a bodhisattva is to cultivate the path of a bodhisattva. I have heard that the holy one is well able to draw others on and to instruct them; I pray that you will expound it for me!” In the eight gatherings, “I pray that you will expound it for me” appears eight times. One and the same question, and eight different answers.

For this recurring set Chengguan sets up the names of six divisions: seeking in accord with the teaching, seeing and paying respect and inquiring, displaying his own Dharma gate, humbling himself and pointing to the superior, pointing out the next friend, cherishing his virtue and taking leave. At the first friend, Light of the Lord of Gods, he marks each division out in turn — “the first clause is precisely seeking in accord with the teaching. The second, from ‘he saw her’ onward, is seeing, paying respect, and inquiring. The third, from ‘the goddess answered’ onward, is displaying her own Dharma gate.” — and then says outright that below this he will abbreviate: “in the text of the six divisions for the good friends below, there is much that is not complete, and it may all be worked out by inference.”

This one clause, ‘there is much that is not complete,’ is the key to reading this assembly. Of the eight gatherings, the six scriptural events can for the most part be matched out in all but Universal Friend’s: the gathering of Universal Friend has only the question and the answer, and the answer itself is the pointing of the road; in the gathering of Wondrous Moon all six events — going, paying respect and inquiring, conferring the Dharma, humbling and pointing to the superior, pointing out the next, and taking leave — are present, only the displaying of the Dharma is one sentence. Chengguan’s ‘much is not complete’ speaks of the outline headings and of fullness and brevity, not of missing events — and this difference in fullness and brevity is precisely the greatest difference between this assembly and the friends who came before.

A misreading must be set aside: to think the six divisions are a form the scripture text marks for itself. They are Chengguan’s outline; the scripture text has no such names. To bring it to the ground: take the six divisions as a rod and measure the eight gatherings with it, and the differences it measures out are the content of this assembly.

Light of the Lord of Gods: The Pure Adornment of Unobstructed Mindfulness — a Name with Three Layers

The first is a goddess, and the scripture text says, “then he went on to the palace of the gods, saw that goddess, bowed to her feet and circled her, joined his palms and stood before her.” Her name Chengguan glosses as “that the good friend is called Light of the Lord of Gods means the surpassing function of compassion and knowledge, luminous, pure, and at ease, taking the sense of breaking through darkness” — the surpassing working of compassion and of knowledge, luminous and pure and at ease, taking the sense of breaking the dark. Her father’s name enters the gloss too: “that her father is named Right Mindfulness is because this mindfulness issues from concentration, and so the Dharma gate is named unobstructed pure mindfulness.” The father’s name being Right Mindfulness says that this mindfulness issues from concentration; and so the Dharma gate the daughter gains is named unobstructed pure mindfulness.

The name of the Dharma gate has three parts, and Chengguan glosses each in turn. The first part, ‘unobstructed mindfulness’ — “that is, with a single thought of unobstructed knowledge to observe universally the three times, so that there is nothing not brightly present, and yet there is no going, coming, or now: this is unobstructed mindfulness”: with the unobstructed knowledge of a single thought to observe the three times universally, so that not one thing is not brightly present, while within it there is no division into gone, coming, and now. The second part, ‘pure’ — “not mixed with other thoughts: this is pure mindfulness”: no other thought is mingled in. The third part, ‘adornment’ — “calling to mind the merit and virtue of the buddhas benefits compassion and knowledge, and so it is called adornment”: what is called to mind is the merit and virtue of buddhas, which benefits both compassion and knowledge, and so it is called adornment.

A misreading must be set aside: to think that ‘unobstructed mindfulness’ means a good memory. If it were only a good memory, why say ‘no going, coming, or now’? For the three times to be brightly present at once, with no before and after, is no longer memory; it is seeing. To bring it to the ground: to test your own mindfulness, do not look at how much you remember, but at whether, in the remembering, the mind has divided itself into past, present, and future.

The First Kalpa, Blue Lotus Blossom: From the Leaving of Home to the Exhaustion of the Dharma, Not One Thing Left Out

The goddess says that by the power of this liberation she calls the past to mind, and the first she raises is that “there was a most excellent kalpa named: Blue Lotus Blossom,” in which she made offerings to buddhas, tathāgatas as many as the sands of the Gaṅgā. And as for what making offerings means, the scripture text sets it out item by item — from the time those tathāgatas first left home, she looked up to them and served them, guarded and made offerings to them, built saṃghārāmas, and provided implements and goods.

Then comes a finer layer: at the time when those buddhas were still bodhisattvas — dwelling in the mother’s womb, being born, walking seven steps, making the great lion’s roar, dwelling in the station of a boy within the palace, going toward the tree of awakening and achieving right awakening, turning the wheel of the right Dharma, displaying the divine transformations of a buddha, teaching and taming beings — “all such things as these that they did, from the first bringing forth of the mind all the way to the exhaustion of the Dharma, I hold clearly in mind, with nothing whatever left out.” These eight junctures are the programme of a single buddha’s life; and what she holds is not one buddha, but every juncture of every one of the buddhas of that kalpa, as many as the sands of the Gaṅgā.

A misreading must be set aside: to think that this is boasting of the sheer quantity of memory. Upon the general sense of this passage Chengguan has another word: “not only calling them to mind, but also hearing and holding this gate at those many kalpas and many buddhas.” Not only calling to mind, but also hearing and holding this Dharma gate at those kalpas and those buddhas — the calling to mind is the fruit, and the hearing and holding is the cause. To bring it to the ground: an experience that is only remembered is only a bygone thing; remembered, and with what was then received carried on in practice ever since, it becomes the power of a liberation.

The Nine Kalpas in the Middle: Why Do the Numbers of Buddhas Offered To Rise and Fall?

After the first kalpa, the scripture text runs nine kalpas together with the pattern “and again there was a kalpa named” (which the source has seven times by actual count; the other two places read “and again, calling to mind a kalpa of the past” and “and again a past kalpa named”), which together with the first kalpa make ten. The names and the numbers, one by one, are: the kalpa Good Ground, buddhas as many as ten Gaṅgā’s sands; the kalpa Wondrous Virtue, buddhas as many as the dust-motes of one buddha-world; the kalpa Nothing Gained, eighty-four koṭis of hundreds of thousands of nayutas of buddhas; the kalpa Good Light, buddhas as many as the dust-motes of Jambudvīpa; the kalpa Measureless Light, buddhas as many as twenty Gaṅgā’s sands; the kalpa Most Excellent Virtue, buddhas as many as one Gaṅgā’s sands; the kalpa Good Compassion, buddhas as many as eighty Gaṅgā’s sands; the kalpa Excellent Roaming, buddhas as many as sixty Gaṅgā’s sands; the kalpa Wondrous Moon, buddhas as many as seventy Gaṅgā’s sands.

Reading down this string, one notices something odd: the numbers do not increase, and they do not decrease. After twenty Gaṅgā’s sands comes one Gaṅgā’s sands; after one Gaṅgā’s sands comes, all at once, eighty; then sixty; then seventy. If this passage meant to display that the longer the practice the more buddhas are offered to, the numbers ought to have risen all the way. They do not. The names of the kalpas do not fall under one head either — some take a blossom (Blue Lotus Blossom), some a ground (Good Ground), some a virtue (Wondrous Virtue, Most Excellent Virtue), some a meaning (Nothing Gained), some a light (Good Light, Measureless Light), some compassion (Good Compassion), some a practice (Excellent Roaming), some an image (Wondrous Moon).

Upon this passage Chengguan divides only three parts — the first kalpa, the kalpas in between, the general conclusion upon the many kalpas — and does not gloss the meaning kalpa by kalpa. A misreading must be set aside: to think that the greatness or smallness of the numbers is a ranking. Were it a ranking, the scripture text would have put the numbers in order. To bring it to the ground: since what is called to mind is ‘without going, coming, or now,’ then which kalpa had more and which had fewer does not from the first make a series.

The General Conclusion upon the Many Kalpas: After the Calling to Mind There Is Still the Receiving and Holding

The ten kalpas listed, the scripture text has a passage of general gathering: “Son of good family! Calling to mind in this way kalpas as many as the sands of the Gaṅgā, I have never once forsaken the buddhas, the tathāgatas, the worthy of offerings, the perfectly awakened; and from the presence of every one of those tathāgatas I heard this bodhisattva liberation of the pure adornment of unobstructed mindfulness, received it and held it, cultivated it and practiced it, and never forgot or lost it.” Then a further clause takes back into itself all that was listed before: of all the tathāgatas of the former kalpas, from their first being bodhisattvas to the exhaustion of the Dharma, everything they did is “called to mind accordingly, clear and distinct before me, held and practiced in accord, without ever having been idle or letting it lapse.”

The four graphs ‘held and practiced in accord’ deserve notice. Everything before this spoke of ‘remembering’; only here does it speak of ‘practising.’ Chengguan’s words, “also hearing and holding this gate at those many kalpas and many buddhas,” fall exactly upon this clause.

A misreading must be set aside: to think that this passage repeats the one before. The one before spoke of the things called to mind; this one speaks of the dharma received — the one an objective realm, the other a gate. To bring it to the ground: to turn a stretch of memory into a Dharma gate, what lies in between is ‘held and practiced in accord.’

‘I Know Only This’: The Clause That Appears Seven Times in Eight Gatherings

Having finished the working of her Dharma gate, the goddess goes on: “Son of good family! I know only this one liberation of pure unobstructed mindfulness.” She then raises the realm of the bodhisattva mahāsattvas — coming out of the long night of birth and death into brightness and clarity, forever free of the darkness of delusion and never drowsy or lost in sleep, minds without the various coverings and bodily conduct light and at ease, awakening purely to the nature of all dharmas, accomplishing the ten powers and opening the awakening of beings — and closes with “how could I know, or be able to tell of, their merit and their practice?”

This is a passage every good friend in this assembly has, and the two graphs ‘I only’ occur seven times in the whole unit (by actual count in the source). Eight gatherings and seven occurrences: the one that is missing is Universal Friend — he has no Dharma gate of his own, and so has nothing to be humble about. This one lack is not a dropped passage; it is structure.

At the gathering of Well Knowing the Many Arts, Chengguan has another important word upon this manner of humbling and pointing: “the pointing to the superior is to point to the superior by lodging it in the very many arts that he knows, for not forsaking the worldly is in nothing at variance with the real mark, and gathers into the gate of wisdom.” The superior he points to is pointed to by lodging it upon that one gate he himself knows; he does not change the subject in order to point.

A misreading must be set aside: to think that this is mere courtesy. If it were courtesy, the clauses of humbling in the eight gatherings would be one and the same set of words; in fact the ‘merit and practice’ each one raises is different — Light of the Lord of Gods raises coming out of the long night of birth and death and accomplishing the ten powers; Firm Liberation raises the great lion’s roar that has nothing to fear and the vast heap of merit and knowledge; Unconquerable Army raises knowledge without limit and eloquence without obstruction. Each clause points at a definite inability. To bring it to the ground: to know which one gate it is that you know is harder than knowing many things.

Pointing Out the Next Friend: Why a Good Friend Always Points to the One Who Comes Next

The clause of humbling finished, the goddess at once points out the road: “Son of good family! In the city Kapila there is a teacher of young boys, named: Universal Friend. Go to him and ask: how is a bodhisattva to study the practice of a bodhisattva, and to cultivate the path of a bodhisattva?” The clauses of pointing in the eight gatherings are almost of one form — “go to him and ask” occurs six times in the whole unit (by actual count in the source; the other two places read “you may ask him” and “you may go and ask him”).

The clause of pointing usually carries three things: a place-name, a person’s name, and a station in life. The teacher of small boys Universal Friend in the city Kapila; the laywoman Worthy and Excellent in the city Podana; the elder Firm Liberation in the city Fertile Fields; the elder Wondrous Moon in this same city; the elder Unconquerable Army in the city Birth-Giving; the brahmin Most Tranquil in the settlement named Dharma; the boy Virtue-Born and the maiden Endowed with Virtue in the city Gate of the Wondrous-Intent Blossom. For the most part the place-names carry a meaning of their own — Chengguan says of Universal Friend that “he dwells in the yellow-coloured city Kapila because the middle way is the rule for things”; of the city of Worthy and Excellent that “Podana means, in this tongue, increase, since the samādhi of inexhaustibility is able to bring forth”; of the city of Firm Liberation that “as for Fertile Fields in the pointing that follows, it is in southern India, near water and richly moist, displaying that the water of the concentration of no-thought is able to nourish and grow”; of the city of Unconquerable Army that “all come forth from the essence, and so the city is named Birth-Giving”; and of the settlement of Most Tranquil that “if one is able to be truthful, then this may be taken as a rule, and so the city is named Dharma.”

A misreading must be set aside: to think that the pointing of the road is only a note upon the itinerary. If it were only an itinerary, there would be no need for even the city names to carry a meaning. To bring it to the ground: that a teacher is willing to send you on to the next one is itself a part of the Dharma he confers.

Cherishing His Virtue and Taking Leave: Every Parting Reads Differently

In the eight gatherings the clauses of parting each differ a little on the face of them. The gathering of Light of the Lord of Gods has “at that time the youth Sudhana, because he had heard the Dharma, was glad and leapt for joy, and inconceivable roots of good of themselves grew and spread wide in him; he bowed his head to her feet, circled her numberless times, took his leave, and departed” — the longest parting in the whole unit, and one that states what was gained at the parting (roots of good growing of themselves). The gathering of Well Knowing the Many Arts has “he bowed his head and face in reverence to the feet of this knower of the arts … and departed gazing back upon him with longing”; the gathering of Worthy and Excellent has “gazing up with longing, he took his leave and went south”; the gathering of Firm Liberation has only “circled him numberless times, took his leave, and went on,” with no word of longing; and the gathering of Most Tranquil has “out of reverence for the Dharma, he made obeisance to the feet of the brahmin” — putting what is revered as the ‘Dharma,’ not the person.

‘Circled him numberless times’ occurs seven times in the whole unit (by actual count in the source), eight gatherings and seven occurrences — the gathering of Universal Friend likewise has no clause of parting, the scripture text turning straight from Universal Friend’s answer into “at that time Sudhana went on to his place.”

A misreading must be set aside: to think these are set phrases that may all be read past alike. If they were set phrases, there would be no variant such as ‘out of reverence for the Dharma.’ To bring it to the ground: what one carries away on leaving a good friend, the scripture text has in fact written down every single time.

Universal Friend: The Only Teacher Who Gives No Dharma Gate

The second gathering is the shortest, and also the strangest. Sudhana pays his respects and inquires, with not a word cut short, and Universal Friend’s answer is: “Son of good family! Here there is a boy named: Well Knowing the Many Arts, who studies the bodhisattva’s knowledge of graphs (the knowledge that enters the Dharma by way of letters). You may ask him, and he will expound it for you.” And with that it is over. No name of a Dharma gate, no working, no clause of humbling, no clause of parting.

Chengguan does not take this for a lack; on the contrary he sets up four meanings for it: “that he gains no dharma has, in brief, four meanings: first, because it is the same as the Dharma gate of Many Arts; second, because the Dharma has one to whom it is entrusted, displaying its being handed on; third, because it displays that the essence of all Dharma gates is not two; fourth, because it displays that it is having nothing gained that is the way to gain.” The first meaning is upon the affair — his Dharma gate and that of Well Knowing the Many Arts are one and the same, and there is no need to say it twice. The second is upon the affair as well — the Dharma has one who receives it, which precisely displays that its handing on is unbroken. The third enters the principle — it displays that the essence of all Dharma gates is from the first not two. The fourth is the deepest — it displays that having nothing gained is what gaining is.

Fazang here has a turning word of his own, saying “this boy then is the Dharma gate, since the name is not two and person and dharma are unobstructed” — that boy himself is Universal Friend’s Dharma gate; between person and dharma there is no partition. Li Tongxuan, in his general listing of ten gates, covers it with a single clause: “third, the teacher of boys, making clear the gate of being the model of a teacher for worldly dharmas, filling the ten directions.” The three houses gloss the reason differently, while the fact they point to is one: Universal Friend sets up no Dharma gate of his own. These divergent interpretations are all settled sayings of the ancient worthies, and are recorded as such.

A misreading must be set aside: to think that Universal Friend is a passing figure. Were he a passing figure, the commentators would not have set up four meanings for him. To bring it to the ground: the most important thing a teacher says is sometimes ‘this is the one you should go and ask about that.’

Well Knowing the Many Arts: Worldly Arts Too Can Be a Gate of Wisdom

The good friend of the third gathering is a boy, and his name is his Dharma gate’s name — “I have gained one bodhisattva liberation, named: well knowing the many arts.” Chengguan glosses this name, saying “that is, because with unobstructed knowledge he exhausts the arts and crafts of the world” — with unobstructed knowledge he exhausts the arts of the world.

Why he singles out the graph-mothers and not some other art, Chengguan also gives the reason for: “the graph-mothers are the superior among the many arts and the root of writing and speaking, and so they are singled out and made clear, having a marking, a listing, and a conclusion.” The graph-mothers are the most superior of the many arts and the root of all writing and speech, and so this one item alone is raised; and the structure of this passage is the three parts of marking the name, listing the gates, and concluding.

The clause of humbling in this gathering is the longest spread in the whole unit. The worldly arts of the bodhisattvas, the mahāsattvas, to whom he points as superior are letters, numbering, medicine, and spells; the sicknesses they can heal are being held fast by ghosts and goblins, being cursed by those who hate one, the strange calamities of an evil star, being chased by a corpse, epilepsy, and wasting thinness; the treasures they can tell apart are gold and jade, pearl and shell, coral, beryl, maṇi, tridacna, and jisaluo; the human dwellings they can take in are hamlets and villages and towns, cities great and small, palaces and gardens, cliffs and springs and marshes and fens; and what they can observe is the patterns of the heavens and the earth, the signs of good and ill fortune in a person’s features, the sounds of birds and beasts, the airs of cloud and haze, the fatness or leanness of the year’s harvest, and the safety or peril of a land. The scripture text says of all these that “there is not one they are not practiced in, for they have exhausted their very root and source,” and only then turns to the dharmas that go beyond the world.

A misreading must be set aside: to think that this long passage is boasting of many abilities. The scripture text finishes the worldly arts and the dharmas beyond the world within one and the same clause, and closes at the last with seven ‘nots’ — no doubt, no obstruction, no darkness of delusion, no dullness, no anxiety, no sinking down, and nothing not directly realized. To bring it to the ground: the breadth of the worldly dharmas and the purity of the dharmas beyond the world are not, in this one friend, two separate affairs.

Why the Graph-Mothers Are Gates of Wisdom

Forty-two graphs — why is every one of them called a ‘gate of prajñā-pāramitā’? This is the most important question of this assembly. Chengguan’s answer is one clause only: “that the forty-two gates listed are all called gates of prajñā-pāramitā is because one enters from the graph into the knowledge of no-mark, so that the sense of the graph is the gate.” One enters from the graph into the knowledge of no-mark, and so the sense of the graph is the gate.

The direction of this clause deserves notice. It is not that wisdom is inside the graph, but that from the graph one enters no-mark — the graph is the entrance, and what is entered is the knowledge of no-mark. Chengguan further cites the Wenshu wuzi jing in witness: “receiving and holding this dhāraṇī, one enters the evenness of all dharmas and swiftly accomplishes the great wisdom.”

And what the number forty-two sets forth is the stations. At the end of this passage Chengguan says: “that it concludes with forty-two gates is because they set forth the forty-two stations.” The forty-two stations, that is, the ten abodes, the ten practices, the ten dedications, and the ten grounds, with equal awakening and wondrous awakening added.

A misreading must be set aside: to think that chanting the graphs is a kind of spellcraft, and that chanting works of itself. If it were spellcraft, there would be no need to say ‘one enters from the graph into the knowledge of no-mark.’ To bring it to the ground: the pivot of this gate is the word ‘enter’ — the chanting is what enters, the gate is what is entered, and the step in between is the letting go of taking the graph for something real.

The First Five Graphs: a · duo · bo · zhe · na

The first gate is “when I chant the graph a, I enter one gate of prajñā-pāramitā, named: entering the realm of no differences by the bodhisattva’s awesome power.” Chengguan glosses the graph a: “first, a: this is the sense of no arising, since the principle of no arising takes in and covers the myriad dharmas.” The principle of no arising takes in the myriad dharmas, and so it is the realm of no differences. And why it is called ‘awesome power’ he also says: “and the bodhisattva, gaining this no arising, is then able to reach the emptiness of all dharmas and to cut off all hindrances, and so it says awesome power.”

The second gate is the graph duo, the gate named ‘the gate of boundless differences.’ This one graph is the most conspicuous place where the two witnesses diverge — the sixty-fascicle witness has here the graph luo, and the gate-name differs as well. Chengguan records the reason, saying “the two graphs luo and duo are close in form and their sounds are easily confused,” and lets another reading stand as well: “if one glosses in accord with ‘without dust and stain,’ then it is the boundless gate that first cleanses dust and stain.” He also records the Piluzhena jing’s gloss of the graph duo, which is four graphs only: “suchness, liberation.”

The third gate is the graph bo, the gate named ‘universally illumining the Dharma realm.’ Chengguan glosses: “that is, the true and the conventional both vanishing is the true Dharma realm, and all dharmas being equal is precisely the universal illumining.” When neither the true nor the conventional is set up, that is the true Dharma realm; that all dharmas are equal is the universal illumining.

The fourth gate is the graph zhe, the gate named ‘the universal wheel that cuts off differences.’ Chengguan glosses: “fourth, zhe: dharmas have no formations — that is, the formations being empty, differences are therefore crushed universally.” The formations being empty, differences are universally crushed.

The fifth gate is the graph na, the gate named ‘gaining the unsupported and the unsurpassed.’ Chengguan glosses: “fifth, na: dharmas have no nature or mark, and speech and letters are all unobtainable.” And a layer further: “that is, nature and mark both vanishing, therefore there is nothing to depend on. What expresses and what is expressed both vanishing, this is called unsurpassed.” Neither nature nor mark is set up, and so there is nothing depended on; neither what expresses nor what is expressed remains, and so it is unsurpassed.

A misreading must be set aside: to think these five graph-meanings are five separate items each standing alone. The text Chengguan cites strings them precisely into one ring — because na is without nature and mark, zhe is without formations; because zhe is without formations, bo is without a first meaning; and so backwards to the original non-arising of a. To bring it to the ground: these five gates are to be read in one breath, read as a circle running from the existent to the empty and from the empty back to original non-arising.

From the Graph luo to the Graph sha: From Leaving the World to Holding Images as the Ocean Does

The sixth gate is the graph luo, the gate named ‘leaving what is depended upon, without stain.’ Chengguan glosses: “sixth, the graph luo: awakening that all dharmas leave the world, since the causes and conditions of the branch of craving never appear again.” Leaving the world, and so nothing is depended on; the conditions of craving not appearing, and so no stain.

The seventh gate is the graph tuo, the gate named ‘the skillful means of non-retrogression.’ Chengguan glosses: “seventh, the graph tuo: awakening that all dharmas are tamed and still, and because suchness is even and without discrimination, this is then the skillful means of non-retrogression.” (The commentary writes the graph one way and the scripture text another.)

The eighth gate is the graph po, the gate named ‘the diamond ground.’ Chengguan glosses: “eighth, the graph po: awakening that all dharmas leave bondage and release, and only then does one enter the diamond ground.” Only when even the pair ‘bondage’ and ‘release’ has been left does one enter the diamond ground.

The ninth gate is the graph tu, the gate named ‘the universal wheel.’ Chengguan glosses: “ninth, the graph tu: awakening that all dharmas leave heat and falseness and filth and gain coolness, which is the sense of universal crushing.”

The tenth gate is the graph sha, the gate named ‘the treasury of the ocean.’ Chengguan glosses: “tenth, the graph sha: awakening that all dharmas are without hindrance, as the ocean holds images.” The ocean can hold every image without obstruction, and so it is called a treasury.

A misreading must be set aside: to think that gate-name and graph-meaning are matched at random. Looking down these five gates one by one, the graph-meaning is the cause and the gate-name the effect — because it leaves the world it is without stain; because it leaves bondage and release it enters the diamond ground; because it is without hindrance it holds images as the ocean does. To bring it to the ground: the way to read the forty-two gates is to ask of each one, ‘how does this graph-meaning give birth to this gate-name?’

From the Graph fu to the Graph suo: Unmoving, As It Really Is, Subduing, Even

The eleventh gate is the graph fu, the gate named ‘universally bringing forth and abiding at peace.’ Chengguan glosses: “the graph fu: awakening that in all dharmas the road of speech is cut off, and so it is able to abide everywhere.” The road of speech being cut off, only then can one abide universally.

The twelfth gate is the graph duo, the gate named ‘the light of fullness.’ Chengguan glosses: “the graph duo: awakening that all dharmas are truly unmoving, and being unmoving they are full and send forth light.”

The thirteenth gate is the graph ye, the gate named ‘the heaping up of differences.’ Chengguan glosses: “the graph ye: awakening that as it really is there is no arising, and then the heaping up of the differences of the vehicles is all unobtainable.” Though the gate-name says ‘heaping up of differences,’ what is awakened to is that the heaping up of differences is unobtainable.

The fourteenth gate is the graph sezha, the gate named ‘the universal light that stills the afflictions.’ Chengguan glosses: “the graph sezha: awakening that all dharmas are subdued, since the mark of holding is unobtainable.” And he takes the gate-name apart and matches it: “the universal light is what subdues, the holding of the afflictions is what is subdued, and stilling is the sense of subduing.”

The fifteenth gate is the graph jia, the gate named ‘the cloud without differences.’ Chengguan glosses: “the graph jia: awakening that the doer is unobtainable, and then the deeds done are like clouds, all without difference.”

The sixteenth gate is the graph suo, the gate named ‘sending down the great rain.’ Chengguan’s gloss is four graphs only: “the graph suo in the rising tone: this is the nature of the evenness of time.”

The seventeenth gate is the graph mo, the gate named ‘the great flood surging and the many peaks standing ranged together.’ Chengguan glosses: “the graph mo: this is the nature of grasping at what is mine, conceit lifting itself high like many peaks ranged together.” Conceit lifting itself high like peaks standing side by side, and the long flood of birth and death like a surging torrent — the two scenes of the gate-name are the one conceit and the other transmigration.

The eighteenth gate is the graph qie, the gate named ‘universally setting up.’ Chengguan glosses: “the graph qie: this is the nature of grasping at practice in all dharmas.”

The nineteenth gate is the graph ta, the gate named ‘the treasury of the evenness of suchness.’ Chengguan glosses: “the graph ta: this is the nature of place.”

The twentieth gate is the graph she, the gate named ‘entering the ocean of the world and being pure.’ Chengguan glosses: “the graph she: this is what gives rise and what is given rise to.”

The twenty-first gate is the graph suo, the gate named ‘calling to mind the adornment of all buddhas.’ Chengguan glosses: “the graph suo: this is the nature of security.”

A misreading must be set aside: to think that where Chengguan’s gloss is short the matter is unimportant. At the end of this passage he states his own procedure, saying that the graphs before all had the head and tail of ‘awakening that all dharmas’ and ‘unobtainable,’ which he now abbreviates throughout; and that if one wants them in full, they are all to be read as the graph sezha was. To bring it to the ground: when you come upon a four- or five-graph gloss of the form ‘such a graph is such a nature,’ put the head and tail back yourself — awakening that all dharmas are of such a nature, unobtainable.

From the Graph tuo to the Graph heluoduo: Holding, Stillness, Like Space, the Nature of Exhaustion

The twenty-second gate is the graph tuo appearing a second time, the gate named ‘observing and sifting out all the gatherings of dharmas.’ Chengguan glosses: “the graph tuo: this is the nature of being able to hold the realms.” One and the same graph appearing twice with different gate-names shows precisely that the gate is not determined by the graph.

The twenty-third gate is the graph she, the gate named ‘the light of the wheel of the teaching of all buddhas, followed in accord.’ Chengguan glosses: “the graph she: this is the nature of stillness.”

The twenty-fourth gate is the graph qu, the gate named ‘the treasury of wisdom cultivated upon the ground of the cause.’ Chengguan glosses: “the graph qu: this is the nature of being like space.”

The twenty-fifth gate is the graph cha, the gate named ‘the treasury that stills the ocean of all deeds.’ Chengguan glosses: “the graph cha: this is the nature of exhaustion.” Chengguan says of himself that from the graph suo onward every gloss has ‘awakening to all dharmas’ above and ‘cannot be obtained’ below, and that here he abbreviates them all — the full sentence for the graph cha is to be read: awakening to the nature of exhaustion of all dharmas as unobtainable. The stilling of the ocean of deeds lies precisely in that unobtainability of the nature of exhaustion, not in a forward inference from exhaustion to stilling.

The twenty-sixth gate is the graph suoduo, the gate named ‘sweeping away the hindrances of delusion and opening the pure light.’ Chengguan glosses: “the graph suoduo: this is the nature of holding what is the place and what is not the place so that they do not move, the hindrances of delusion being what is not the place, and the opening of the pure light being what is the place.” The two halves of the gate-name answer exactly to the place and the not-place.

The twenty-seventh gate is the graph rang, the gate named ‘the gate of the wisdom that makes the world.’ Chengguan glosses: “the graph rang: this is the nature of what knows and what is known.” (The commentary writes the graph one way and the scripture text another.)

The twenty-eighth gate is the graph heluoduo, the gate named ‘the wheel of wisdom within the realm of birth and death.’ Chengguan glosses: “the graph heluoduo: this is the nature of the sense of clinging, the clinging being the realm of birth and death and the sense being the wheel of knowledge.” The two halves of the gate-name are likewise taken apart and matched — the clinging is the realm of birth and death, the sense is the wheel of knowledge.

A misreading must be set aside: to think that these gate-names are a heap of fine words piled together. Wherever a gate-name is in two halves, Chengguan for the most part takes it apart and matches it in two. To bring it to the ground: when you meet a long gate-name, first see whether it can be split into two halves.

From the Graph po to the Graph zha: Breakable, Desire, Summoning, Valiant

The twenty-ninth gate is the graph po appearing a second time, the gate named ‘the full adornment of the palace of omniscience.’ Chengguan glosses: “the graph po: this is the nature of being breakable.” And he records a divergence of rendering: “the word ‘full,’ Bukong renders as ‘the place of the Way.’”

The thirtieth gate is the graph che, the gate named ‘the treasury of the skillful means of practice, each one of them full.’ Chengguan glosses: “the graph che: this is the nature of being covered by desire and pleasure.”

The thirty-first gate is the graph suomo, the gate named ‘seeing the buddhas appear in accord with the ten directions.’ Chengguan glosses: “the graph suomo: this is the nature of being able to be called to mind.” The full sentence for the graph suomo likewise reads: awakening to the nature of all dharmas as able to be called to mind, as unobtainable. The seeing of the buddhas appearing is fastened to that unobtainability of the nature of being called to mind, not to a forward inference that because they can be called to mind they can be seen.

The thirty-second gate is the graph hepo, the gate named ‘observing all beings who have no bond of affinity, taking them in by skillful means, and causing the power of unobstructedness to arise’ — the longest name among the forty-two gates. Chengguan glosses: “the graph hepo: this is the nature of being able to be summoned, since those without a bond are summoned and made to have a bond.” Having from the first no bond of affinity, they are summoned and thereby made to have one.

The thirty-third gate is the graph cuo, the gate named ‘cultivating and going on to enter the ocean of all merit and virtue.’ Chengguan glosses: “the graph cuo: this is the nature of valiance.”

The thirty-fourth gate is the graph qie appearing a second time, the gate named ‘the firm treasury of the ocean that holds the cloud of all dharmas.’ Chengguan glosses: “the graph qie: this is the nature of thick evenness.” The same graph as the eighteenth gate, glossed differently — the one as the nature of grasping at practice, the other as the nature of thick evenness.

The thirty-fifth gate is the graph zha, the gate named ‘universally seeing the buddhas of the ten directions in accord with one’s vow.’ Chengguan glosses: “the graph zha: this is the nature of accumulation.”

A misreading must be set aside: to think that the reappearing of one and the same graph among the forty-two gates is an oversight of the translator. In the forty-two gates of the scripture text, the graphs tuo, po, and qie each appear twice, and the gate-names and Chengguan’s glosses are in each case different. To bring it to the ground: the graph is what enters and the gate is what is entered; one and the same enterer can open out different things entered.

From the Graph na to the Graph tuo: The Last Seven Gates

The thirty-sixth gate is the graph na, the gate named ‘observing that the wheel of graphs has inexhaustible koṭis of graphs.’ Chengguan glosses: “the graph na: this is leaving the various clamours and disputes, without going and without coming, walking, standing, sitting, and lying down — that is, by constantly observing the wheel of graphs.” Constantly observing the wheel of graphs, and so amid walking, standing, sitting, and lying down there is neither going nor coming.

The thirty-seventh gate is the graph suopo, the gate named ‘the place where the teaching of beings comes to its end.’ Chengguan glosses: “the graph suopo: this is the ripened recompense that fills everywhere.”

The thirty-eighth gate is the graph suojia, the gate named ‘the vast treasury, the wheel of the light of unobstructed eloquence, illumining everywhere.’ Chengguan glosses: “the graph suojia: this is the nature of the aggregates as accumulation.”

The thirty-ninth gate is the graph yesuo, the gate named ‘proclaiming the realm of all buddha-dharmas.’ Chengguan glosses: “the graph yesuo: this is the nature and mark of decay and age.”

The fortieth gate is the graph shizhe, the gate named ‘the Dharma-thunder roaring everywhere throughout the realm of all beings.’ Chengguan glosses: “the graph shizhe: this is the gathering together of footprints — that is, the gathering together is all beings, and the Dharma-thunder is precisely the footprints.”

The forty-first gate is the graph cha, the gate named ‘awakening beings by the dharma of no-self.’ Chengguan glosses: “the graph cha: this is the nature of mutual driving on — that is, no-self awakening them is precisely the driving on.”

The forty-second gate is the graph tuo, the gate named ‘the treasury of the differences of the wheels of all dharmas.’ Chengguan glosses: “the graph tuo: this is the final place; that is to say, this final place holds within it all the wheels of dharma.” And he records a divergence between the renderings: “yet the new rendering has the graph tu, drawn out in the departing tone.”

A misreading must be set aside: to think that the last gate is a closing courtesy. The forty-two gates end at ‘the final place,’ and this final place is one that ‘holds within it all the wheels of dharma’ — it ends upon a word of holding, not upon a word of exhausting. To bring it to the ground: for a road to be walked to its end is not to throw away what has been walked before, but to hold it all within.

The Forty-Two Gates as the Foremost: The Gates Are Not Only Forty-Two

The graph-mothers listed, the scripture text lays down a conclusion of its own: “Son of good family! When I chant these graph-mothers, I take these forty-two gates of prajñā-pāramitā as the foremost, and enter measureless, numberless gates of prajñā-pāramitā.”

The two graphs ‘the foremost’ deserve notice. Forty-two is not the whole; it is the head. The forty-two gates are the foremost of what enters, and what is entered is measureless and numberless. At the end of this passage Chengguan likewise states that his own gloss has raised only the difficult ones: “those among them that are difficult have been glossed; for the rest, set the scripture text and the commentary side by side and the text may all be understood.” And he says there is a separate chapter that treats it in detail: “there is further the matching and the merit gained by the rite of cultivating contemplation, which are set out in full in a separate chapter.”

A misreading must be set aside: to think that forty-two is a closed list, and that having it by heart is the end of the matter. The scripture text says it very plainly — forty-two is only the head. To bring it to the ground: a numbered list of dharmas read as an upper limit has been read backwards; it is a roster of entrances, not the sum of the contents.

The Pointing to the Superior of Many Arts: Not Forsaking the Worldly, and Yet Not at Variance with the Real Mark

After the clause of humbling of Well Knowing the Many Arts comes the most important clause of commentary in the whole unit. Chengguan says: “the pointing to the superior is to point to the superior by lodging it in the very many arts that he knows, for not forsaking the worldly is in nothing at variance with the real mark, and gathers into the gate of wisdom.”

This one clause resolves three things. First, the superior he points to is pointed to upwards from the very many arts he himself knows, not by changing the subject. Second, the worldly is not forsaken — the arts, medicine, numbering, astronomy, none of them need be thrown away. Third, these worldly matters are not at variance with the real mark, and can all be gathered into the gate of wisdom.

A misreading must be set aside: to think that when practice reaches a certain point the worldly arts ought to be laid down. The whole passage of this gathering is precisely the counter-instance — the name of his liberation is ‘well knowing the many arts.’ To bring it to the ground: the question was never whether you can do these things, but whether, in doing them, you come to a stop upon the things.

Worthy and Excellent: To Have Nothing to Depend On Is Itself the Place of the Way

The good friend of the fourth gathering is the laywoman Worthy and Excellent. Her name Chengguan glosses as “that the friend is named Worthy and Excellent: worthy is as much as to say straight and good; and the place of the Way that has nothing to depend upon is the utmost of the straight and good” — worthy means straight and good, and the place of the Way that has nothing to depend upon is the highest among the straight and good. Of the city she dwells in Chengguan glosses, “Podana means, in this tongue, increase, since the samādhi of inexhaustibility is able to bring forth.”

Her first Dharma gate is ‘the place of the Way that has nothing to depend upon.’ Upon this name Chengguan first gives the plainest reading: “taking the scripture text just as it stands, that inner and outer have nothing to depend upon is precisely the place of the Way.” When neither inner nor outer is depended upon, that place of no dependence is the place of the Way. He then cites the gloss upon the Sanskrit name transmitted by Xianshou, saying that the sense of that name is “that is, without the dependent place of the defiled part of the ālaya, and yet having the full ground of the pure part, bringing forth surpassing virtues that cannot be exhausted — that is, the turning about of the basis brought to its end, displaying that the virtues are inexhaustible” — no dependent place for the defiled part, and yet a full ground of the pure part.

A misreading must be set aside: to think that ‘nothing to depend upon’ means relying on nothing and doing nothing. The scripture text goes straight on to say, “having myself come to understand it, I also expound it for others” — the one who depends on nothing has not come to a stop. To bring it to the ground: to depend on nothing is not to be unmoving, but to move without leaning.

The Samādhi of Inexhaustibility: It Is Not That the Dharma Itself Has Exhaustion or Inexhaustibility

The second dharma Worthy and Excellent gains is the samādhi of inexhaustibility, and the first thing the scripture text says of it is a negation: “and I have gained a samādhi of inexhaustibility — not that the dharma of that samādhi itself has exhaustion or inexhaustibility.” It is not that the dharma of that samādhi itself has exhaustion, nor that it itself is inexhaustible.

Then in what respect is it ‘inexhaustible’? In respect of what it brings forth. The scripture text goes on to set out the reason in full with nine clauses of “and again is able to bring forth … inexhaustibly.” Upon the relation of this pair of Dharma gates Chengguan lays down a judgment: “this being so, the two gates complete one another: the place of the Way that has nothing to depend upon is the empty Tathāgata-womb, and the samādhi of inexhaustibility is precisely the not-empty.” The place of the Way that depends on nothing is the side of emptiness, the samādhi of inexhaustibility is the side of non-emptiness, and the two gates complete one another. He further makes plain their order: “it is required that the mind depend on nothing and tally with the original emptiness, and only then does one see that the not-empty is complete in the virtues of its nature, and so it says ‘brings forth.’” First to depend on nothing and tally with the original emptiness, and only then is it seen that within the not-empty the virtues of the nature are from the first complete.

There is a further guard against misreading that Chengguan makes a point of: “the eye and the rest of the nature of omniscience are displayed forth by the stilling of the false, and so it says ‘brings forth.’ The coming forth is not from an original non-being; it is still called the nature of omniscience.” What is called bringing forth is a displaying forth by the stilling of the false, not a making anew of what was not there before — and precisely because it is not made anew, it is still called ‘the nature of omniscience.’

A misreading must be set aside: to think that ‘bringing forth’ is cultivating into being something that was not there. To bring it to the ground: what practice increases is the display, not the being.

The Nine Clauses of Inexhaustibility: Beyond the Six Faculties, There Are Three More

The order of the nine clauses is eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, mind, billows of merit and virtue, light of wisdom, swift spiritual powers (‘inexhaustibly’ occurs nine times by actual count in the source). The first six are the six faculties, and the last three fall outside the faculties.

One thing must be seen clearly in the first six clauses: what is brought forth is not ‘the eye’ but ‘the eye of the nature of omniscience.’ That is to say, what is spoken of here is not the fleshly eye and ear and nose, but the eye and ear and nose upon the nature of omniscience — the six faculties here are already the six faculties of the nature of knowledge. The last three clauses change category: the billows of merit and virtue speak of measure, the light of wisdom speaks of illumining, the swift spiritual powers speak of function.

A misreading must be set aside: to think the nine clauses say one and the same thing nine times over. If they were one and the same thing, there would have been no need to add three clauses after the six faculties; and those three are precisely what makes plain that ‘inexhaustible’ does not stop at the gates of the faculties. To bring it to the ground: the way to read a passage of parallel clauses is first to find the clause at which it changes category.

The Humbling and the Pointing of Worthy and Excellent

The clause of humbling of Worthy and Excellent differs a little from those of the other gatherings: “Son of good family! I know only this one liberation of the place of the Way that has nothing to depend upon. But as for the merit and the practice of those bodhisattvas, the mahāsattvas, who cling to nothing at all — how could I fully know it, or tell of it?” The other gatherings mostly have ‘how could I know, or be able to tell of, their merit and their practice,’ while here it is ‘how could I fully know it, or tell of it,’ with the one added graph ‘fully.’ What she points to as superior is one clause only — ‘the merit and the practice of those who cling to nothing at all’ — the briefest passage among the clauses of humbling of the eight gatherings.

The next one she points out is the elder Firm Liberation of the city Fertile Fields. Chengguan here glosses the city name, saying “as for Fertile Fields in the pointing that follows, it is in southern India, near water and richly moist, displaying that the water of the concentration of no-thought is able to nourish and grow” — a land moistened by water, setting forth that the water of the concentration of no-thought is able to nourish and grow. And he glosses in passing the name of the next friend: “that the elder is named Firm Liberation is because, unclinging and pure, delusions cannot destroy him, which is precisely liberation.” Sudhana bows to her feet and circles her, and “gazing up with longing, took his leave and went south.”

A misreading must be set aside: to think the length or brevity of the clauses of humbling is a matter of chance. Among the eight gatherings, the two who say most of their Dharma gate (Light of the Lord of Gods and Well Knowing the Many Arts) have the longest clauses of humbling; Wondrous Moon, whose conferring answer is the shortest, has a clause of humbling among the shortest as well (by actual count, Worthy and Excellent thirty-six graphs, Wondrous Moon thirty-eight). To bring it to the ground: in this assembly, the superior pointed to and the dharma displayed answer to one another on the whole.

Firm Liberation: Unclinging Is Upon the Object, No-Thought Is Upon the Mind

The elder of the fifth gathering is named Firm Liberation, and his Dharma gate is named ‘the pure adornment of mindfulness that clings to nothing.’ Chengguan takes this name apart into four parts and glosses it: “unclinging is upon the object, since it leaves what is known. No-thought is upon the mind, since the essence of mind leaves thought and is therefore without afflictions.” Unclinging is said with respect to the object, and what is left is the hindrance of the knowable; no-thought is said with respect to the mind, and because the essence of mind leaves thought there are no afflictions. And two parts more: “the two hindrances being forever exhausted is called pure, and being pure it is able to adorn the Dharma body.” The two hindrances both exhausted is called pure, and being pure it can adorn the Dharma body.

Fazang, upon the sixty-fascicle witness, has a gloss to the same effect: “right mindfulness being present before him, he leaves the hindrance of the knowable, and so it says unclinging; he leaves the hindrance of the afflictions, and so it says pure.” The two houses match the same names of the hindrances, differing only slightly in the graphs to which they fasten them. These divergent interpretations are all settled sayings of the ancient worthies, and are recorded as such.

A misreading must be set aside: to think that unclinging and no-thought are two ways of saying one thing. Chengguan divides them very clearly — the one is toward the object, the other toward the mind. To bring it to the ground: not sticking to objects is one thing, and not giving rise to thoughts within is another; both are to be done.

Having Gained the Dharma, Why Does He Seek the Dharma All the More Without Rest?

The working of Firm Liberation is one clause only: “Ever since I gained this liberation, I have sought the Dharma diligently in the presence of the buddhas of the ten directions, and have never rested.” Having gained liberation, and still seeking the right Dharma diligently without rest — this is a place worth stopping at.

Chengguan’s explanation falls upon the hindrances: “the two hindrances not arising, there is then no craving and no view, and so the seeking that is no seeking seeks the Dharma without weariness and without rest.” The two hindrances not arising, there is neither craving nor view; and only when the seeking has no craving and no view in it is there that seeking which seeks nothing — seeking the Dharma without weariness and without rest. The pivot is in the four graphs ‘the seeking that is no seeking’: it is not seeking in order to get something.

This clause in the sixty-fascicle witness reads “his vow for the Dharma being filled full, he has nothing further to hope for in the presence of the buddhas of the ten directions,” which makes with the eighty-fascicle exactly two opposite faces — the one saying that his seeking never rests, the other that he has nothing further to seek. Fazang, upon the sixty-fascicle witness, sets a question himself and answers it himself: “supposing there were something further understood, it would not differ from this; only cultivation is required, and so there is nothing further to seek.” Whatever further understanding there might be would not go beyond this, and what remains is only to cultivate, and so he seeks no more. The texts of the two witnesses being different, the glosses of the two houses each follow their own witness, and both are recorded without adjudication.

The next one Firm Liberation points out is the elder Wondrous Moon of the same city, and he makes a point of saying that “the dwelling of that elder always has light in it.” Sudhana bows to his feet and circles him, and the clause of parting in this gathering is the plainest, reading only “circled him numberless times, took his leave, and went on,” with no word of longing.

A misreading must be set aside: to think that ‘seeking the Dharma without rest’ means he has not yet arrived. If he had not arrived, why should he be named Firm Liberation? To bring it to the ground: seeking without rest and hoping for nothing are not, here, two stages, but two faces of one and the same thing.

Wondrous Moon: A Dharma Gate Told in a Single Sentence

The sixth gathering, Wondrous Moon, has the shortest answer conferring the Dharma in the whole unit (the shortest gathering overall is Universal Friend’s). The Dharma gate is one sentence only: “Son of good family! I have gained one bodhisattva liberation, named: pure knowledge, light.” There is no working, and no unfolding.

The two halves of the name Chengguan glosses separately: “true knowledge sweeps away the false, and is named pure knowledge. Subsequent knowledge illumines dharmas, and is named the light of knowledge.” Root knowledge sweeps clear the false, and is called pure knowledge; subsequently attained knowledge illumines dharmas, and is called the light of knowledge. Then he glosses the person’s name by putting them together: “being able to be pure and able to be luminous, like the full moon in the autumn sky, he is named Wondrous Moon.” Able to be pure and also to be luminous, like the full moon in an autumn sky, and so named Wondrous Moon. Fazang too has a gloss: “Wondrous Moon: the virtue of compassion is cool, and so it is taken as his name.” And he cites a verse from elsewhere in this very scripture in witness: “the bodhisattva is a cool moon, roaming in ultimate emptiness.” His gloss upon the name of the Dharma gate reads: “inner realization free of hindrance is pure knowledge, and since subsequent knowledge takes in things it is called light.” Both houses gloss by dividing root and subsequent knowledge, differing only in the image taken — the one from luminous purity, the other from coolness. These divergent interpretations are all settled sayings of the ancient worthies, and are recorded as such.

A misreading must be set aside: to think that the gathering of Wondrous Moon is short because the Dharma is shallow. At the head of this assembly Chengguan has already said it — “they may set forth only the name of the Dharma gate, and he grasps its purport from afar.” To bring it to the ground: that a name said once is enough is an assessment of the hearer, not an assessment of the Dharma.

The Humbling and the Pointing of Wondrous Moon

Wondrous Moon’s clause of humbling is also very short: “Son of good family! I know only this one liberation of the light of knowledge. But as for those bodhisattvas, the mahāsattvas, who realize measureless gates of liberation — how could I know, or be able to tell of, their merit and their practice?” What he points to as superior is ‘measureless gates of liberation’ — he himself has gained one gate, and what he points to is measureless gates.

The next one he points out is in the city Birth-Giving, the elder Unconquerable Army. Sudhana “made obeisance to the feet of Wondrous Moon, circled him numberless times, and departed gazing back upon him with longing.”

A misreading must be set aside: to think that ‘one gate’ and ‘measureless gates’ differ in quantity. This gathering gives the answer itself — what he gained is named pure knowledge, light, and light was never a matter of one place. To bring it to the ground: if the difference between one and measureless is only a difference of number, then the two graphs ‘light’ have not yet been read.

Unconquerable Army: The Mark of Inexhaustibility and the Inexhaustible Treasury

The elder of the seventh gathering is named Unconquerable Army, and his Dharma gate is named the mark of inexhaustibility. Chengguan glosses the Dharma gate’s name: “the name of the Dharma gate is precisely the mark of virtue accomplished, since it is without end.” The name of the Dharma gate is the mark of the virtue accomplished, and because it has no end it is called the mark of inexhaustibility.

The clause of working is “Because I have realized this bodhisattva liberation, I see measureless buddhas and gain an inexhaustible treasury.” Chengguan glosses the name by the working, saying “gaining an inexhaustible treasury means hearing the many wondrous dharmas” — what is called the inexhaustible treasury is the hearing of many wondrous dharmas. Then he presses on to the person’s name: “since his seeing of buddhas and gaining of the Dharma are alike inexhaustible, therefore none can conquer him. The many virtues being gathered in one place, it is likened to an army; and he is also able to conquer universally the armies of the Māras.” Since both his seeing of buddhas and his gaining of the Dharma are inexhaustible, there is none who can overcome him; the many virtues gathered in one place are figured as an army, and he can also conquer universally the armies of the Māras. Fazang too has a gloss upon the person’s name: “that the elder is named Unconquerable Army: his practice and virtue surpass others, and he is named Unconquerable; the very essence is complete in virtue, and from the figure it is as an army.” Both houses alike take ‘army’ as the figure for the gathering of the many virtues. These divergent interpretations are all settled sayings of the ancient worthies, and are recorded as such.

A misreading must be set aside: to think that ‘Unconquerable Army’ means he wins every battle. Both houses’ glosses fall first upon ‘the many virtues gathered,’ and only then come to conquering. To bring it to the ground: what is called unconquerable is so because there is too much within, not because the fighting outside is too fierce.

The City Named Birth-Giving, the Settlement Named Dharma

The city where Unconquerable Army dwells is named ‘Birth-Giving,’ and Chengguan fastens it to the Dharma gate: “all come forth from the essence, and so the city is named Birth-Giving.” All come forth from the essence, and so the city is named Birth-Giving. Fazang glosses it upon the affair: “that the city is named Birth-Giving is because within the city people and things are brought to birth.” The one from the setting forth of the Dharma, the other from the fact, and both are recorded without adjudication.

Of the dwelling place of the next one he points out, the scripture text says “there is a settlement, and its name is simply: Dharma.” Chengguan glosses this name by first stating the virtue of Most Tranquil and then fastening it to the place-name: “word and deed are the pivot of the noble man; if one is able to be truthful, then this may be taken as a rule, and so the city is named Dharma.” Word and deed are the pivot of the noble man; being able to be truthful, one may be taken as a rule, and so the place is named Dharma. Fazang too has a gloss: “that the settlement is named Dharma is because the Dharma is spread abroad here, and because it displays that this is itself the Dharma.” The one names it from the spreading of the Dharma, the other displays that it is itself the Dharma. Li Tongxuan says, “where a multitude of people dwells is called a settlement, and by its being without an essential nature it is named Dharma.” The three houses are recorded without adjudication.

A misreading must be set aside: to think that a place-name is only a place-name. Of the eight place-names of this assembly, the commentators take a meaning for every one. To bring it to the ground: where a person lives is, in this chapter, a part of the dharma he has gained.

Most Tranquil: The Two Meanings of the Speech of True Vow

The good friend of the eighth gathering is the brahmin Most Tranquil, and his Dharma gate is named the speech of true vow. Chengguan says this name has two meanings, and raises an instance for each. The first meaning: “first, because from beginning to end it is without falsity. As when from the first bringing forth of the mind one sets up the words of a great vow, and must act as one has spoken, not going against one’s earlier word.” From the first bringing forth of the mind one sets up the words of a great vow, and thereafter one certainly acts according to what was said, not going against what was spoken before. The second meaning: “second, because in accord with practice it is not empty, as when the ṛṣi of patience said ‘I bear no anger,’ and his body was made whole again.” In accord with what is practised the word does not fall empty — as when the ṛṣi of patience, being cut apart, said “I bear no anger,” and his body was restored as before.

The two passages of the scripture text gloss one meaning each exactly. “the bodhisattvas of the past, the present, and the future, because they have such speech, up to anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi, have never fallen back — none has fallen back already, none falls back now, and none will fall back hereafter” — this is the first meaning, without falsity from beginning to end. “Because I abide in the speech of true vow, whatever I set my mind to do is fulfilled and accomplished, every one” — this is the second meaning, not empty in accord with practice. Chengguan says outright that this is “glossing the name by the working, glossing the former two meanings in their order.”

As for the person’s name, Chengguan glosses it from speech: “false and deceiving speech being stilled, it says tranquil. And tranquillity is precisely pure conduct.” False speech being stilled, therefore he is called tranquil; and tranquillity is pure conduct — this friend being a brahmin, and a brahmin taking pure conduct for his very meaning. Li Tongxuan says, “the place and the name are both alike tranquil,” and matches it to a perfection as well: “it sets forth that the perfection of power, according with the worldly and yet not worldly, unclamorous amid the assembly, is named being at ease in the use of power.” His gloss upon the Dharma gate’s name reads: “‘true’ is the real; it makes clear that what is vowed, resting upon the word, is truthful and has no false speech.” These divergent interpretations are all settled sayings of the ancient worthies, and are recorded as such.

A misreading must be set aside: to think that the speech of true vow simply means not lying. Not lying is only half of the first meaning. The second meaning says that the word goes forth and the matter answers to it — and that is no longer morality; it is power. To bring it to the ground: to test your own words, look first at whether they agree with the vow you first brought forth, and then at whether, once spoken, they fell empty.

Three Graphs of ‘Falling Back’: A Denial Reaching the Three Times One by One

Within Most Tranquil’s answer there is a tightly packed set of words: “up to anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi, have never fallen back — none has fallen back already, none falls back now, and none will fall back hereafter.” First a general clause, ‘have never fallen back,’ and then a denial reaching past, present, and future one by one.

Why written this way? Because this clause carries on from the clause before — “the bodhisattvas of the past, the present, and the future, because they have such speech.” The bodhisattvas of the three times, because they have such speech, therefore do not fall back in any of the three times. The speaker and what is spoken are aligned in time: persons of the three times, non-retrogression of the three times.

A misreading must be set aside: to think that ‘none has fallen back already, none falls back now, none will fall back hereafter’ is a rhetorical spread. It answers one for one to the bodhisattvas of the three times in the clause above; it is not saying more than is needed. To bring it to the ground: whether a saying can count as the speech of true vow depends on whether it is the same saying in the past, in the present, and in what is to come.

Whatever He Sets His Mind to Do Is Fulfilled and Accomplished

“Because I abide in the speech of true vow, whatever I set my mind to do is fulfilled and accomplished, every one” — this is the only one of the eight Dharma gates of this assembly that states outright that it ‘works.’ The other gatherings speak of what is illumined, what is seen, what is called to mind, what is brought forth; this one speaks of what is done being certainly accomplished.

The three graphs ‘abide in’ must be seen clearly. It is not that saying the speech of true vow makes it work; it is abiding in the speech of true vow — and abiding is to rest without moving. And the reason it can be fulfilled has already been given above: without falsity from beginning to end, and not empty in accord with practice. Since word and deed have never once been apart from the very moment of bringing forth the mind, whatever he sets his mind to do naturally does not fall empty.

His clause of humbling follows upon this one: “Son of good family! I know only this one liberation of true speech. But as for those bodhisattvas, the mahāsattvas, who accord with the speech of true vow, whose going and staying never go against it, whose words are always made with truth and have never been false, and out of whom measureless merit and virtue is brought forth thereby — how could I know it, or be able to tell of it?” What he points to as superior is still pointed to upon the one gate of the speech of true vow — the same mechanism as in the gathering of Well Knowing the Many Arts.

A misreading must be set aside: to think that this is a technique for getting what one prays for. The cause the scripture text states is ‘abiding in,’ not ‘chanting.’ To bring it to the ground: what gives a saying its power is that the person behind it has never once said the opposite.

Pointing Out Virtue-Born and Endowed with Virtue: The End of the Gathering of Conditions

At the last, Most Tranquil points Sudhana south to the city Gate of the Wondrous-Intent Blossom, to see the boy Virtue-Born and the maiden Endowed with Virtue. Of the sense of the city’s name Chengguan says, “the wondrous-intent blossom is precisely the sumanna blossom, since there are such beside the gates of that city” — such blossoms grow beside the city gates, and so the name is taken for the city.

And why the next gathering should have two persons, a boy and a maiden, in one gathering, Chengguan gives the reason for: “the boy sets forth pure knowledge, and from knowledge the myriad virtues are born. The maiden sets forth pure compassion, and compassion is the root of the many virtues.” And he gathers it in one clause: “because compassion and knowledge lead one another on, the two persons are in one gathering. It is the end of the gathering of conditions, since these two are here made full.” Compassion and knowledge lead one another on, and so the two are in one gathering; and this mark, the conditions gathered and entering the real, comes here to its end, because compassion and knowledge are here brought to fullness.

Sudhana’s clause of parting this time differs from all those before: “at that time the youth Sudhana, out of reverence for the Dharma, made obeisance to the feet of the brahmin, circled him numberless times, and went away gazing back upon him with longing.” Elsewhere what is written is longing for the person; here what is written first is ‘out of reverence for the Dharma.’

A misreading must be set aside: to think this is only a change of wording. That the eighth gathering should close with ‘out of reverence for the Dharma’ answers exactly to the name of this mark — what is gathered is the conditions, and what is entered is the real. To bring it to the ground: when the whole road of consulting has been walked, what remains at the last is not any one teacher, but the Dharma itself.

Lineage

Of the text of this section, three lines flow onward.

The first is the line of the nine friends in one thread. Chengguan’s Yanyi chao strings the nine gatherings from Māyā onward into a single thread with nine short clauses — first, Light of the Lord of Gods: for now, right mindfulness must be without loss; he may be the world’s teacher; reaching everywhere to the utmost; without dependence and inexhaustible; unclinging and pure; pure, that is, pure knowledge sending forth light; light sent forth, then the mark of knowledge is inexhaustible; inexhaustible, then the true vow is not gone against; and only then can one return to the abiding in illusion. These nine clauses read together are the briefest statement of where the eight friends of this assembly stand within the whole section; whoever reads this section should read them alongside the eight outlines of the Shu.

The second is the line of the graph-mothers. Chengguan, in glossing the forty-two graphs, follows for the most part the Piluzhena jing and the witness rendered by Bukong, and cites the Wenshu wuzi jing in witness; he records of himself that he has glossed the difficult ones and abbreviated the rest, and says that there is besides a separate chapter treating in detail the matching and the rite of cultivating contemplation. What this line opens out below is very wide, while what is preserved in this section is only the names of these forty-two gates and Chengguan’s brief glosses graph by graph.

The third is the line of the divergent interpretations of the houses, each with its own track, recorded without adjudication. As for the outline-names of the eight friends, Chengguan sets up a name for each friend, all bearing ‘knowledge of illusion’; Fazang’s Tanxuan ji likewise sets up a name for each friend, but its numbering carries on from Māyā; Li Tongxuan first lists the ten friends from Māyā to Virtue-Born under ten gates, and then explains them friend by friend; and Zhiyan’s Souxuan ji has no gloss following the text friend by friend for the eight friends of this assembly. Upon Universal Friend’s not gaining a dharma, Chengguan sets up four meanings; Fazang has two explanations — because it is the same as the boy’s Dharma gate he shows the boy and sends him to ask, and again, the boy is himself the Dharma gate; Li Tongxuan covers it within his ten gates with a single clause, but in his gloss following the text brings out separately the sense of the teacher as model (the true master does not teach and hand over in person, and what the assistant teacher cannot settle is asked of the true master), and separately glosses the graphs a and duo before abbreviating the rest. Upon the divergence of the second of the graphs, Chengguan records that the forms are close and the sounds easily confused, and lets another reading stand. Upon the working of Firm Liberation, the eighty-fascicle witness has seeking diligently without rest and the sixty-fascicle has nothing further to hope for, and the glosses of the two houses each follow their own witness. Upon the name of the eighth friend, the eighty-fascicle has Most Tranquil and the sixty-fascicle has Shibi Most Excellent; Fazang transmits its Sanskrit name and glosses it as the highest Dharma’s empty camp, while Chengguan, upon the name in the eighty, glosses it as false and deceiving speech being stilled and therefore called tranquil. Upon the assigning of the marks to the stations, Chengguan records plainly the two views of old and says both have their reason, and only then follows the ancient worthies in assigning the five marks. These divergent interpretations are all settled sayings of the ancient worthies.

Eight teachers, eight Dharma gates, and one of them without so much as the name of a Dharma gate. From the calling to mind of ten kalpas to one sentence of pure knowledge, light; from forty-two graphs to “whatever I set my mind to do is fulfilled and accomplished” — this stretch of road walked through, what Sudhana has more of in his hands is not eight things. It is seven sayings of “I know only this.”

品三十九 入法界品 · 德生童子·有德童女(會緣入實相·別九)Entering the Dharma Realm · The Boy Virtue-Born and the Maiden Endowed with Virtue (The Conditions Gathered and Entering the Real: The Ninth of the Particulars)

全文五層 →Full five layers →
義疏Exposition

善財這一問,和前面四十九次問的是同一件事

本節起手,善財漸次南行到妙意華門城,見到德生童子與有德童女,頂禮右繞,然後問:「聖者!我已先發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心,而未知菩薩云何學菩薩行?云何修菩薩道?」

為什麼問了五十次還是這一問?先排一個誤解:以為問題重複,是善財沒有長進。經文的次第正好相反——他每一次都是先說「我已先發」,再說「而未知」。已發之心不必再發,未知之行則站站不同。同一個問意(各友問句之字面依經各異),落在不同的人身上,得到的是五十個不同的答。

落到地上:一個問題問到第五十遍還問得下去,是因為問的人心裡清楚,自己要的不是新問題,是新的答。

為什麼這一節是兩個人一起說

本帙以德雲比丘為第一友順數,摩耶夫人為第四十一友,其下別列諸友,德生童子與有德童女二人一會,是為第五十友。全子之中,經文逐處作「童子、童女告善財言」「時,童子、童女說自解脫已」,呼格則作「善男子」——雙身而合說,未見一句分屬何人專說。

要排一個誤解:以為可以把某幾句判給童子、某幾句判給童女。底本無此分別,澄觀之科亦通承「童子、童女」合科而釋,未另立科名區分二身。無源可拆而強拆,就是杜撰。

李通玄於此下了一轉語,說「此明智悲二行齊均,無前却故」,又說「童子童女者,明智悲齊滿,雖處世間無五欲相,以居幻住故」——這是李通玄的表法,繫其名而錄。落到地上:讀這一節,二人只作一位善知識讀。

幻住:所知的法是幻,能知的智也在幻裡

二人一開口就報名:「我等證得菩薩解脫,名為:幻住。」

什麼叫幻住?澄觀釋此云「謂能所境智染淨之法,皆從緣起,無定性故,如幻而住」。這一句有六個字最要緊——「能所境智染淨」。不只所觀之境是幻,能觀之智也是幻;不只染分是幻,淨分也是幻。法藏就此立二義,說「一明所知諸法依緣虛立,名為幻住;二能知之智住幻境中,此則住幻,故云幻住」——前義說「幻」,後義說「住」。

排一個誤解:以為「幻」是說一切都假、都不必當真。若如此,這個解脫就只是一種灰心。經文說的是「幻住」不是『幻滅』——住,就是仍在其中作事。落到地上:知道是幻而仍舊照樣做,這才是這一門解脫的名字。

十種幻住:句句上標幻,句句下說緣

接著是十句。澄觀判其句式最為分明,說「有十種幻,皆上句標幻、下句以緣生釋成」。底本逐字十處作「皆幻住」:世界·眾生·世間·法·三世·眾生生老病死憂悲苦惱·國土·聲聞辟支佛·菩薩·菩薩眾會諸所施為。

十句的開合,澄觀說「十中,初一為總……餘九為別。初五約染分依他……後三種但約淨分依他」。要留意的是後三句——聲聞辟支佛是幻、菩薩是幻、菩薩的眾會變化調伏一切施為也是幻。

十句既有總別,就該一句一句看它所緣為何。初一「一切世界皆幻住,因緣所生故」是總,澄觀說「初一為總,緣生世界並通染淨,剎海亦名世界故」——染剎淨剎同名世界,所以這一句一開口就把兩邊都收了。第二句「一切眾生皆幻住,業煩惱所起故」,澄觀配為「一約有情苦果,從業惑集生」:眾生不是憑空的一團,是業與惑集起來的果。第三句「一切世間皆幻住,無明、有愛等展轉緣生故」,澄觀說「二約十二因緣順觀,即世間故,次第相由故云展轉」——「展轉」二字不是形容之詞,是十二支順觀次第相由的那個相由。第四句「一切法皆幻住,我見等種種幻緣所生故」,澄觀在此揀得最細,說「三就五類法中但除無為,故云一切。以無為無有起,非幻緣生故」,又說「異熟識等,從無始惡習內執為我,四惑相應故云我見等,及外取妄境,云種種幻緣」。所以「一切法」這三個字是有所揀的——無為不在其中,因為無為無起,不從幻緣生。

後三句是這一門最險的一段:「一切聲聞、辟支佛皆幻住,智斷分別所成故」「一切菩薩皆幻住,能自調伏教化眾生諸行願法之所成故」「一切菩薩眾會、變化、調伏、諸所施為皆幻住,願智幻所成故」。澄觀於此三句只總說一句「後三種但約淨分依他,從緣如幻,可以意得」,未逐句別釋,故此三句唯依經文自說之「故」字讀:二乘之所以是幻,經文說是「智斷分別所成」——他們的果不是無因而有,是由智與斷這一對分別搭起來的;菩薩之所以是幻,經文說是「能自調伏教化眾生諸行願法」之所成,自調伏·教化·諸行·願法,四樣都是緣;而菩薩的眾會·變化·調伏·一切施為之所以是幻,經文說是「願智幻所成」——連願與智本身也在幻裡。三句一路上去,所幻的一句比一句更是修行人自己手上的東西。

排一個誤解:以為說「幻」是為了呵責世間。經文最後三句所幻的,恰恰是修行所得的那一邊。落到地上:能把自己修出來的東西也看成幻的人,才不會把它拿去換一個新的我。

古德讀此十句之開合並不相同:澄觀作初一為總、餘九為別;法藏就六十本作「初六知世間法幻住,一總知、次二知人法幻、次二知三界生滅幻、次一知國土幻;後三知三乘幻」。二說並存,各有其骨。

三世也是幻:時間沒有自己的體

十幻的第五句是「一切三世皆幻住,我見等顛倒智所生故」。三世為什麼是幻?

澄觀答云「四即是時,謂依行相續不斷分位建立為時,所依行空,時何所立?妄計有體,是顛倒智」。時間不是一個東西,是「行」相續不斷之上安立的分位;所依的行本身空,那個分位還立在哪裡?《演義鈔》把這層再說一遍,說「行即五蘊,剎那生滅、前後相續,已謝為過去、未起為未來、生已未謝名為現在,離行之外何有分位而有三世耶」。

排一個誤解:以為這是說『時間不存在,所以不必安排』。經文說的是三世無自體,不是三世無作用。落到地上:不必怕來不及——來不及是把時間當成了一個會走完的東西。

生老病死是幻:無常也是安立出來的

第六句是「一切眾生生滅、生老病死、憂悲苦惱皆幻住,虛妄分別所生故」。

澄觀釋此云「五即無常生老等,謂依生已壞滅分位建立無常等,皆妄分別有」。無常不是另外一個東西壓在生命上,是就「生已壞滅」這件事安立的名。《演義鈔》為證此義,引《成唯識論》「本無今有,有位名生。生位暫停,即說為住」等語作按。

排一個誤解:以為說無常是幻,等於說苦是假的、不必理。經文此句所列的是憂悲苦惱——苦仍在受,只是它沒有一個不可轉的自體。落到地上:把苦看成幻,不是不痛,是不把痛看成永遠。

國土也是幻:三倒所現,而淨土亦通

第七句是「一切國土皆幻住,想倒、心倒、見倒無明所現故」。

澄觀在這一句上作了一層很細的分別,說「次一切國土,義通染淨眾生。染土多從三倒所生,以不了唯心,妄取境界故」;而「言無明所現,亦通淨剎,謂登地已上無明未盡,所見國土種種不同。既云無明,則揀非佛土」。也就是說:三倒所現的是染土,而「無明所現」四字連淨剎也攝在內——但既說無明,就已經簡別了佛土不在此列。

排一個誤解:以為說國土是幻,等於說淨土是假設。澄觀恰恰是在這裡把佛土揀出去的。落到地上:所見的國土之所以人人不同,是因為各人的無明未盡處不同。

幻境自性不可思議:離了兩邊,連中道也不住

十幻說完,結歎一句:「善男子!幻境自性不可思議。」

不可思議在哪裡?澄觀釋此云「幻法非有,體不實故;非無,相非無故。非一,性相異故;非異,無二體故。空有相即,一異兩亡。既離二邊亦忘中道,由斯交徹,故能一中現多、多皆即一,重重無礙為不思議」。四句排完之後,還多一步——連「中道」也不住。正因為不住中,才有一中現多、多皆即一。法藏就六十本亦作二重,說「則有則空無二,故不思議。又以自性亡二邊,亦不住於中,故云不思議也」。

《演義鈔》於澄觀這四句之上更立層次,說「此中且約有無一異,兼下中道以為三觀。亦應有離四句」——非有非無是一觀,非一非異是一觀,離二邊而亡中道又是一觀,故曰三觀;而每一觀亦皆應離其四句,不是離過一次就了。鈔復就疏文分其所至之處,說「既離二邊已是中道,亦亡中道絕待中也。上即事理無礙」,而其下「由斯交徹」以降則云「即事事無礙」。依鈔說:離二邊亦亡中道所成者是事理無礙,一中現多·多皆即一之交徹重重所成者是事事無礙——不可思議四字之下實有二重,非一重。落到地上:不可思議之為不可思議,不在說不出,是在說了之後還要再離一層。

排一個誤解:以為『不落兩邊』就到頂了。二家都說,停在中間也是一種住。落到地上:凡是能守住的立場,都還不是這一句所說的不可思議。

謙己推勝:他們只推自己不知,不推法門有高下

「我等二人但能知此幻住解脫。如諸菩薩摩訶薩善入無邊諸事幻網,彼功德行,我等云何能知能說?」

這是本會諸善友多有的一段——謙己推勝(遍友一會無之)。要看清楚的是所推的方向:他們沒有說『我的法門淺、別人的深』,說的是「善入無邊諸事幻網」那一邊的功德行,我不能知不能說。所推的仍是幻網之事,只是無邊。

排一個誤解:以為謙己推勝是客套。經文緊接著就用約九成的篇幅講下一位——謙己是為了推出去,不是為了收回來。落到地上:知道自己知道的是哪一個,才說得出下一句該找誰。

先不說話,先讓他的身柔軟

指示後友之前,經文插了一句敘述:「時,童子、童女說自解脫已,以不思議諸善根力,令善財身柔軟光澤,而告之言。」

澄觀科這一段為「指示後友」之下的兩段,說「初以力冥加、後「而告」下以言顯示」。也就是說,指路分兩截:先用善根之力冥冥中加持,然後才開口。

排一個誤解:以為介紹一位老師只是說個地址。此處經文先寫身的柔軟光澤,然後才寫話。落到地上:聽得進去一句指路的話,往往要先有一次說不出來的準備。

海岸·大莊嚴·毘盧遮那莊嚴藏:三個名字都有講究

指處一段列了三個名:國名海岸、園名大莊嚴、樓閣名毘盧遮那莊嚴藏,並說此閣「從菩薩善根果報生」以下四從。

三個名,澄觀逐一出其取義:「國名海岸者,南海北岸,一生菩薩臨智海故。園名大莊嚴,因圓萬行而嚴果故。又生死園苑,以萬行樹林嚴自果故。」至於樓閣,澄觀分約事約法二釋,約法者云「二智相依、緣起相由,故云樓閣。智即法界,是為廣大」。所從生之四句,澄觀判為「善根果報約其宿因,是彼善根之果報故;念力願力等約其現緣」。

排一個誤解:以為這幾句是寫景。此處每一個名都在說下一位善知識是什麼樣的人。落到地上:一座樓閣既說是二智相依而成,那走進去的人要帶的就不是眼睛。

彌勒在那裡,為的是六種顯示

示人一段,先正示彌勒之名,後以「為欲」以下顯其住因:攝受本所生處父母眷屬人民·令同受生同修行眾生於大乘得堅固·令一切眾生隨住地隨善根皆成就,其下六句皆作「顯示菩薩……故」。

六句「顯示」是彌勒住此樓閣的末後一重理由,也是善財該去的理由。第一句「顯示菩薩解脫門故」只舉解脫門之名,未言何門;其下五句則句句指事。「顯示菩薩遍一切處受生自在故」說的是受生——不是被業牽著生,是遍一切處生而自在。「顯示菩薩以種種身普現一切眾生之前常教化故」說的是身——一身不足以應一切眾生,故現種種身,且經文作一「常」字,不是偶現。「顯示菩薩以大悲力普攝一切世間資財而不厭故」說的是財——世間資財不是要躲開的東西,是要以大悲力普攝而不生厭。「顯示菩薩具修諸行知一切行離諸相故」說的是行——修而知其離相,不是不修。末句「顯示菩薩處處受生了一切生皆無相故」又回到受生,而所了者是一切生皆無相。澄觀於此六句無逐句之釋,只在「為欲」二字上點出「悲智雙遊,皆為利物,故云為欲等」——六句所顯,正是悲智雙遊的六個面。

排一個誤解:以為這六句是稱歎彌勒一人。六句的句主逐字都是「菩薩」,不是某一位。落到地上:他住在那裡所顯示的,正是你將要去做的那幾件事。

彌勒之名,澄觀釋云「彌勒梵音,具云迷帝隷,此云慈,是其姓也」,並列三緣:一由本願值大慈如來而立願,二由得慈心三昧,三由母懷時有慈心;又「名阿逸多,此云無勝」。澄觀復點出一句要語:「慈依智住,故曰處中。悲智雙遊,皆為利物,故云為欲等。」

三緣是並列的三件事嗎?《演義鈔》於此下一語:「此三展轉相生。謂由遇慈氏如來故,得慈心三昧。得三昧故,母亦慈也」。依鈔說,三緣是一條相生之鏈——值大慈如來而立願是第一,因此願故得慈心三昧是第二,因得三昧故其母懷時亦有慈心是第三。要留意所生之向:不是母慈在先而後子慈,是子已得三昧而母之慈隨之。落到地上:一個名號立得住,靠的是一串相生之事,不是三個並排的好理由。

排一個誤解:以為「安處其中」只是說他住在那裡。澄觀讀「處中」二字為慈依智住。落到地上:一位以慈為姓的菩薩,住在一座以智為體的樓閣裡——這件事本身就是下一節的題目。

十一句問:疏說十問,經文十一

「汝詣彼問」以下,經文逐字十一句「云何」:行菩薩行·修菩薩道·學菩薩戒·淨菩薩心·發菩薩願·集菩薩助道具·入菩薩所住地·滿菩薩波羅蜜·獲菩薩無生忍·具菩薩功德法·事菩薩善知識。

澄觀就此判曰「先正教興十問者,表無盡故」——疏作十,底本逐字十一。二數不同,並錄不判;而澄觀所以說十,取的是「表無盡」之義,不是清點。

排一個誤解:以為問題多是因為善財貪多。此處是善知識替他擬的問目,不是他自己加的。落到地上:一個好問題單子,是別人替你開的——他知道你到了那裡該問什麼。

為什麼要問這麼廣:兩個理由

十一問之後,經文自徵自釋:「何以故?」

澄觀把這一徵一釋說得很清楚,說「徵意云:何以要須廣問?釋有二意:一所求德廣,能具說故。後「善男子汝不應」下能求大心法應爾故」。第一意在對方——彌勒德圓位滿,問得再廣他也答得下來;第二意在自己——能求的心本來就該這麼大。

這一段所出的彌勒之德,經文逐字八個「已」字句:已滿一切波羅蜜·已住一切菩薩地·已證一切菩薩忍·已入一切菩薩位·已蒙授與具足記·已遊一切菩薩境·已得一切佛神力·已蒙一切如來以一切智甘露法水而灌其頂。

排一個誤解:以為問得少是謙虛。落到地上:問題的大小,一半量的是對方,一半量的是自己。

真善友:十件他能在你身上做的事

第二意之前,經文先別顯一段:「彼善知識能潤澤汝諸善根」以下十句,句句是「能……汝……」。

澄觀科此為「別顯是其真善友故」,並補一句要緊的話:「設若德滿,非己有緣,亦難求故。」德再圓滿,若與自己無緣,也求不到。所以在說『他有多高』之後,還要說『他能在你身上做什麼』。

排一個誤解:以為找善知識就是找最高的那一位。經文此段的主詞全部落在「汝」上——潤澤汝善根、增長汝菩提心、堅汝志、益汝善。落到地上:能在你身上起作用的,才算你的善知識。

不要修一樣就以為到頂了

誡去劣一段:「汝不應修一善、照一法、行一行、發一願、得一記、住一忍,生究竟想;不應以限量心,行於六度,住於十地,淨佛國土,事善知識。」

澄觀科此為「先標不應,誡其去劣;後「何以」下釋所應作,令其廣修」。前半是止,後半是作。

排一個誤解:以為這是責備得少的人。經文所舉的六件——一善·一法·一行·一願·一記·一忍——沒有一件是壞事,得一記、住一忍都已經很不容易。所誡的不是那六件,是後面「生究竟想」四字。落到地上:出問題的從來不是你所得的那一樣,是你對它下的那個判斷。

應修的那一大段:九十五句「應」,古德科為十段

接下來是全子最長的一段,句句以「應」字起。底本逐字實計九十五句(末一句「應同諸菩薩」下含安住·供養·嚴淨·出生四事)。

澄觀就此判為「有九十八門,分為十段」,並逐段標其名:一上求菩提行·二下救眾生行·三自斷惑障行·四勸物出離行·五淨自根欲行·六力用自在行·七攝法治惑行·八供佛攝生行·九悲願深廣行·十證入圓滿行。疏所計之門數與底本逐字起句之數不同,二數並錄不判;而十段之骨——自上求而下救、而斷惑、而出離、而淨根、而力用、而治惑、而供佛、而悲願、而證入——是讀這一大段的把手之一。

十段之科既立,就該一段一段看它教的是什麼。第一段上求菩提行,自「應種無量諸善根」起至「應學無量巧迴向」止,所列是種善根·集菩提具·修菩提因·學巧迴向——前三件是往上積,末一件是迴向,積而不留。第二段下救眾生行,自「應化無量眾生界」起,先化其界,次知其心·知其根·識其解·觀其行,末乃說調伏——經文把知排在調伏之前,知、知、識、觀四項知察排完才動手。第三段自斷惑障行,自「應斷無量煩惱」起,所斷者先列煩惱·業習·邪見·雜染心,其下轉為譬喻:拔苦毒箭·涸愛欲海·破無明暗·「應摧無量我慢山」·斷生死縛·度諸有流·竭受生海——箭·海·暗·山·縛·流,各以其相說所斷之物是什麼形狀。第四段勸物出離行只三句:「應令無量眾生出五欲淤泥」「應使無量眾生離三界牢獄」「應置無量眾生於聖道中」——前二句是出,末一句是置:出了還要有地方放。第五段淨自根欲行,起首三句是「應消滅無量貪欲行」「應淨治無量瞋恚行」「應摧破無量愚癡行」,澄觀於此段下一語:「除三不善根,則成三善根等故」——三句所對正是三不善根,除之即成三善根。

第三段自斷惑障行之中,有一句不是斷:「應發無量清淨心」。此句夾在「應除無量雜染心」之後、「應拔無量苦毒箭」之前——前四句所斷者煩惱·業習·邪見·雜染心,句句是去;此一句忽作「發」,而所發者是清淨心。經文之次第即其教處:雜染心除而後清淨心發,一除一發相次而不相代;其下方轉為拔箭·涸海·破暗·摧山之譬喻七句。澄觀於此段唯出「自斷惑障行」之名,未逐句別釋,故此句之義唯依經文自身之動詞讀。落到地上:斷惑一段之中留一個「發」字,是說去了染不等於自然有淨——淨還要另發一次。

第五段十三句,前三句所對三不善根已如上說,其下十句則層層轉深,須依經文自繫之動詞讀。「應超無量魔網」「應離無量魔業」二句先出所對之外難——網是所罩,業是所作,故一超一離,動詞不可互換。其下八句句主皆冠「菩薩」二字,與前異:「應淨治菩薩無量欲樂」淨其所好,「應增長菩薩無量方便」長其所用,「應出生菩薩無量增上根」生其根,「應明潔菩薩無量決定解」潔其解,「應趣入菩薩無量平等」入其平等,「應清淨菩薩無量功德」淨其德,「應修治菩薩無量諸行」治其行,末句「應示現菩薩無量隨順世間行」則自淨自修一轉而向外,所示現者是隨順世間之行。淨治·增長·出生·明潔·趣入·清淨·修治·示現——八個動詞自內而外,唯末一句方出世間。澄觀於此段唯下「除三不善根,則成三善根等故」一語,所配唯前三句,其下十句無逐句之釋。落到地上:一段之中動詞一換,所治之物就換了一層;讀長段要看動詞。

第六段力用自在行,自「應生無量淨信力」至「應圓滿無量如來力」,一段之中十個力字次第相生:淨信·精進·正念·三昧·淨慧·勝解·福德·智慧·菩薩·如來——由信起,至如來力止。第七段攝法治惑行,自「應分別無量法門」起,前半說法門之分別·了知·清淨,並生法光明·作法照耀,後半轉為醫事:「應知無量煩惱病」「應集無量妙法藥」「應療無量眾生疾」——法門到了這裡不是知識,是藥。第八段供佛攝生行,自「應嚴辦無量甘露供」起,往詣佛國土·「應供養無量諸如來」·入菩薩會·受諸佛教,而後轉向眾生:「應忍無量眾生罪」·滅惡道難·令生善道·「應以四攝攝無量眾生」——前半供佛、後半攝生,故澄觀以供佛攝生四字標之。第九段悲願深廣行,自「應修無量總持門」起,大願門·大慈大願力·「應勤求無量法常無休息」·思惟力·神通事·智光明,而後是受生:往眾生趣·受諸有生·「應現無量差別身」·知言辭法。第十段證入圓滿行,自「應入無量差別心」起,所入者一路轉深——菩薩大境界·大宮殿·甚深妙法·難知境界·「應行菩薩難行諸行」·難入正位,末以「應同諸菩薩,安住無邊劫,供養無量佛,嚴淨不可說佛國土,出生不可說菩薩願」四事收束。

第七段之中有一句須單提:「應照無量品類根」。此句在「應作無量法照耀」之後、「應知無量煩惱病」之前,正當法門一邊轉向醫事一邊的那個轉處。前五句說法門之分別·了知·清淨,與生法光明·作法照耀,所說皆是能照之法;此一句所照者不是法而是根——「品類」二字是說眾生之根有品有類,不是一味。照根而後知病,知病而後集藥,集藥而後療疾:經文把照根排在知病之前,次第即是理——不先照清這個人是哪一類根,所集之藥便無所對。澄觀於此段唯出「攝法治惑行」之名,於此句無別釋。落到地上:同一個法門對不同的根是不同的藥,先照而後與,順序不可倒。

第十段十八句之中,有十句於上文未及。「應具菩薩尊重威德」一句在「應行菩薩難行諸行」之後、「應踐菩薩難入正位」之前——難行之行既行,乃有尊重威德可具,而後方踐難入之正位;威德不是先具的資格,是行出來的。自「應知菩薩種種諸行」以下九句則次第相承:知其種種諸行,而後「應現菩薩普遍神力」現其力,「應受菩薩平等法雲」受其法,「應廣菩薩無邊行網」廣其行,「應滿菩薩無邊諸度」滿其度,「應受菩薩無量記別」受其記,「應入菩薩無量忍門」入其忍,「應治菩薩無量諸地」治其地,末「應淨菩薩無量法門」淨其法門。知·現·受·廣·滿·受·入·治·淨——九個動詞之中二「受」字所受不同:一受平等法雲、一受無量記別,法雲是所被,記別是所與。澄觀於此段唯出「證入圓滿行」之名,未逐句別釋。落到地上:這十句所排的不是一張功德清單,是行·威德·正位·力·法·記·忍·地一路上去的位次。

排一個誤解:以為這是一串堆砌的排比,讀個大意就好。有了十段之科,這九十幾句就不是一堆,是一條路。落到地上:讀長段的辦法不是快讀,是先找到它的分段。

舉要言之:十一個「普」

長段之後,經文自結:「善男子!舉要言之,應普修一切菩薩行……應普事一切善知識。」底本逐字十一句「應普」。

澄觀科此為「結略顯廣」,並釋其意云「謂別陳難具故」——一件一件說是說不完的,所以收成十一句「普」。

十一句「普」不是十一遍同一句話,所普者各是一物。「應普修一切菩薩行」普的是行,「應普化一切眾生界」普的是眾生,「應普入一切劫」普的是時,「應普生一切處」普的是處,「應普知一切世」普的是世,「應普行一切法」普的是法,「應普淨一切剎」普的是剎土,「應普滿一切願」普的是願,「應普供一切佛」普的是佛,「應普同一切菩薩願」普的是同行者之願,末句「應普事一切善知識」普的是善知識。行·眾生·時·處·世·法·剎·願·佛·同願·善友——這十一物排下來,一個菩薩會遇到的都點到了:所作的·所度的·所在的時與地·所知的·所修的·所嚴的·所發的·所供的·所同的·所事的。澄觀於此十一句無逐句之釋,只判其為「結略顯廣」,並釋其意「謂別陳難具故」。

排一個誤解:以為末句「應普事一切善知識」是順帶一提。十一句之中,前十句說的都是自己去做的事,末一句說的是誰教你做——而其下整整一大段,講的都是這一句。

排一個誤解:以為「舉要言之」是把前面縮短。前段說「無量」,此段說「一切」;前段是就事列,此段是就普說。縮的是文,不是量。落到地上:一個人若能把自己所修的每一件都加上一個「普」字,前面九十幾句就都在裡面了。

求善知識的十種不應當

自此以下轉入「誡勸事友」。先是十句誡去過:求不應疲倦·見勿生厭足·請問勿憚勞苦·親近勿懷退轉·供養不應休息·受教不應倒錯·學行不應疑惑·聞說出離門不應猶豫·見隨順煩惱行勿生嫌怪·所生深信尊敬心不應變改。

其中第九句最難。澄觀特別在此下了一段,說「善友有二:一實、二權。權能行於非道,內外生熟善巧難知,故不應嫌。實中復二:一行、二解。今但求解,不應觀行故」,並引論為證,說「如《智論》五十說,亦如有目跛人猶能示道」。

排一個誤解:以為「不應觀行」是說可以不管老師的品行。澄觀說的是所求者為解——跛人指路,路仍是那條路。落到地上:這一句是十句裡最容易被拿去當藉口的一句,所以要連著「今但求解」四字一起讀。

三十五句:因善知識才有的那些事

誡之後是釋。經文自徵:「何以故?」而以三十五句答之,三十三句以「一切菩薩」為所繫(趣一切如來菩提果·往一切方聽受妙法二句不繫):聽聞諸行·成就功德·出生大願·引發善根……乃至作一切菩薩利益事。

澄觀先出徵意,說「但起廣心足成大道,何以要令事友誡離過耶」;再出釋意,說「法假人弘,不因善友何能聞諸妙行」,並點明「於中有三十五句,句各一行」——句數與底本逐字實計相符。

三十五句不是三十五個好處堆在一起,其中自有次第。起首四句是入門之事——聽聞諸行·成就功德·出生大願·引發善根;接著是資糧與開顯——「積集一切菩薩助道」「開發一切菩薩法光明」·顯示出離門·「修學一切菩薩清淨戒」·安住功德法;再下是心與辯——淨廣大志·增堅固心·「具足一切菩薩陀羅尼辯才門」·得清淨藏·生定光明;再下是願——得殊勝願·「與一切菩薩同一願」,同一願三字最要緊:不是各發各的,是與一切菩薩同一個;再下是所至之處——聞殊勝法·「得一切菩薩祕密處」·「至一切菩薩法寶洲」,祕密處與法寶洲都是就到說的。

再下轉為長養與護持:「增一切菩薩善根芽」·長智慧身·護深密藏·持福德聚·「淨一切菩薩受生道」·受正法雲·「入一切菩薩大願路」。而後是三十五句中走得最遠的一句:「趣一切如來菩提果」——此句之前,句句所繫皆是一切菩薩,到這一句所趣的是如來之果。其下「攝取一切菩薩妙行」·開示功德·「往一切方聽受妙法」——所往者是一切方,不限一處一師;三十五句之中,唯此二句不繫「一切菩薩」。再下讚廣大威德·「生一切菩薩大慈悲力」·攝勝自在力·生菩提分,末句「作一切菩薩利益事」。全段以聽聞起,以作利益事結:從聽進來,到做出去。澄觀於此段只計其句數而未逐句別釋,唯以「法假人弘,不因善友何能聞諸妙行」一語總其意——這三十五件,件件的前提都是那一個因善知識。

排一個誤解:以為既然要發廣大心,自己努力即可。澄觀這一問問的正是這個。落到地上:法要靠人傳,這件事不因為你發心大而改變。

十四句外護與四十一句舉因

其次一段轉一個角度:前段說善友「能生」,此段說善友「能養育」。經文逐字十四句,句句以「由」字起:由任持不墮惡趣·由攝受不退大乘·由護念不毀犯菩薩戒……由依止增長一切菩提分法。

再徵再釋:「何以故?善男子!善知識者,能淨諸障」以下,底本逐字四十一句「能」。澄觀就此二段之相配說得極細,說「以此四十句釋上正明十五句,有通有別。通則後諸惡因通對前果,別則各各配屬。如由除諸難,不退大乘;由止諸惡,不犯淨戒;由破無明,不隨惡友」,並自言「下諸句或有二三對上一句,可以意得,恐繁不配」。疏所出之十五句·四十句與底本逐字之十四句·四十一句二數不同,並錄不判。

十四句「由」,前九句與後五句所由不同。前九句是「由善知識」如何——任持·攝受·護念·守護·養育·攝取·教誨·示導·長養,句主在善知識那一邊;後五句是由承事·由供養·由親近·由恃怙·由依止善知識,句主換到自己這一邊。這一換是這一段的骨:前面說他做了什麼,後面說你對他做了什麼。所得之益亦逐句不同。「由善知識攝取,超越凡夫地」與「由善知識教誨,超越二乘地」二句相次,一超凡夫·一超二乘——所超者是兩重,不是一重;「由善知識示導,得出離世間」與「由善知識長養,能不染世法」又是一對,一是出、一是在世而不染,出與不染並不是同一件事。後五句所得則轉為修與力:承事者修一切菩薩行,供養者具一切助道法,「由親近善知識,不為業惑之所摧伏」,「由恃怙善知識,勢力堅固,不怖諸魔」,末句「由依止善知識,增長一切菩提分法」——恃怙一句所對是魔,依止一句所對是菩提分,一防一長,這一段就在這裡收住。

十四句之中有兩句所對之果須連句讀。「由善知識守護,不隨逐惡知識」——所守護者不是別事,正是不去隨逐惡知識;澄觀於舉因一段所配之三例,末一例即作「由破無明,不隨惡友」,是以舉因之「能破無明長夜黑暗」對此一句之果。依此配,守護之守,守的是眼——認不出惡知識,本是無明之事。「由善知識養育,不缺減菩薩法」——養育所成之果是菩薩法不缺減,不是別的功德。前句是不加不該加的,後句是不減該有的:一防外入,一防內失,故二句相次而不重。澄觀於養育一句未出所配之因,自言「恐繁不配」。落到地上:善知識之於一個人,一面替他擋掉不該跟的人,一面替他看住不該少的法。

四十一句「能」,前十四句所說皆是去·是破·是出·是離:淨諸障·滅諸罪·除諸難·止諸惡·「能破無明長夜黑暗」·「能壞諸見堅固牢獄」·出生死城·「能捨世俗家」·截諸魔網·拔眾苦箭·離無智險難處·「能出邪見大曠野」·度諸有流·離諸邪道。這十四句裡有三個地名——牢獄·城·大曠野:諸見是牢獄、生死是城、邪見是大曠野,各以其相說那一處何以難出。自「能示菩提路」以下二十七句轉了方向,由去轉為與:示路·教法·令安住菩薩行·令趣向一切智·淨智慧眼·長菩提心·生大悲·演妙行·說波羅蜜;而後是位與行——令住諸地·令獲諸忍·令修習一切善根·「能令成辦一切道具」·施與大功德·令到一切種智位;而後是情與趣——「能令歡喜集功德」·令踊躍修諸行·「能令趣入甚深義」·令開示出離門·令杜絕諸惡道;末是照·潤·滅·捨·增·住——令以法光照耀·「能令以法雨潤澤」·令消滅一切惑·令捨離一切見·令增長一切佛智慧·「能令安住一切佛法門」。

這二十七句之中夾著一句「能擯惡知識」,仍是去的口氣——善知識之所與,其中有一件是把不該親近的人擯開。至於逐句與上段之相配,澄觀自言「下諸句或有二三對上一句,可以意得,恐繁不配」,故此下逐句之配屬疏中未出;然其所已配之三例——除諸難對不退大乘·止諸惡對不犯淨戒·破無明對不隨惡友——已足見其法:每一句「能」都是去掉一個惡因,而上段十四句之「不」都是因去而果喪。

排一個誤解:以為前後兩段是同一件事說兩遍。澄觀說得明白:前是果,後是因;前說不墮,後說何以不墮。落到地上:知道自己『沒有掉下去』是一回事,知道『是什麼把那個因去掉了』是另一回事。

十個比喻:慈母·慈父·乳母·教師……

自此以下,澄觀科為「教勸」,說「文有四段,皆約喻顯」。第一段就是十喻:如慈母·如慈父·如乳母·如教師·如善導·如良醫·如雪山·如勇將·如濟客·如船師,各以「故」字結其所取之義。

十喻的次第自有其序:前三是家中之人(生·育·守),中三是路上之人(教·導·醫),後四是險處之助(雪山出藥·勇將除怖·濟客出流·船師到洲)。末句「善男子!常當如是正念思惟諸善知識」——澄觀科為「結勸」。

排一個誤解:以為比喻是為了說得好聽。此段之所以要十個,是因為善知識在一個人身上所起的作用不止一種——生你的、養你的、守你的、教你的、救你的,各是一件事。落到地上:一位善知識若只當得起其中一個比喻,那也已經是善知識。

廿一種心:從大地到王子

第二段是二十一句『應發如某某心』:大地·金剛·鐵圍山·給侍·弟子·僮僕·養母·傭作·除糞人·已熟稼·良馬·大車·調順象·須彌山·良犬·旃荼羅·犗牛·舟船·橋梁·孝子·王子。澄觀於此只說「有二十一句,文顯」——文自明白,不必再釋。

這二十一句所取之象有三類:一取物之德(大地荷負·金剛不壞·鐵圍不動·須彌不傾),二取人之位(給侍·弟子·僮僕·養母·傭作·除糞人·孝子·王子),三取畜與器(良馬·大車·調順象·良犬·犗牛·舟船·橋梁),而「已熟稼」一句取穗熟低垂之象以喻能低下。

二十一句各繫一「故」字,逐句所取之義並不相同,須逐句看過。取物之德者四句:大地取荷負重任無疲倦,金剛取志願堅固不可壞,「應發如鐵圍山心,一切諸苦無能動故」取苦來而不動,須彌取不傾動——鐵圍所對是苦,須彌所對是傾,二山不同。取事上之人者五句,所取皆在不違:「應發如給侍心,所有教令皆隨順故」·弟子取所有訓誨無違逆·「應發如傭作心,隨所受教無違逆故」·「應發如孝子心,承順顏色故」·「應發如王子心,遵行教命故」——自隨順教令而至承順顏色,愈後愈細,末句所遵者又回到教命。

說不疲者三句:大地無疲倦·舟船往來不倦·「應發如橋梁心,濟渡忘疲故」,而大地一句是兼取荷負與不疲;「應發如養母心,受諸勤苦不告勞故」則是受了苦而不說,與不倦又隔一層。其餘各取一義,不可互代:「應發如僮僕心,不厭一切諸作務故」取不厭作務,「應發如已熟稼心,能低下故」取穗熟低垂,「應發如良馬心,離惡性故」取離惡性,「應發如大車心,能運重故」取能運重,「應發如調順象心,恒伏從故」取恒伏從,「應發如良犬心,不害主故」取不害主,「應發如犗牛心,無威怒故」取無威怒。澄觀於此二十一句只說「有二十一句,文顯」,未逐句別釋,故逐句之義唯依經文自繫之「故」字——這也正是為什麼下一段要把僮僕與除糞人分開讀。

排一個誤解:以為其中除糞人·僮僕·旃荼羅諸句是在教人自卑。除糞人與旃荼羅二句所繫之義逐字寫著「離憍慢故」,僮僕一句則寫著「不厭一切諸作務故」——所去的是慢與厭,不是自重。落到地上:低下與自卑之別,在於一個是把我放下,一個是把我看小。

十對四事:自身·善知識·所說法·所修行

第三段是身友對辨。澄觀說「文有十句,句各四事,可知」。十對是:病苦·醫王·良藥·除病;遠行·導師·正道·遠達;求度·船師·舟檝·到岸;苗稼·龍王·時雨·成熟;貧窮·毘沙門王·財寶·富饒;弟子·良工·技藝·了知;恐怖·勇健·器仗·破怨;商人·導師·珍寶·捃拾;兒子·父母·家業·紹繼;王子·大臣·王教·冠王冠等。

這一段的體例與前二段不同:前二段只說善知識,此段一句之中四件事一起定位——我是什麼、他是什麼、法是什麼、行是什麼。末一對之第四事逐字四目(冠王冠·服王服·繫王繒·坐王殿),餘九對各一目。

澄觀「句各四事,可知」一語之「可知」二字有所指。《演義鈔》為之出其所可知者,說「此四亦即涅槃四近因緣,前已頻釋,故云可知。初二句即親近善友,第三句即聽聞正法,第四句即如說修行,正念思惟遍於四句故,句句皆令起如是想」。依鈔說,一對之中四事正配四近因緣——自身與善知識二事是親近善友,所說法是聽聞正法,所修行是如說修行;而正念思惟不別占一位,是遍在四句之上。所以這十對不是十個譬喻並列,是四近因緣在十種身分上各演一遍。落到地上:四事缺一件,那一條近因緣就斷在那裡。

排一個誤解:以為這是十個各自獨立的比喻。四事相配才是此段之體——把自身認錯,後三件就都跟著錯。落到地上:先問自己現在是病人、是遠行人、還是王子,答案決定了你會怎麼聽那句話。

結勸:以這樣的心去親近

第四段是結勸成益:「汝應發如是心,作如是意近善知識。何以故?以如是心近善知識,令其志願永得清淨。」

澄觀科此為「初正勸、後「何以」下舉益釋成」。所舉之益只有一句——令其志願永得清淨。

排一個誤解:以為親近善知識的益處應該是得法、得定、得神通。此處只說志願清淨。落到地上:一個人的志願若還混著別的,得再多也是那個志願在得。

重讚十喻:雪山·大海·猛火·蓮華

舉益之後,經文又「復次」一段,十句之中九句作『善知識者某某,譬如某某』:長諸善根如雪山長藥草·是佛法器如大海吞納眾流·是功德處如大海出生眾寶·淨菩提心如猛火鍊真金·出過世法如須彌出海·不染世法如蓮華不著水·不受諸惡如大海不宿死屍·增長白法如白月圓滿·照明法界如盛日照四天下·長菩薩身如父母養育兒子。十喻之中「譬如」九見,第五喻作「如須彌山出於大海」而不作「譬如」——異形照底本。

澄觀科此為「重讚友為能益故宜承事」。前十喻說善知識像什麼人,此十喻說善知識做什麼事。

排一個誤解:以為與前面十喻重複。前十喻取人倫與行路,此十喻取山海日月——所歎之處不同。落到地上:善知識這件事,說到第二十個比喻還說不盡。

寄數結多與總收結多

末後兩段皆是收。先是寄數:十句「十不可說百千億」,前四句用那由他、後六句用阿僧祇。澄觀於此判云「既通一切,何但百千,明知前云十不可說,意顯無盡耳」——這些數目不是要人去算,是要人知道算不完。

後是總收:一切菩薩行·波羅蜜·地·忍·總持門·三昧門·神通智·迴向·願,然後結曰「一切菩薩成就佛法,皆由善知識力,以善知識而為根本,依善知識生,依善知識出,依善知識長,依善知識住,善知識為因緣,善知識能發起」。

排一個誤解:以為「皆由善知識力」是把功勞歸給別人。經文說的是「為根本」「為因緣」「能發起」——是說起處,不是說代替。落到地上:路要自己走,但起腳的那一下是別人給的。

戀德禮辭:他帶走的是「功德」二字

末段是善財之辭:「時,善財童子聞善知識如是功德,能開示無量菩薩妙行,能成就無量廣大佛法,踊躍歡喜,頂禮德生及有德足,遶無量匝,慇懃瞻仰,辭退而去。」

要留意經文所記善財之所聞——不是幻住解脫,是「善知識如是功德」。本節前半說幻住,後半說善知識;而末段所結的,是後半。

排一個誤解:以為戀德禮辭是套語。此處「聞善知識如是功德」八字,正把全子的重心定在後半。落到地上:從這一位善知識這裡帶走的,是知道下一位為什麼值得去。

寄位與五相:這一判是誰下的

本節在澄觀之科中屬末會五相之第二「會緣入實相」之相,本節之名為「幻智歸幻門善友」。這一層要說清楚是誰在判。

寄位·五相之配,出自澄觀承古德,而澄觀在配之前先立了一段持平之語:「二皆有理,謂隨一一位具多法門,豈容凡心不得習求善友之法,故不配有理。然無次位中不礙次位,顯位是常規,配亦無失。」下文才說「橫竪無礙,且依古德配為五相」。也就是說:配與不配,二皆有理;澄觀所取的是「且依」。

排一個誤解:以為五十三位善友配五十三位次,是經文自己排的。經文從頭到尾沒有說某友是某位。落到地上:讀寄位之判,要連著澄觀那句「二皆有理」一起讀——那才是他下這一判時的分寸。

承衍

本節之文,向下所開之流有三條線。

其一是釋名之線。法藏就梵語聲近而辨譯名,說「舊本名妙德,當此德生也。妙德惠,當此有德也。以本語名室利末,此云有德。室利末底,此云德惠。以聲字相近故,二譯不同也」;李通玄不就譯名而就表法,作「智悲二行齊均」「智悲齊滿」。二家所立,一在音,一在義。

其二是幻住之線。澄觀以「能所境智染淨之法,皆從緣起」立體,以四句非有非無非一非異而歸「重重無礙」立不思議;法藏以所知與能知二義立幻住,以「亡二邊,亦不住於中」立不思議;李通玄則就此門引因陀羅網為況,說「幻生光影身土重重,如因陀羅網身境重重,十方身土境相相入無礙無礙」。三家皆以幻住通至重重無礙,而所取之路各別。

其三是分科之線,各有其軌,誌錄不判。本節之科,澄觀作六科(依教趣求·見敬諮問·示己法門·謙己推勝·指示後友·戀德禮辭),並於指示後友下開出應修諸門十段與教勸四段;法藏就六十本於示己法界下作三分(標名·業用·結推),並於段末總結「上來十人總明第二大段會緣入實相知識竟」;李通玄不逐友分科,而以「會慈氏一生所得佛果門」長科為十段,以本節當其第一段;智儼則以此段屬第三攝德成因相,別釋二童子表見化用、寄福慧,並存此中失次之疑而云未詳。四家之骨俱異。門數句數之計亦有異形:澄觀作十問·九十八門·十五句·四十句,底本逐字實計為十一問·九十五起句·十四句·四十一句;舉益三十五句則疏與底本相符。此諸異釋與異計皆古德成說與底本逐字。

一節之文,約一成說自己,約九成說別人。說自己的那一分名叫幻住;說別人的那九分,句句在說善知識。二事本是一事——知道一切是幻的人,才說得出「依善知識生」這五個字而不落一個依賴。

Sudhana’s Question Here Asks the Same Thing as the Forty-Nine Times Before

This section opens with Sudhana journeying gradually southward to the city Gate of Wondrous Intent Blossoms, where he sees the boy Virtue-Born and the maiden Endowed with Virtue, bows to their feet, circles them to the right, and then asks: “Holy ones! I have already brought forth the mind of anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi, and yet I do not know how a bodhisattva is to study the bodhisattva practice, nor how a bodhisattva is to cultivate the bodhisattva path.”

Why, having asked fifty times, is it still this one question? A misreading must first be set aside: that the repetition of the question shows Sudhana has made no progress. The order of the scripture text is exactly the reverse — every time, he says first “I have already brought forth,” and then says “and yet I do not know.” A mind already brought forth need not be brought forth again, while the practice not yet known differs at every stop. The same intent of asking (the wording of the question differing from friend to friend as the scripture has it), falling upon a different person, receives fifty different answers.

Brought down to the ground: a question that can still be asked at the fiftieth asking is asked by someone who is clear in his own mind that what he wants is not a new question but a new answer.

Why This Section Has Two Persons Speaking Together

This edition counts forward from the monk Cloud of Virtue as the first friend, with Lady Māyā as the forty-first friend, and beneath her the several friends listed separately; the boy Virtue-Born and the maiden Endowed with Virtue, two persons in one gathering, are the fiftieth friend. Throughout the whole unit the scripture text has, place after place, “the boy and the maiden said to Sudhana” and “at that time, when the boy and the maiden had finished setting forth their own liberation,” while the form of address is “son of good family” — two bodies speaking as one, and not a single clause is seen to be assigned to either one of them alone.

A misreading must be set aside: that certain clauses may be assigned to the boy and certain others to the maiden. The base text has no such division, and Chengguan’s outline likewise takes up “the boy and the maiden” together in one outline and glosses them so, setting up no separate outline-name to distinguish the two bodies. To force a division where there is no source for dividing is to fabricate.

Li Tongxuan turns a phrase here, saying that this “makes clear that the two practices, knowledge and compassion, are level and equal, since neither comes before or falls behind,” and further that “as for the boy and the maiden, this makes clear that knowledge and compassion are equally full; though they dwell in the world they have no mark of the five desires, since they dwell in the abiding in illusion” — this is Li Tongxuan’s symbolizing of the Dharma, recorded with his name fastened to it. Brought down to the ground: in reading this section, the two are to be read as one good friend.

The Abiding in Illusion: The Dharma Known Is an Illusion, and the Knowledge That Knows Is Also Within the Illusion

The two of them open their mouths and at once give the name: “The bodhisattva liberation that we have realized is named: the abiding in illusion.”

What is the abiding in illusion? Chengguan glosses this, saying that it means “the dharmas of the knower and the known, the objective realm and knowledge, the defiled and the pure, all arise from conditions and have no fixed nature, and so they abide as an illusion abides.” Six graphs in this clause are the weightiest — “the knower and the known, the objective realm and knowledge, the defiled and the pure.” Not only is the objective realm contemplated an illusion; the knowledge that contemplates is an illusion as well. Not only is the defiled portion an illusion; the pure portion is an illusion as well. Fazang sets up two meanings upon this, saying that “first, it makes clear that the dharmas known are set up emptily in dependence upon conditions, and this is named the abiding in illusion; second, the knowledge that knows abides within the realm of illusion, and this then is abiding in illusion, and so it says the abiding in illusion” — the former meaning states the “illusion,” the latter the “abiding.”

A misreading is to be set aside: that “illusion” says everything is false and none of it need be taken seriously. If that were so, this liberation would be no more than a kind of discouragement. What the scripture text says is the abiding in illusion, not ‘illusion vanished’ — to abide is to be still within it, doing what is to be done. Brought down to the ground: to know that it is an illusion and still to go on doing it just the same — this is the name of this gate of liberation.

The Ten Kinds of Abiding in Illusion: Every Clause Sets Forth the Illusion Above and States the Condition Below

Next come ten clauses. Chengguan judges their form most plainly, saying there are “ten kinds of illusion, and in every one the clause above sets forth the illusion and the clause below establishes the gloss by conditioned arising.” The base text has, graph for graph, ten places that read “are all the abiding in illusion”: worlds · sentient beings · worldly realms · dharmas · the three times · sentient beings’ birth, aging, sickness, death, grief, sorrow, suffering, and distress · lands · śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas · bodhisattvas · the assemblies of bodhisattvas and everything they set in motion.

As for the opening and folding of the ten clauses, Chengguan says, “of the ten, the first one is the general … the remaining nine are the particulars. The first five are taken as the dependent-upon-other in its defiled portion … the last three are taken only as the dependent-upon-other in its pure portion.” What is to be noticed is those last three clauses — that śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas are an illusion, that bodhisattvas are an illusion, and that the assemblies, transformations, taming, and every arrangement of bodhisattvas are an illusion as well.

Since the ten clauses have a general and its particulars, each is to be looked at for the condition it names. The first, all worlds are the abiding in illusion, since they arise from causes and conditions, is the general one, and Chengguan says, “of the ten, the first one is the general; conditioned arising of worlds runs through both the defiled and the pure, since the ocean of lands is also named world” — a defiled land and a pure land are alike named world, and so this clause, at its first opening, takes in both sides. The second, all sentient beings are the abiding in illusion, since they are set up by deeds and afflictions, Chengguan assigns thus: “the first is taken as the suffering fruit of the sentient, arisen from the gathering of deeds and delusions” — sentient beings are not a lump standing on nothing but a fruit gathered up out of deeds and delusions. Upon the third, all worldly realms are the abiding in illusion, since ignorance, craving for existence, and the rest arise in turn from conditions, Chengguan says, “the second is taken as the twelve links of conditioned arising viewed in their forward order, which is the worldly realm, and since they depend upon one another in sequence it says in turn” — the words “in turn” are not a flourish; they are that mutual dependence in the forward viewing of the twelve links. Upon the fourth, all dharmas are the abiding in illusion, since they arise from the manifold illusory conditions of the view of self and the rest, Chengguan sifts most finely of all, saying, “the third takes, among the five classes of dharmas, all but the unconditioned, and so it says all; for the unconditioned has no arising and does not arise from illusory conditions,” and further, “the ripening consciousness and the rest, out of beginningless evil habit, inwardly grasp a self, and since they are conjoined with the four delusions it says the view of self and the rest; and they grasp deluded objects without, which it calls the manifold illusory conditions.” So the word “all” in that clause has already sifted something out: the unconditioned is not among them, because the unconditioned has no arising and does not come from illusory conditions.

The last three clauses are the most perilous stretch of this gate: all śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas are the abiding in illusion, since they are made by the discrimination of knowledge and cutting off; all bodhisattvas are the abiding in illusion, since they are made by the dharmas of practice and vow that tame the self and teach and convert sentient beings; all assemblies, transformations, tamings, and every arrangement of bodhisattvas are the abiding in illusion, since they are made by the illusion of vow and knowledge. Upon these three Chengguan says only one thing generally — “the last three are taken only as the dependent-upon-other in its pure portion, arisen from conditions and like an illusion, which can be got by the sense” — and gives no clause-by-clause gloss. These three are therefore to be read by the word “since” that the scripture text itself fastens to each. Why are the two vehicles an illusion? The scripture text says they are made by the discrimination of knowledge and cutting off — their fruit is not something that exists without a cause, but something built up by that one pair of discriminations, knowledge and cutting off. Why are bodhisattvas an illusion? The scripture text says they are made by the dharmas of practice and vow that tame the self and teach and convert sentient beings — taming, teaching, the practices, the vow-dharmas: four things, and all four are conditions. And why are the assemblies, transformations, tamings, and every arrangement of bodhisattvas an illusion? The scripture text says they are made by the illusion of vow and knowledge — even vow and knowledge themselves stand inside the illusion. Clause by clause it climbs, and what is made illusion is at each step more nearly the thing the practitioner holds in his own hand.

A misreading is to be set aside: that “illusion” is said in order to reproach the world. What the last three clauses of the scripture text make into illusion is precisely the side that practice has gained. Brought down to the ground: only one who can see even what he has cultivated out of himself as an illusion will not take it away and trade it for a new self.

The ancient worthies do not read the opening and folding of these ten clauses alike: Chengguan makes the first one the general and the remaining nine the particulars; Fazang, upon the sixty-fascicle witness, has “the first six know the abiding in illusion of the dharmas of the world — one knowing generally, the next two knowing the illusion of person and dharma, the next two knowing the illusion of the arising and ceasing of the three realms, the next one knowing the illusion of lands; the last three know the illusion of the three vehicles.” The two accounts stand together, each with its own bone.

The Three Times Are Also an Illusion: Time Has No Substance of Its Own

The fifth of the ten illusions is “all three times are the abiding in illusion, since they are born of the inverted knowledge that takes the view of a self and the rest.” Why are the three times an illusion?

Chengguan answers, saying “the fourth is time: that is, upon the unbroken continuance of the aspects of formations a division is set up and called time; but the formations depended upon are empty, so where is time set up? To reckon falsely that it has a substance is inverted knowledge.” Time is not a thing; it is a division set up upon the unbroken continuance of “formations”; and if the formations depended upon are themselves empty, where is that division still set up? The Yanyi chao says this layer once more, saying “formations are the five aggregates, arising and ceasing instant by instant, continuing one after another; what has already passed away is the past, what has not yet risen is the future, what has arisen and not yet passed away is named the present; apart from the formations, what division is there that there should be three times?”

A misreading is to be set aside: that this says ‘time does not exist, and so there is no need to make arrangements.’ What the scripture text says is that the three times have no substance of their own, not that the three times have no working. Brought down to the ground: there is no need to fear being too late — being too late is to have taken time for a thing that can be walked to its end.

Birth, Aging, Sickness, and Death Are an Illusion: Impermanence Too Is Set Up

The sixth clause is “the arising and ceasing of all sentient beings, their birth, aging, sickness, and death, their grief, sorrow, suffering, and distress, are the abiding in illusion, since they are born of false discrimination.”

Chengguan glosses this, saying “the fifth is impermanence, birth, aging, and the rest: that is, upon the division of having arisen and then decaying, impermanence and the rest are set up, and all of them are had by false discrimination.” Impermanence is not another thing pressing down upon life; it is a name set up upon just this matter of “having arisen and then decaying.” The Yanyi chao, to establish this meaning, cites the Cheng weishi lun — “not being before and being now, in the position of being it is named arising; the position of being resting for a while is spoken of as abiding” and the rest — as its note.

A misreading is to be set aside: that to say impermanence is an illusion amounts to saying suffering is false and need not be attended to. What this clause of the scripture text lists is grief, sorrow, suffering, and distress — suffering is still undergone; only it has no substance of its own that cannot be turned. Brought down to the ground: to see suffering as an illusion is not to feel no pain, but not to take the pain as forever.

Lands Too Are an Illusion: What the Three Inversions Manifest, and Yet the Pure Lands Are Included

The seventh clause is “all lands are the abiding in illusion, since they appear through the inversion of perception, the inversion of mind, the inversion of view, and ignorance.”

Chengguan makes a very fine distinction upon this clause, saying “next, all lands: the meaning runs through the defiled and the pure among sentient beings. Defiled lands mostly arise from the three inversions, since one does not penetrate that they are mind-only and falsely grasps at objective realms”; and “as for saying that they appear through ignorance, this runs through the pure lands as well: that is, from the first ground upward ignorance is not yet exhausted, and the lands seen are of every sort of difference. But since it says ignorance, it has already sifted out and excluded the buddha-lands.” That is to say: what the three inversions manifest are the defiled lands, while the four graphs “appear through ignorance” take in even the pure lands — yet since ignorance is said, the buddha-lands have already been distinguished as not among them.

A misreading is to be set aside: that to say lands are an illusion amounts to saying the pure land is a supposition. It is precisely here that Chengguan sifts the buddha-lands out. Brought down to the ground: the reason the lands each person sees are not the same is that the place where each person’s ignorance is not yet exhausted is not the same.

The Own-Nature of the Realm of Illusion Is Beyond Conceiving: Having Left the Two Extremes, One Does Not Abide Even in the Middle Way

The ten illusions having been set forth, one clause concludes in praise: “Son of good family! The own-nature of the realm of illusion is beyond conceiving.”

Wherein does it lie beyond conceiving? Chengguan glosses this, saying “an illusory dharma is not existent, since its substance is not real; it is not non-existent, since its mark is not nothing. It is not one, since nature and mark differ; it is not different, since there are not two substances. Emptiness and existence are mutually identical, and one and different are both lost. Since it has left the two extremes it also forgets the middle way, and by this mutual pervading it is able to manifest the many within the one and to have the many all be the one, unobstructed layer upon layer, and this is being beyond conceiving.” After the four clauses have been laid out, there is one step more — even the “middle way” is not abided in. Precisely because the middle is not abided in, the many are manifested within the one and the many are all the one. Fazang, upon the sixty-fascicle witness, likewise makes it twofold, saying “it is then existent and then empty, not two, and so it is beyond conceiving. Further, by its own-nature it loses the two extremes and does not abide in the middle either, and so it says beyond conceiving.”

The Yanyi chao sets a further tier above Chengguan’s four clauses, saying “here, taking for the moment existent and non-existent, one and different, together with the middle way below, they make three contemplations. There should also be a leaving of the four alternatives.” Not existent and not non-existent is one contemplation; not one and not different is one contemplation; leaving the two extremes and losing the middle way is another — hence three contemplations; and each contemplation in turn should have its four alternatives left behind, so that one leaving does not finish the matter. The chao then divides the reach of the Commentary’s own text, saying “having left the two extremes it is already the middle way, and it loses the middle way too, the absolute middle beyond opposition. The above is the non-obstruction of phenomenon and principle,” while of what follows from “by this mutual pervading” onward it says “this is the non-obstruction of phenomenon and phenomenon.” By the chao: what is accomplished by leaving the two extremes and forgetting the middle way is the non-obstruction of phenomenon and principle, and what is accomplished by that layered mutual pervading in which the many are manifested within the one and the many are all the one is the non-obstruction of phenomenon and phenomenon — beneath the four graphs “beyond conceiving” there are in fact two tiers, not one. Brought down to the ground: what makes the beyond-conceiving beyond conceiving is not that it cannot be said, but that after it has been said one layer more must still be left behind.

A misreading is to be set aside: that ‘not falling into the two extremes’ is already the summit. Both houses say that to halt in the middle is also a kind of abiding. Brought down to the ground: whatever position can be held on to is still not the beyond-conceiving this clause speaks of.

Humbling Themselves and Pointing to the Superior: They Point Only to Their Own Not Knowing, Not to Any Higher and Lower Among Dharma Gates

“We two persons are able to know only this one liberation of the abiding in illusion. But as for the bodhisattvas, the mahāsattvas, who enter well into the boundless net of illusion of all affairs — their practice of merit and virtue, how could we know it, and how could we expound it?”

This is a passage that most good friends of this assembly have — humbling oneself and pointing to the superior (the gathering of Universal Friend has none). What is to be seen clearly is the direction in which they point: they do not say ‘my Dharma gate is shallow and another’s is deep’; what they say is that the practice of merit and virtue on the side of “entering well into the boundless net of illusion of all affairs” is what they cannot know and cannot expound. What is pointed to is still the affair of the net of illusion; only it is boundless.

A misreading is to be set aside: that humbling oneself and pointing to the superior is a courtesy. The scripture text immediately afterward uses some nine parts in ten of its length to speak of the next one — humbling oneself is for the sake of pointing outward, not for the sake of drawing back. Brought down to the ground: only one who knows which thing it is that he knows can say who is to be sought next.

They Do Not Speak First, but First Make His Body Supple

Before pointing out the friend who comes next, the scripture text inserts one clause of narration: “At that time, when the boy and the maiden had finished setting forth their own liberation, they used the power of the many roots of good that are beyond conceiving to make Sudhana’s body supple and lustrous, and then said to him.”

Chengguan outlines this passage as the two passages beneath “pointing out the next friend,” saying “first, adding their power in the unseen; after, from ‘and then said’ onward, displaying it by words.” That is to say: the pointing out of the way falls into two lengths — first the roots of good add their power in the unseen, and only then is the mouth opened.

A misreading is to be set aside: that introducing a teacher is merely giving an address. Here the scripture text writes first the suppleness and lustre of the body, and only then the words. Brought down to the ground: to be able to take in a single clause of direction often requires first a preparation that cannot be spoken.

Sea Shore · Great Adornment · Vairocana Adornment Treasury: All Three Names Have Their Point

The passage pointing out the place lists three names: the land named Sea Shore, the park named Great Adornment, the storeyed pavilion named Vairocana Adornment Treasury; and it says that this pavilion is “born of the fruit and recompense of the bodhisattva’s roots of good” and three more clauses of being born from.

Upon the three names, Chengguan brings out the sense of each one by one: “As for the land being named Sea Shore, it is the northern shore of the southern sea, since a bodhisattva of one more birth draws near to the sea of knowledge. The park is named Great Adornment because the cause is round in the myriad practices and thereby adorns the fruit. Further, the park and garden of birth and death are adorned to one’s own fruit by the grove of trees that is the myriad practices.” As for the storeyed pavilion, Chengguan glosses it in two ways, taken as matter and taken as dharma; taken as dharma he says “the two kinds of knowledge depend upon each other, and arising conditions are mutually dependent, and so it says storeyed pavilion. Knowledge is just the Dharma realm, and this is being vast.” The four clauses of what it is born from Chengguan judges thus: “the fruit and recompense of the roots of good is taken as its former cause, since it is the fruit and recompense of those roots of good; the power of mindfulness, the power of vow, and the rest are taken as its present conditions.”

A misreading is to be set aside: that these clauses are landscape writing. Every name here is saying what sort of person the next good friend is. Brought down to the ground: if a storeyed pavilion is said to be made by the mutual dependence of two kinds of knowledge, then what one is to bring in walking into it is not one’s eyes.

Maitreya Is There, and It Is for Six Displayings

The passage pointing out the person first sets forth Maitreya’s name directly, and afterward, from “in order to” onward, displays the reasons for his abiding there: taking in the parents, kinsfolk, and people of the place where he was originally born · making the sentient beings who took birth and cultivate together with him firm within the Great Vehicle · making all sentient beings accomplish everything according to the ground they abide in and their roots of good; and the six clauses beneath these all read “to display how the bodhisattva … .”

The six clauses of “to display” are the last of the reasons for Maitreya’s dwelling in that pavilion, and they are also the reason Sudhana is to go. The first, to display the bodhisattva’s gate of liberation, sets forth only the name of a gate of liberation and does not say which gate; the five beneath it each point to a matter. To display how the bodhisattva takes birth with mastery in every place speaks of birth — not birth dragged along by deeds, but birth everywhere and at ease. To display how the bodhisattva, with bodies of every kind, appears constantly before all sentient beings and teaches them speaks of the body — one body will not answer to all sentient beings, and so bodies of every kind are shown, and the scripture text writes “constantly,” not now and then. To display how the bodhisattva, by the power of great compassion, universally gathers all the goods and wealth of the world without wearying of it speaks of wealth — the goods of the world are not a thing to be dodged, but a thing to be gathered universally by the power of great compassion, and without distaste. To display how the bodhisattva cultivates the practices in full and knows that all practices are apart from marks speaks of practice — he cultivates and knows it to be apart from marks, which is not the same as not cultivating. And the last, to display how the bodhisattva takes birth place after place and understands that all birth is without marks, returns to birth, and what is understood is that all birth is without marks. Chengguan gives no clause-by-clause gloss upon these six; upon the two graphs “in order to” alone he points out, “compassion and knowledge range together, and both are for the benefit of beings, and so it says in order to, and the rest” — and what the six display is precisely six faces of that ranging together.

A misreading is to be set aside: that these six clauses praise Maitreya alone. The subject of all six, graph for graph, is “the bodhisattva,” not one particular person. Brought down to the ground: what his dwelling there displays is exactly the several things you are going to go and do.

Upon Maitreya’s name, Chengguan glosses it, saying “Maitreya, in the Sanskrit sound, in full is Midili; in this tongue it is Kind, and it is his clan-name,” and lists three conditions for it: first, that by his original vow he met a Tathāgata of great kindness and set up a vow; second, that he gained the samādhi of the mind of kindness; third, that while he was in the womb his mother had a mind of kindness; and further, “he is named Ayiduo, which in this tongue is Unsurpassed.” Chengguan then points out one weighty phrase: “Kindness abides depending on knowledge, and so it says settled within. Compassion and knowledge range together, and both are for the benefit of beings, and so it says in order to, and the rest.”

Are the three conditions three matters set side by side? The Yanyi chao lays one remark upon this: “these three arise one from another in turn. That is to say, because he met the Tathāgata of Kindness he gained the samādhi of the mind of kindness; and because he gained that samādhi his mother too was kind.” By the chao, the three conditions are one chain of mutual arising — meeting a Tathāgata of great kindness and setting up a vow is the first; by that vow gaining the samādhi of the mind of kindness is the second; because that samādhi was gained, his mother too having a mind of kindness while he was in the womb is the third. The direction of the arising is to be noted: it is not that the mother’s kindness came first and the son’s after, but that the son had already gained the samādhi and the mother’s kindness followed upon it. Brought down to the ground: a name stands up because a chain of mutually arising matters stands behind it, not because three fine reasons stand side by side.

A misreading is to be set aside: that “settled within it” merely says that he lives there. Chengguan reads the two graphs “settled within” as kindness abiding depending on knowledge. Brought down to the ground: a bodhisattva whose clan-name is Kindness dwells within a storeyed pavilion whose substance is knowledge — this fact is itself the title of the next section.

Eleven Clauses of Asking: The Commentary Says Ten Questions, the Scripture Text Has Eleven

From “go to him and ask” onward, the scripture text has, graph for graph, eleven clauses of “how”: carrying out the bodhisattva practice · cultivating the bodhisattva path · studying the bodhisattva precepts · purifying the bodhisattva mind · bringing forth the bodhisattva vow · gathering the bodhisattva’s equipment for aiding the path · entering the ground in which bodhisattvas abide · fulfilling the bodhisattva perfections · obtaining the bodhisattva forbearance of birthlessness · being complete in the bodhisattva dharmas of merit and virtue · serving the bodhisattva’s good friends.

Chengguan judges upon this, saying “first, the teaching proper raises ten questions, to set forth that they are inexhaustible” — the commentary makes them ten, the base text graph for graph eleven. The two counts differ and are recorded without adjudication; and the reason Chengguan says ten is that he takes the sense of “setting forth that they are inexhaustible,” not that he is counting them off.

A misreading is to be set aside: that the many questions are because Sudhana is greedy for much. Here it is the good friend who has drawn up the list of questions for him; he did not add them himself. Brought down to the ground: a good list of questions is one that another person opens for you — he knows what you should ask when you get there.

Why the Asking Must Be This Broad: Two Reasons

After the eleven questions, the scripture text raises its own query and gives its own gloss: “Why is it so?”

Chengguan sets out this one query and one gloss very clearly, saying “the sense of the query is: why must the asking be broad? The gloss has two intents: first, the virtue sought is broad, and he is able to expound it in full. After, from ‘son of good family, you should not’ onward, it is that the dharma of the great mind that seeks ought to be so.” The first intent lies on the other side — Maitreya’s virtue is round and his station full, and however broadly one asks, he can answer; the second intent lies in oneself — the mind that is able to seek ought from the beginning to be this large.

The virtue of Maitreya brought out in this passage is, in the scripture text, eight clauses of the graph “already”: he has already fulfilled all the perfections · already abided in all the bodhisattva grounds · already realized all the bodhisattva forbearances · already entered all the bodhisattva stations · already received the conferring of the full prediction · already ranged through all the bodhisattva realms · already gained the spiritual power of all buddhas · already received from all Tathāgatas the anointing of his crown with the ambrosial dharma-water of all-knowledge.

A misreading is to be set aside: that to ask little is modesty. Brought down to the ground: the size of a question measures the other person by half and oneself by the other half.

The True Good Friend: Ten Things He Can Do Upon You

Before the second intent, the scripture text first sets forth one passage separately: “that good friend is able to moisten your many roots of good” and ten clauses following, every clause reading “able to … your … .”

Chengguan outlines this as “setting forth separately that he is a true good friend,” and adds one weighty phrase: “Even were his virtue full, if he had no affinity with oneself he would still be hard to seek out.” However round his virtue, if he has no affinity with you, you cannot seek him out. And so after saying ‘how high he is,’ one must still say ‘what he can do upon you.’

A misreading is to be set aside: that seeking a good friend means seeking the highest one. In this passage of the scripture text the subject falls throughout upon “you” — moistening your roots of good, increasing your mind of awakening, making firm your resolve, adding to your good. Brought down to the ground: the one who can take effect upon you is the one who counts as your good friend.

Do Not Cultivate One Thing and Suppose You Have Reached the Summit

The passage warning him away from the inferior: “you should not cultivate one good, illumine one dharma, carry out one practice, bring forth one vow, gain one prediction, or abide in one forbearance, and then give rise to the thought that this is the ultimate; you should not, with a mind that has a limit and a measure, carry out the six perfections, abide in the ten grounds, purify the buddha-lands, or serve good friends.”

Chengguan outlines this as “first, setting forth what he should not do, warning him away from the inferior; after, from ‘why’ onward, glossing what he should do, making him cultivate broadly.” The first half is a stopping, the second half a doing.

A misreading is to be set aside: that this is a reproach of one who has gained little. The six things the scripture text lists — one good · one dharma · one practice · one vow · one prediction · one forbearance — not one of them is a bad thing, and to gain one prediction or abide in one forbearance is already no easy matter. What is warned against is not those six, but the four graphs that follow, “give rise to the thought that this is the ultimate.” Brought down to the ground: what goes wrong is never the thing you gained, but the judgment you passed upon it.

The Long Passage of What One Should Cultivate: Ninety-Five Clauses of ‘Should,’ Outlined by the Ancient Worthies into Ten Passages

Next comes the longest passage of the whole unit, every clause beginning with the graph “should.” Counted graph by graph, the base text has ninety-five clauses (the last clause, beneath “should, together with all bodhisattvas,” contains four matters: abiding · making offerings · adorning and purifying · bringing forth).

Chengguan judges upon this that “within the first there are ninety-eight gates, divided into ten passages,” and sets forth the name of each passage in turn: first, the practice of seeking awakening above · second, the practice of rescuing sentient beings below · third, the practice of cutting off one’s own hindrance of delusion · fourth, the practice of urging beings toward deliverance · fifth, the practice of purifying one’s own roots and desires · sixth, the practice of mastery in the working of power · seventh, the practice of gathering the Dharma and curing delusion · eighth, the practice of making offerings to buddhas and gathering beings · ninth, the practice of compassion and vow deep and broad · tenth, the practice of realization and entry round and full. The number of gates the commentary counts and the number of clauses that begin graph for graph in the base text are not the same; the two counts are recorded together without adjudication. And the bone of the ten passages — from seeking above to rescuing below, then to cutting off delusion, then to deliverance, then to purifying the roots, then to the working of power, then to curing delusion, then to making offerings to buddhas, then to compassion and vow, then to realization and entry — is one of the handles for reading this long passage.

Once the outline of ten passages stands, each passage is to be looked at for what it teaches. The first, the practice of seeking awakening above, runs from you should plant measureless roots of good to you should study measureless skilful dedications, and what it lists is planting roots of good, gathering the equipment of awakening, cultivating the causes of awakening, studying skilful dedication — the first three heap upward, and the last gives away: heaping without keeping. The second, the practice of rescuing sentient beings below, begins at you should convert measureless realms of sentient beings: first their realms are converted, then their minds are known, their faculties known, their understandings discerned, their conduct observed, and only at the end is taming spoken of — the scripture text sets knowing before taming, and four acts of knowing, knowing, discerning, and observing are set out before a hand is laid on. The third, the practice of cutting off one’s own hindrance of delusion, begins at you should cut off measureless afflictions, and what is cut off is first listed plainly — afflictions, habits of deed, wrong views, defiled minds — and then turns to figures: drawing out the poisoned arrow of suffering, drying up the sea of craving, breaking the darkness of ignorance, you should shatter measureless mountains of self-conceit, cutting the bonds of birth and death, crossing the floods of existence, draining the sea of taking birth — arrow, sea, darkness, mountain, bond, flood, each saying by its own shape what shape the thing to be cut off has. The fourth, the practice of urging beings toward deliverance, is only three clauses: you should make measureless sentient beings come out of the mire of the five desires, you should cause measureless sentient beings to leave the prison of the three realms, you should set measureless sentient beings within the holy path — the first two are a coming out, the last a setting down: what has come out must have somewhere to be put. The fifth, the practice of purifying one’s own roots and desires, opens with three clauses — you should extinguish measureless conduct of greed, you should cleanse measureless conduct of anger, you should shatter measureless conduct of delusion — and Chengguan lays one remark upon this passage: “removing the three unwholesome roots, one accomplishes the three wholesome roots and the rest.” The three clauses answer exactly to the three unwholesome roots, and their removal is the accomplishing of the three wholesome ones.

Within the third passage, the practice of cutting off one’s own hindrance of delusion, there is one clause that is not a cutting off: you should bring forth measureless pure minds. It is wedged after you should remove measureless defiled minds and before you should draw out measureless poisoned arrows of suffering — the four clauses before it cut off afflictions, habits of deed, wrong views, and defiled minds, every clause a taking away; and this one clause suddenly reads “bring forth,” and what is brought forth is a pure mind. The scripture’s own order is where it teaches: the defiled mind is removed and then the pure mind is brought forth, a removing and a bringing forth standing next to each other and not standing in for each other; and only below it does the passage turn to the seven figurative clauses of drawing out the arrow, drying up the sea, breaking the darkness, and shattering the mountain. Chengguan sets forth for this passage only the name “the practice of cutting off one’s own hindrance of delusion,” without glossing clause by clause, and so the sense of this clause is read from the scripture’s own verb alone. Brought down to the ground: that one graph “bring forth” is left standing inside a passage about cutting off delusion says that the removal of defilement does not of itself amount to having purity — purity has to be brought forth a second time.

Of the thirteen clauses of the fifth passage, the first three answer to the three unwholesome roots, as said above; the ten below them deepen tier by tier, and are to be read from the verbs the scripture itself attaches. You should go beyond measureless nets of the māras and you should leave measureless deeds of the māras first set forth the outward difficulty answered to — a net is what covers over, a deed is what is done, and so one is a going beyond and one a leaving, the verbs not interchangeable. In the eight clauses below, the subject bears the two graphs “the bodhisattva,” unlike those before: you should cleanse the bodhisattva’s measureless delights cleanses what he is fond of; you should increase the bodhisattva’s measureless skilful means increases what he uses; you should bring forth the bodhisattva’s measureless superior faculties brings forth his faculties; you should make bright and clean the bodhisattva’s measureless settled understanding cleans his understanding; you should enter the bodhisattva’s measureless equality enters his equality; you should purify the bodhisattva’s measureless merit purifies his merit; you should order the bodhisattva’s measureless practices orders his practice; and the last clause, you should display the bodhisattva’s measureless practice of according with the world, turns from cleansing and ordering oneself outward, and what is displayed is a practice that accords with the world. Cleansing, increasing, bringing forth, making bright, entering, purifying, ordering, displaying — eight verbs running from inward to outward, and only at the last clause does it come out into the world. Chengguan lays upon this passage only the one remark “removing the three unwholesome roots, one accomplishes the three wholesome roots and the rest,” which matches the first three clauses alone; the ten below have no clause-by-clause gloss. Brought down to the ground: when the verb changes within a passage, the thing being dealt with has changed a tier; to read a long passage, watch the verbs.

The sixth, the practice of mastery in the working of power, runs from you should bring forth measureless power of pure faith to you should fulfil measureless powers of a Tathāgata, and within it ten powers arise one from another in order: pure faith, vigor, right mindfulness, samādhi, pure wisdom, resolute understanding, merit, knowledge, bodhisattva-power, Tathāgata-power — beginning at faith and halting at the powers of a Tathāgata. The seventh, the practice of gathering the Dharma and curing delusion, begins at you should distinguish measureless Dharma gates: its first half speaks of distinguishing, understanding, and purifying the Dharma gates, and of bringing forth the light of Dharma and making the Dharma shine; its latter half turns to the physician’s work — you should know measureless sicknesses of affliction, you should gather measureless medicines of wondrous Dharma, you should heal measureless illnesses of sentient beings. A Dharma gate, by this point, is not knowledge but medicine. The eighth, the practice of making offerings to buddhas and gathering beings, begins at you should furnish measureless ambrosial offerings, then going to buddha-lands, you should make offerings to measureless Tathāgatas, entering the assemblies of bodhisattvas, receiving the teachings of the buddhas; and then it turns toward sentient beings: you should bear with measureless offenses of sentient beings, extinguishing the calamities of the evil destinies, causing beings to be born in good destinies, you should gather measureless sentient beings by the four means of gathering — offerings to buddhas in the first half, the gathering of beings in the latter, which is why Chengguan labels it with those four graphs. The ninth, the practice of compassion and vow deep and broad, begins at you should cultivate measureless gates of dhāraṇī: gates of great vow, the power of great kindness and great vow, you should seek the Dharma diligently and measurelessly without ever resting, powers of contemplation, deeds of spiritual penetration, light of knowledge; and then it comes to taking birth — going to the destinies of sentient beings, receiving measureless births in existence, you should manifest measureless differentiated bodies, knowing measureless dharmas of speech. The tenth, the practice of realization and entry round and full, begins at you should enter measureless differentiated minds, and what is entered deepens step by step — the bodhisattva’s great objects, great palace, profound and wondrous Dharma, hard-to-know objects, you should carry out the bodhisattva’s hard-to-carry-out practices, the hard-to-enter right station — and it closes with four matters: you should, together with all bodhisattvas, abide through boundless kalpas, make offerings to measureless buddhas, adorn and purify buddha-lands beyond speaking, and bring forth bodhisattva vows beyond speaking.

Within the seventh passage there is one clause to be taken up on its own: you should illumine measureless kinds and classes of faculty. It stands after you should make measureless Dharma shine and before you should know measureless sicknesses of affliction, right at the turning point where the side of the Dharma gates turns toward the side of the physician’s work. The five clauses before it speak of distinguishing, understanding, and purifying the Dharma gates, and of bringing forth the light of Dharma and making the Dharma shine — all of them the Dharma that illumines; what this one clause illumines is not Dharma but faculty, and the two graphs “kinds and classes” say that the faculties of sentient beings have their kinds and their classes and are not of one flavor. The faculties are illumined and then the sickness is known; the sickness is known and then the medicine is gathered; the medicine is gathered and then the illness is healed. The scripture sets the illumining of faculties before the knowing of sickness, and that order is itself the reason: unless it is first made clear which class of faculty this person has, the medicine gathered answers to nothing. Chengguan sets forth for this passage only the name “the practice of gathering the Dharma and curing delusion,” with no separate gloss on this clause. Brought down to the ground: one and the same Dharma gate is a different medicine for a different faculty — illumine first, then give, and the order cannot be reversed.

Of the eighteen clauses of the tenth passage, ten were not reached above. You should be furnished with the bodhisattva’s weighty majesty stands after you should carry out the bodhisattva’s hard-to-carry-out practices and before you should tread the bodhisattva’s hard-to-enter right station — the hard practice having been carried out, there is then a weighty majesty to be furnished with, and only after that is the hard-to-enter right station trodden; majesty is not a qualification held beforehand but something practised into being. The nine clauses from you should know the bodhisattva’s various practices onward then follow one upon another in order: his various practices are known, and then you should manifest the bodhisattva’s all-pervading spiritual power manifests his power, you should receive the bodhisattva’s cloud of Dharma of equality receives his Dharma, you should broaden the bodhisattva’s boundless net of practice broadens his practice, you should fulfil the bodhisattva’s boundless perfections fulfils his perfections, you should receive the bodhisattva’s measureless prophecies receives his prophecy, you should enter the bodhisattva’s measureless gates of forbearance enters his forbearance, you should order the bodhisattva’s measureless grounds orders his grounds, and last you should purify the bodhisattva’s measureless Dharma gates purifies his Dharma gates. Knowing, manifesting, receiving, broadening, fulfilling, receiving, entering, ordering, purifying — and among the nine verbs the two instances of “receive” receive different things: one receives a cloud of Dharma of equality, one receives measureless prophecies; the cloud of Dharma is what one is covered by, the prophecy is what one is given. Chengguan sets forth for this passage only the name “the practice of realization and entry round and full,” without glossing clause by clause. Brought down to the ground: what these ten clauses lay out is not a list of merits but a ladder of stations — practice, majesty, right station, power, Dharma, prophecy, forbearance, ground, one after another upward.

A misreading is to be set aside: that this is a heaped-up string of parallel clauses of which one need only read the gist. With the outline of ten passages in hand, these ninety-odd clauses are no longer a heap but a road. Brought down to the ground: the way to read a long passage is not to read it fast, but first to find its divisions.

To Take Up the Essential Point: Eleven Instances of “Universally”

After the long passage, the scripture text concludes itself: “Son of good family! To take up the essential point and speak of it: you should universally cultivate all bodhisattva practices … you should universally serve all good friends.” The base text has, graph for graph, eleven clauses of “should universally.”

Chengguan outlines this as “concluding briefly and displaying broadly,” and glosses its intent, saying “that is, to set them out separately would be hard to make complete” — one by one they cannot be finished, and so they are gathered into eleven clauses of “universally.”

The eleven clauses of “universally” are not one clause said eleven times; what is made universal differs in each. You should universally cultivate all bodhisattva practices makes practice universal; you should universally convert all realms of sentient beings, sentient beings; you should universally enter all kalpas, time; you should universally be born in all places, place; you should universally know all worlds, the world; you should universally carry out all dharmas, the Dharma; you should universally purify all lands, the land; you should universally fulfil all vows, vows; you should universally make offerings to all buddhas, the buddhas; you should universally share the vows of all bodhisattvas, the vows of fellow travelers; and the last, you should universally serve all good friends, good friends. Practice, sentient beings, time, place, world, Dharma, land, vow, buddhas, shared vow, good friend — set out in a row, these eleven touch everything a bodhisattva will meet: what he does, whom he delivers, the time and the ground he stands on, what he knows, what he cultivates, what he adorns, what he brings forth, what he offers to, whom he shares with, whom he serves. Chengguan gives no clause-by-clause gloss upon the eleven; he outlines them only as “concluding briefly and displaying broadly” and glosses the intent as “that is, to set them out separately would be hard to make complete.”

A misreading is to be set aside: that the last clause, you should universally serve all good friends, is mentioned in passing. Of the eleven, the first ten say what you are to do yourself, and the last says who teaches you to do it — and the whole long passage that follows is about that one clause.

A misreading is to be set aside: that “to take up the essential point and speak of it” shortens what came before. The former passage says “measureless,” this passage says “all”; the former lists by items, this one speaks by the universal. What is shortened is the wording, not the amount. Brought down to the ground: if a person can add one graph, “universally,” to every single thing he cultivates, then the ninety-odd clauses before are all contained within.

The Ten Things One Should Not Do in Seeking Good Friends

From here the text turns to “warning and exhorting him in serving friends.” First are ten clauses warning him away from fault: in seeking do not weary · in seeing do not give rise to a sense of having had enough · in inquiring do not shrink from toil and hardship · in drawing near do not harbor a mind that turns back · in making offerings do not rest · in receiving the teaching do not turn it upside down or throw it into disorder · in studying the practice do not doubt · in hearing the gate of deliverance expounded do not waver · in seeing them act in accord with the afflictions do not give rise to a mind of dislike and blame · the mind of deep faith and reverence brought forth toward them do not alter.

Among these the ninth clause is the hardest. Chengguan writes a passage here in particular, saying “as for seeing them act in accord with the afflictions and not giving rise to dislike and blame: good friends are of two kinds, first the real and second the provisional. The provisional are able to walk upon what is not the path, and whether inside and outside they are ripe or unripe is hard to know by skill, and so one should not dislike them. Among the real there are again two, first the practice and second the understanding. Now one seeks only the understanding and should not contemplate the practice”; and he cites a treatise as his witness, saying “as the Zhi lun, fascicle fifty, says, it is likewise as a lame man with eyes is still able to point out the road.”

A misreading is to be set aside: that “should not contemplate the practice” means one may pay no heed to the teacher’s conduct. What Chengguan says is that what is sought is the understanding — the lame man points out the road, and the road is still that road. Brought down to the ground: this is the clause among the ten most easily taken away for an excuse, and so it must be read together with the four graphs “now one seeks only the understanding.”

Thirty-Five Clauses: The Things There Are Only Because of Good Friends

After the warning comes the gloss. The scripture text raises its own query: “Why is it so?” — and answers with thirty-five clauses, thirty-three of them fastened to “all bodhisattvas” (the two clauses on going toward the awakening-fruit of all tathāgatas and on going to every quarter to hear the wondrous Dharma are not): hearing the many practices · accomplishing the merit and virtue · bringing forth the great vows · drawing out the roots of good … down to doing the deeds of benefit of all bodhisattvas.

Chengguan first brings out the sense of the query, saying “if only one raises a broad mind it is enough to accomplish the great path — why must one be made to serve friends and be warned away from faults?”; then he brings out the sense of the gloss, saying “the Dharma is spread by persons; if not through good friends, how could one hear the many wondrous practices?”; and he points out that “within it there are thirty-five clauses, each clause one line” — a count of clauses that agrees with the count graph by graph in the base text.

The thirty-five clauses are not thirty-five benefits heaped together; there is an order within them. The first four are matters of entering the door — hearing the many practices, accomplishing the merit and virtue, bringing forth the great vows, drawing out the roots of good. Then come provisions and opening out — gathering all that aids the bodhisattva path, opening out the light of Dharma of all bodhisattvas, displaying the gate of deliverance, studying the pure precepts of all bodhisattvas, taking a stand in the dharmas of merit. Then mind and eloquence — purifying the vast resolve, increasing the firm mind, being furnished with all the bodhisattvas’ gates of dhāraṇī and eloquence, gaining the pure treasury, bringing forth the light of concentration. Then vows — gaining the surpassing vow, and sharing one vow with all bodhisattvas, where those words weigh most: not each bringing forth his own, but one and the same vow with all bodhisattvas. Then places arrived at — hearing the surpassing Dharma, gaining the secret place of all bodhisattvas, reaching the jeweled isle of the Dharma of all bodhisattvas: the secret place and the jeweled isle are both said in terms of arriving.

Next it turns to nurture and guarding: increasing the sprout of the roots of good of all bodhisattvas, lengthening the body of knowledge, guarding the deep secret treasury, upholding the mass of merit, purifying the path of taking birth of all bodhisattvas, receiving the cloud of right Dharma, entering the road of the great vows of all bodhisattvas. And then comes the clause that travels furthest of the thirty-five: proceeding to the fruit of awakening of all Tathāgatas — before this clause, every clause is fastened to “all bodhisattvas,” and at this one what is proceeded to is the fruit of a Tathāgata. Beneath it: taking up the wondrous practices of all bodhisattvas, revealing the merit, going in all directions to hear and receive the wondrous Dharma — and what is gone to is all directions, not one place and one teacher. Of the thirty-five, these two alone are not fastened to “all bodhisattvas.” Then praising the vast majesty, bringing forth the power of great kindness and compassion of all bodhisattvas, gathering the surpassing power of mastery, bringing forth the limbs of awakening, and the last clause, doing the deeds of benefit of all bodhisattvas. The whole passage begins at hearing and ends at doing deeds of benefit: in through the ear, out through the hand. Chengguan counts the clauses here but gives no clause-by-clause gloss; he sums the intent in one sentence — “the Dharma is spread by persons; if not through good friends, how could one hear the many wondrous practices?” Every one of these thirty-five has that one premise: because of a good friend.

A misreading is to be set aside: that since one is to bring forth a vast mind, one’s own effort will do. Chengguan’s question here asks precisely this. Brought down to the ground: the Dharma must be transmitted by persons, and this fact does not change because your resolve is large.

Fourteen Clauses of Guarding from Without and Forty-One Clauses of Taking Up the Causes

The next passage turns to another angle: the former passage says good friends “give birth,” this passage says good friends “rear.” The scripture text has, graph for graph, fourteen clauses, every clause beginning with the graph “because”: because they uphold, he does not fall into the evil destinies · because they take him in, he does not turn back from the Great Vehicle · because they bear him in mind, he does not break the bodhisattva precepts … because he takes his stand upon them, he increases all the dharmas that are limbs of awakening.

Again a query, again a gloss: from “why is it so? Son of good family! As for good friends: they are able to purify the many hindrances” onward, the base text has, graph for graph, forty-one clauses of “able to.” Chengguan speaks very finely of how these two passages match, saying “these forty clauses gloss the fifteen clauses of the direct setting forth above; there is the running-through and there is the separate. Running through, the several causes of evil afterward correspond generally to the fruits before; separately, each is matched and assigned. As by removing the many difficulties, one does not turn back from the Great Vehicle; by stopping the many evils, one does not break the pure precepts; by breaking ignorance, one does not follow bad friends”; and he says of himself, “the clauses below may have two or three matching one clause above, which can be got by the sense; fearing prolixity I do not match them.” The commentary’s fifteen clauses and forty clauses differ from the base text’s fourteen clauses and forty-one clauses graph for graph; the two counts are recorded together without adjudication.

Of the fourteen clauses of “because,” the first nine and the last five differ in what they take as the cause. The first nine say “because a good friend” does thus — upholds, takes in, bears in mind, guards, rears, gathers, instructs, points the way, nourishes — and the subject stands on the good friend’s side. The last five say because one serves, because one makes offerings, because one draws near, because one relies upon, because one takes one’s stand upon a good friend, and the subject shifts to oneself. That shift is the bone of the passage: the former says what he has done, the latter what you have done toward him. The benefits, too, differ clause by clause. Because a good friend gathers him in, he goes beyond the ground of the ordinary person and because a good friend instructs him, he goes beyond the ground of the two vehicles stand next to each other — one going beyond the ordinary, one beyond the two vehicles: two removes, not one. Because a good friend points the way, he gains deliverance from the world and because a good friend nourishes him, he is able not to be stained by worldly dharmas are again a pair — one a coming out, the other a staying in the world unstained; coming out and being unstained are not one and the same thing. In the last five the benefit turns to cultivation and to power: he who serves cultivates all bodhisattva practices, he who makes offerings is furnished with all dharmas that aid the path, because he draws near to good friends, he is not crushed down by deeds and delusions, because he relies upon good friends, his strength is firm and he does not fear the māras, and the last, because he takes his stand upon good friends, he increases all the dharmas that are limbs of awakening. The clause of reliance answers to the māras, the clause of taking a stand answers to the limbs of awakening — one a warding off, one a growing — and there the passage closes.

Two of the fourteen clauses have fruits that must be read together with their clause. Because a good friend guards him, he does not follow after bad friends — what is guarded is nothing else than the not going after bad friends; and of the three examples Chengguan matches in the passage of causes, the last reads “by breaking ignorance, one does not follow bad friends,” setting the cause-clause able to break the long night’s darkness of ignorance against the fruit of this clause. On that match, what the guarding of a good friend guards is the eye — failing to recognize a bad friend is a matter of ignorance. Because a good friend rears him, he does not fall short in the bodhisattva Dharma — the fruit accomplished by rearing is that the bodhisattva Dharma is not fallen short in, and not some other merit. The former clause is a not-adding of what should not be added, the latter a not-diminishing of what should be there: one wards off an entry from outside, one wards off a loss from within, and so the two clauses stand next to each other without repeating. For the clause of rearing Chengguan sets forth no matching cause, saying of himself, “fearing prolixity I do not match them.” Brought down to the ground: what a good friend does for a person is, on one side, to keep away those he ought not follow, and on the other, to keep watch over the Dharma he ought not lack.

Of the forty-one clauses of “able to,” the first fourteen all say a clearing away, a breaking, a coming out, a leaving: able to purify the hindrances, to extinguish the offenses, to remove the difficulties, to stop the evils, able to break the long night’s darkness of ignorance, able to destroy the firm prison of views, to come out of the city of birth and death, able to renounce the worldly household, to cut the nets of the māras, to draw out the arrows of suffering, to leave the perilous place of unknowing, able to come out of the great wasteland of wrong views, to cross the floods of existence, to leave the wrong paths. Three of those fourteen name a place — a prison, a city, a wasteland: views are the prison, birth and death the city, wrong views the wasteland, and each says by its own shape why that place is hard to get out of. From able to show the road of awakening onward, the remaining twenty-seven turn direction, from taking away to giving: showing the road, teaching the Dharma, causing one to take a stand in the bodhisattva practice, causing one to turn toward omniscience, purifying the eye of knowledge, lengthening the mind of awakening, bringing forth great compassion, setting forth wondrous practice, expounding the perfections. Then station and practice — causing one to abide in the grounds, to gain the forbearances, to cultivate all roots of good, able to cause one to complete all the equipment of the path, bestowing great merit, causing one to reach the station of omniscience. Then feeling and approach — able to cause one to gather merit with joy, to cultivate the practices with eagerness, able to cause one to enter the profound meaning, to have the gate of deliverance revealed, to cut off the evil destinies. And last, shining, moistening, extinguishing, letting go, increasing, abiding — causing one to be lit by the light of Dharma, able to cause one to be moistened by the rain of Dharma, to extinguish every delusion, to let go of every view, to increase all the knowledge of the buddhas, able to cause one to abide in all the Dharma gates of the buddhas.

Wedged among those twenty-seven is one clause, able to expel bad friends, still in the tone of taking away — among the things a good friend gives is the driving off of those one ought not draw near. As for matching them one by one to the passage above, Chengguan says of himself, “the clauses below may have two or three matching one clause above, which can be got by the sense; fearing prolixity I do not match them,” and so the clause-by-clause assignment is not set out in the Commentary. Yet the three he has already matched — removing the difficulties against not turning back from the Great Vehicle, stopping the evils against not breaking the pure precepts, breaking ignorance against not following bad friends — are enough to show the method: every clause of “able to” takes away one cause of evil, and every “not” in the fourteen clauses above is a fruit that perishes because its cause is gone.

A misreading is to be set aside: that the two passages, before and after, say one and the same thing twice. Chengguan says it plainly: the former is the fruit, the latter the cause; the former says one does not fall, the latter says by what one does not fall. Brought down to the ground: to know that one ‘has not fallen down’ is one thing, and to know ‘what it was that removed that cause’ is another.

Ten Similes: Kind Mother · Kind Father · Wet-Nurse · Teacher …

From here Chengguan outlines the text as “teaching and exhorting,” saying “the text has four passages, all displayed by simile.” The first passage is just the ten similes: like a kind mother · like a kind father · like a wet-nurse · like a teacher · like one who guides well · like a good physician · like the Snow Mountains · like a brave general · like one who ferries travelers across · like a boatman, each concluding with the graph “since” the sense it takes.

The order of the ten similes has its own sequence: the first three are persons within the household (giving birth · rearing · guarding), the middle three are persons upon the road (teaching · guiding · healing), and the last four are helps in perilous places (the Snow Mountains bringing forth medicine · the brave general removing fear · the one who ferries travelers bringing one out of the flood · the boatman bringing one to the isle). The closing clause, “son of good family! You should constantly ponder the good friends with right mindfulness in this way,” Chengguan outlines as “the concluding exhortation.”

A misreading is to be set aside: that similes are for the sake of speaking prettily. The reason this passage needs ten is that what a good friend works upon a person is not of one kind only — the one who gives birth to you, rears you, guards you, teaches you, saves you, each is a separate matter. Brought down to the ground: if a good friend can bear even one of these similes, that is already a good friend.

Twenty-One Minds: From the Great Earth to a Prince

The second passage is twenty-one clauses of ‘one should bring forth a mind like such and such’: the great earth · a diamond · the Iron-Ring Mountains · an attendant · a disciple · a servant boy · a nursing mother · a hired laborer · a remover of dung · a ripened ear of grain · a fine horse · a great cart · a tamed and obedient elephant · Mount Sumeru · a good dog · a Zhantuluo · a gelded ox · a boat · a bridge · a filial son · a prince. Chengguan says here only that “there are twenty-one clauses; the text is plain” — the text is clear of itself and needs no further gloss.

The images these twenty-one clauses take are of three sorts: first, taking the virtue of a thing (the great earth bearing up · the diamond unbreakable · the Iron-Ring unmoving · Sumeru not tilting); second, taking the station of a person (attendant · disciple · servant boy · nursing mother · hired laborer · remover of dung · filial son · prince); third, taking beasts and implements (fine horse · great cart · tamed and obedient elephant · good dog · gelded ox · boat · bridge); while the one clause “a ripened ear of grain” takes the image of the ripened ear bending low, to liken being able to bend low.

Each of the twenty-one clauses has a “since” fastened to it, and what each takes is not the same, so each must be looked at. Four take the virtue of a thing: the great earth takes bearing heavy burdens without wearying; the diamond takes a resolve firm and unbreakable; one should bring forth a mind like the Iron-Ring Mountains, since no suffering whatever can move them takes suffering coming and nothing moving; Sumeru takes not tilting — the Iron-Ring answers to suffering, Sumeru to tilting, and the two mountains are not the same. Five take the station of a person in service, and what all five take is non-contravening: one should bring forth a mind like an attendant’s, since he accords with every command laid on him; the disciple takes having no contravening of any instruction; one should bring forth a mind like a hired laborer’s, since he does not contravene whatever teaching he receives; one should bring forth a mind like a filial son’s, since he goes along with the look on the face; one should bring forth a mind like a prince’s, since he carries out the commands he is taught. From according with commands to going along with the look on a face, they grow finer as they go, and the last returns to commands carried out.

Three speak of not wearying: the great earth, not wearying; the boat, going and coming untiring; one should bring forth a mind like a bridge’s, since it ferries across and forgets fatigue — and the great earth clause takes both bearing up and not wearying. One should bring forth a mind like a nursing mother’s, since she takes on every hardship and does not report her toil is a further remove: she takes the hardship and does not say so. The rest each take one sense and cannot stand in for one another: one should bring forth a mind like a servant boy’s, since he does not weary of any of the tasks takes not wearying of tasks; one should bring forth a mind like a ripened ear of grain’s, since it is able to bend low takes the ripe ear bending; one should bring forth a mind like a fine horse’s, since it is apart from bad temper takes being apart from bad temper; one should bring forth a mind like a great cart’s, since it is able to carry the heavy takes carrying weight; one should bring forth a mind like a tamed and obedient elephant’s, since it is constantly submissive takes constant submission; one should bring forth a mind like a good dog’s, since it does not harm its master takes not harming the master; one should bring forth a mind like a gelded ox’s, since it has no fierce anger takes having no fierce anger. Chengguan says here only that “there are twenty-one clauses; the text is plain,” and gives no clause-by-clause gloss, so the sense of each is to be had from the “since” the scripture text fastens to it — which is exactly why the next paragraph must read the servant boy apart from the remover of dung.

A misreading is to be set aside: that among them the clauses of the remover of dung · the servant boy · the Zhantuluo teach a person to belittle himself. The sense fastened to the clauses of the remover of dung and the Zhantuluo is written graph for graph as “since it leaves arrogance behind,” and that of the servant boy as “since it does not weary of any task whatever” — what is put away is conceit and weariness, not self-respect. Brought down to the ground: the difference between bending low and belittling oneself is that the one sets the self down and the other sees the self as small.

Ten Pairs and Four Matters: Oneself · The Good Friend · The Dharma Spoken · The Practice Cultivated

The third passage is the setting of self and friend face to face. Chengguan says, “the text has ten clauses, each clause with four matters; it can be understood.” The ten pairs are: sick and suffering · king of physicians · fine medicine · removing illness; going far · guide · right road · arriving far away; seeking to be ferried across · boatman · boat and oars · reaching the shore; sprouting grain · dragon king · timely rain · ripening; poor · King Vaiśravaṇa · goods and jewels · wealth and abundance; apprentice · fine craftsman · the craft · knowing it thoroughly; afraid · one brave and strong · weapons · breaking the foe; merchant · caravan leader · precious jewels · gathering them up; son · father and mother · the family estate · carrying on the succession; prince · great minister · the royal decree · wearing the royal crown and the rest.

The manner of this passage differs from the two before: the two before speak only of the good friend, while here within one clause four matters are placed at once — what I am, what he is, what the Dharma is, what the practice is. The fourth matter of the last pair is, graph for graph, four items (wearing the royal crown · wearing the royal robes · fastening on the royal sash · sitting in the royal hall), while each of the other nine pairs has one item.

The two graphs “can be got” in Chengguan’s remark “there are ten clauses, each clause with four matters, which can be got” point at something. The Yanyi chao sets forth what it is that can be got, saying “these four are just the four proximate causes and conditions of the Nirvāṇa Sūtra, glossed repeatedly before, and so it says can be got. The first two clauses are drawing near to good friends; the third clause is hearing the right Dharma; the fourth clause is cultivating as taught; and since right mindfulness and contemplation run through all four clauses, every clause makes one give rise to such a thought.” By the chao, the four matters within one pair answer exactly to the four proximate causes: oneself and the good friend, the two of them, are drawing near to good friends; the Dharma spoken is hearing the right Dharma; the practice cultivated is cultivating as taught; while right mindfulness and contemplation take no separate place of their own but run through all four. These ten pairs are therefore not ten figures set side by side, but the four proximate causes played through once over in each of ten stations. Brought down to the ground: let one of the four matters be missing, and that proximate cause is broken right there.

A misreading is to be set aside: that these are ten similes each standing on its own. The matching of the four matters is the very substance of this passage — mistake what you yourself are, and the other three will all go wrong along with it. Brought down to the ground: first ask yourself whether you are now a sick person, a person going far, or a prince; the answer decides how you will hear that clause.

The Concluding Exhortation: Draw Near with a Mind Such as This

The fourth passage is the concluding exhortation and the benefit it establishes: “You should bring forth a mind such as this and form an intention such as this in drawing near to good friends. Why is it so? Drawing near to good friends with a mind such as this is able to make his aspiration attain purity forever.”

Chengguan outlines this as “first the exhortation proper; after, from ‘why’ onward, taking up the benefit to establish the explanation.” The benefit taken up is one clause only — making his aspiration attain purity forever.

A misreading is to be set aside: that the benefit of drawing near to good friends ought to be gaining the Dharma, gaining concentration, gaining spiritual powers. Here only purity of aspiration is spoken of. Brought down to the ground: if a person’s aspiration is still mixed with something else, then however much he gains, it is that aspiration that is doing the gaining.

Praising the Ten Similes Again: Snow Mountains · Great Sea · Fierce Fire · Lotus Blossom

After the taking up of the benefit, the scripture text has another passage of “again,” of which nine clauses among the ten read ‘good friends are such and such, as it were such and such’: nourishing the many roots of good as the Snow Mountains nourish the medicinal herbs · being a vessel of the Buddha-Dharma as the great sea swallows in the many streams · being a place of merit and virtue as the great sea brings forth the many jewels · purifying the mind of awakening as a fierce fire refines true gold · passing beyond the dharmas of the world as Sumeru rises out of the sea · not being stained by the dharmas of the world as the lotus blossom does not cling to the water · not receiving the many evils as the great sea does not lodge a corpse overnight · increasing the white dharmas as the white moon is round and full · illumining the Dharma realm as the blazing sun shines upon the four continents · nourishing the bodhisattva body as father and mother rear a son. Among the ten similes “as it were” occurs nine times, while the fifth simile reads “as Mount Sumeru rises out above the great sea” and not “as it were” — the differing form follows the base text.

Chengguan outlines this as “praising the friend again as being able to benefit, and therefore fit to be served.” The former ten similes say what a good friend is like; these ten similes say what a good friend does.

A misreading is to be set aside: that it repeats the ten similes before. The former ten take human relations and the road traveled, these ten take mountains, seas, sun, and moon — what is praised is not the same. Brought down to the ground: as for this matter of good friends, it is not exhausted even at the twentieth simile.

Lodging the Numbers to Conclude Their Multitude, and Gathering All Together to Conclude Their Multitude

The last two passages are both a gathering up. First is the lodging of numbers: ten clauses of “ten beyond-speaking hundreds of thousands of koṭis,” the first four clauses using nayutas and the last six using asaṃkhyeyas. Chengguan judges here, saying “since it runs through everything, why only hundreds of thousands? It is clear that saying ‘ten beyond-speaking’ above is meant to display that they are inexhaustible” — these numbers are not there for one to count, but for one to know that they cannot be counted.

Afterward is the gathering all together: all bodhisattva practices · perfections · grounds · forbearances · gates of dhāraṇī · gates of samādhi · knowledge of spiritual power · dedications · vows, and then it concludes, saying “all the accomplishing of the Buddha-Dharma by bodhisattvas is by the power of good friends, takes good friends as its root, is born depending on good friends, comes forth depending on good friends, grows depending on good friends, abides depending on good friends; good friends are its cause and condition, and good friends are what set it in motion.”

A misreading is to be set aside: that “by the power of good friends” hands the credit over to someone else. What the scripture text says is “takes as its root,” “are its cause and condition,” “are what set it in motion” — it speaks of where the thing starts, not of anyone standing in for you. Brought down to the ground: the road must be walked by oneself, but the first lifting of the foot was given by another.

Cherishing Their Virtue and Taking Leave: What He Carries Away Are the Words “Merit and Virtue”

The last passage is Sudhana’s taking leave: “At that time Sudhana the youth, having heard of merit and virtue such as this belonging to good friends — able to reveal measureless wondrous practices of bodhisattvas, able to accomplish measureless vast Buddha-Dharma — leapt up in gladness, bowed to the feet of Virtue-Born and Endowed with Virtue, circled them measureless times, gazed up at them with earnest devotion, and only then took his leave and departed.”

What is to be noticed is what the scripture text records Sudhana as having heard — not the liberation of the abiding in illusion, but “merit and virtue such as this belonging to good friends.” The first half of this section speaks of the abiding in illusion, the second half of good friends; and what the last passage concludes upon is the second half.

A misreading is to be set aside: that cherishing their virtue and taking leave is a set formula. Here the eight graphs “having heard of merit and virtue such as this belonging to good friends” set the weight of the whole unit upon the second half. Brought down to the ground: what he carries away from this good friend is the knowing of why the next one is worth going to.

The Assigning of Stations and the Five Marks: Whose Judgment Is This

In Chengguan’s outline this section belongs to the second of the five marks of the last assembly, the mark of the conditions gathered and entering the real, and the name of this section is “the good friend of the gate of the illusory knowledge that returns to illusion.” This layer requires that it be made clear who is doing the judging.

The assigning of stations and the matching of the five marks come from Chengguan following the ancient worthies, and before matching them Chengguan sets up a passage of even-handed words: “Both have their reason. That is, since each single station is complete in many Dharma gates, how should an ordinary mind be barred from practicing and seeking the dharma of good friends? — and so not matching them has its reason. Yet within the absence of graded stations the graded stations are not obstructed, and displaying the stations is the constant rule, so that matching them likewise is no error.” Only afterward does he say “the horizontal and the vertical are unobstructed, and for now I follow the ancient worthies in matching them as five marks.” That is to say: to match and not to match both have their reason; what Chengguan takes is “for now I follow.”

A misreading is to be set aside: that the matching of the fifty-three good friends to fifty-three stations is arranged by the scripture text itself. From beginning to end the scripture text never says that a given friend is a given station. Brought down to the ground: in reading the judgment that assigns stations, one must read it together with Chengguan’s clause “both have their reason” — that is the measure with which he laid this judgment down.

Lineage

The text of this section opens three lines of flow onward.

The first is the line of glossing the name. Fazang, upon the nearness of the Sanskrit sounds, distinguishes the rendered names, saying “the old witness names him Wondrous Virtue, which here is Virtue-Born. Wondrous Virtue Grace, which here is Endowed with Virtue. Since in the original tongue the name is Shilimo, which in this tongue is Endowed with Virtue; Shilimodi, which in this tongue is Virtue Grace. Because the sounds and graphs are near to one another, the two renderings differ.” Li Tongxuan goes not by the rendered names but by the symbolizing of the Dharma, making it “the two practices, knowledge and compassion, are level and equal” and “knowledge and compassion are equally full.” What the two houses set up lies, for the one, in the sound, and for the other, in the sense.

The second is the line of the abiding in illusion. Chengguan sets up its substance by “the dharmas of the knower and the known, the objective realm and knowledge, the defiled and the pure, all arise from conditions,” and sets up its being beyond conceiving by the four clauses of not existent, not non-existent, not one, not different, returning to “unobstructed layer upon layer”; Fazang sets up the abiding in illusion by the two meanings of the known and the knower, and sets up its being beyond conceiving by “losing the two extremes and not abiding in the middle either”; Li Tongxuan, upon this gate, draws Indra’s net as its likeness, saying “illusion gives birth to light and shadow, bodies and lands layer upon layer, as in Indra’s net bodies and objects are layer upon layer, and in the ten directions bodies, lands, objects, and marks enter one another unobstructed, unobstructed.” All three houses carry the abiding in illusion through to unobstructedness layer upon layer, while the road each takes is a separate one.

The third is the line of dividing the outline, each with its own track, recorded without adjudication. The outline of this section Chengguan makes sixfold (seeking in accord with the teaching · seeing, paying respect, and inquiring · displaying their own Dharma gate · humbling themselves and pointing to the superior · pointing out the next friend · cherishing their virtue and taking leave), and beneath pointing out the next friend he opens out the ten passages of the gates one should cultivate and the four passages of teaching and exhorting; Fazang, upon the sixty-fascicle witness, makes three divisions beneath displaying their own Dharma realm (setting forth the name · the working · concluding and pointing on), and at the end of the passage concludes generally, “the foregoing ten persons together make clear the friends of the second great division, the conditions gathered and entering the real”; Li Tongxuan does not divide the outline friend by friend, but takes “the gate of the buddha-fruit gained by Maitreya in one more birth” as a long outline of ten passages and makes this section the first of them; Zhiyan places this passage under the third, the mark of gathering virtue and accomplishing the cause, and glosses the two youths separately as showing the working of transformation and lodging blessings and wisdom, while also preserving a doubt that the order here is lost, which he says he has not settled. The bones of the four houses all differ. In the counting of gates and clauses there are differing forms as well: Chengguan makes them ten questions · ninety-eight gates · fifteen clauses · forty clauses, while the base text counted graph by graph gives eleven questions · ninety-five opening clauses · fourteen clauses · forty-one clauses; as for the thirty-five clauses of taking up the benefit, the commentary and the base text agree. These divergent interpretations and divergent counts are alike the settled accounts of the ancient worthies and the base text graph for graph.

In the text of one section, about one part in ten speaks of themselves and about nine parts of another. The one part that speaks of themselves is named the abiding in illusion; the nine parts that speak of another are, clause by clause, speaking of good friends. The two matters are at root one matter — only one who knows that everything is an illusion can say the five graphs “born depending on good friends” without falling into a single dependency.

品三十九 入法界品 · 彌勒菩薩(一)依教趣求·樓閣讚頌(攝德成因相)Entering the Dharma Realm · Maitreya, Part One: Seeking in Accord with the Teaching and the Praise of the Storeyed Pavilion (The Mark of Gathering Virtue and Accomplishing the Cause)

全文五層 →Full five layers →
義疏Exposition

這一節從頭到尾,彌勒沒有出現

善財參到第五十一位善知識彌勒菩薩。可是這一節三千七百九十一字,彌勒一句話也沒說,一次面也沒露——他要到下一節才「從別處來」。那這一節在寫什麼?寫善財走過去的那段路,和他站在樓閣門外做的事。

要排一個誤解:這不是『還沒進入正題』的過場。澄觀科這一大段時,把彌勒一人單獨立為末會五相的第三相,稱為攝德成因相,並且說這一相的文「文唯五段,以補處位極顯彰,闕謙推故」。對其他善友,澄觀只說了一句「下諸善友六段之文,多有不具」——底下諸友之文,多半不是樣樣都具;智儼就六十本則說「前四十一皆有結有推,後彌勒等無結無推」。可知「闕謙推」是對彌勒這一位所下之判,不是說別的善友人人都有而獨缺此人。本節唯屬其第一段與第二段之前半。

落到地上:這一節告訴人的是,見善知識之前發生的事,本身就是見的一部分。

念前友之教:一路上心裡在轉什麼

經文起手不是走路,是念。「爾時,善財童子聞善知識教,潤澤其心,正念思惟諸菩薩行,向海岸國。」澄觀科這一句為『標念前趣後』——標出他念著前面所受的教,趣向後面要去的人。

為什麼要先寫這個?因為前一位德生童子與有德童女所示的,善財若不一路帶著,到了海岸國也只是到了一個地方。「潤澤其心」四字是眼:教不是記住的知識,是浸潤心地的水。

排一個誤解:以為參學的重點在下一站。經文的次第正好相反——上一站的所得在路上發酵,才決定下一站看得見什麼。落到地上:離開一位師長之後那段路上想些什麼,比到達本身要緊。

自憶九句:一個往昔的不是,配一個當下的發意

接著是本節最整齊的一段。「自憶往世不修禮敬,即時發意勤力而行」以下,起句作「自憶往世」一見,其下「復憶往世」八見,「即時發意」九見——九對,一對一。所憶的九件事是:不修禮敬、身心不淨、作諸惡業、起諸妄想、所修諸行但為自身、追求欲境、起邪思念、日夜劬勞作諸惡事、受五趣生無益。

澄觀判這一段為『觀昔非以行對治』。這七個字定住了讀法:這不是泛泛地懺悔,而是每想起一項舊過,當下就立起一項對治之行。憶「不修禮敬」就「勤力而行」,憶「身心不淨」就「專自治潔」,憶「作諸惡業」就「專自防斷」。

排一個誤解:以為懺悔是情緒。九句裡沒有一句是懊惱之語,句句是「即時發意」——四個字都在說動作。落到地上:想起舊過而不當場立一個對法,那個想起就白想了。

觀現苦:這個身是苦所住的屋子,所以正好拿來用

九句之後,經文轉了一個彎:「如是思惟,生大歡喜。復觀此身是生、老、病、死眾苦之宅。」澄觀科此為『觀其現苦策進當善』——看見當下的苦,用它策進將來的善。

值得注意的是次序:先「生大歡喜」,後『觀此身是苦宅』。歡喜不是因為苦少了,是因為對法立起來了。而觀身為苦宅之後,經文接的不是厭離,是十一件願做的事——修菩薩道、教化眾生、見諸如來、成就佛法、遊行佛剎、承事法師、住持佛教、尋求法侶、見善知識、集諸佛法、與菩薩願智身作因緣。

澄觀在科文中對這一段特別加了一句勸語:「諸修行者,願審此倣之。」這句不是科名,是他讀到此處對讀者說的話。

排一個誤解:以為觀身是苦就該厭身。這裡是反過來——正因為它是苦宅,才要在它壞掉之前把它用完。落到地上:身體的無常若只換來厭離,那一觀是半截的。

一念之下長出來的東西

「作是念時,長不思議無量善根」以下,澄觀科為『明觀念之益』——這一念立刻結出的果。經文列了三層:先是心的轉變(於一切菩薩深信尊重、生希有想、生大師想);次是相的轉變(諸根清淨、善法增益,起恭敬供養、曲躬合掌,生普見世間眼、普念眾生想,現無量願化身、出清淨讚說音想);末是所見的轉變(見過現一切諸佛及諸菩薩於一切處示現成道,乃至無有一毛端處而不周遍;又得清淨智光明眼,見一切菩薩所行境界;其心普入十方剎網,其願普遍虛空法界)。

排一個誤解:以為這些是善財的神通。經文說得清楚,這是「作是念時」長出來的——而那一念並非憑空:前面九句已一一立起勤力而行、專自治潔、專自防斷、正念觀察、恒正思惟、起大精進諸行,是依善知識之教而修,修而後有此念,念而後有此益。澄觀釋此下之定亦說「信願者是定因」,又以普現其身為定之用而「即雙運定慧」——信願、修行、定慧三者相成,不是彼此排除。落到地上:心一改,見到的世界跟著改;這不是比喻,是經文的次第。

結益所屬:這一切是誰給的

上一段結在「三世平等,無有休息」,氣勢正大。可是經文接的一句是:「如是一切,皆以信受善知識教之所致耳。」澄觀科此為『結益所屬』——把所有的益歸屬回去。

那個「耳」字要看。它把前面一長串收成一句平話:這一切,只不過是因為信受了善知識的教。

排一個誤解:以為這些全是善財一人之力。經文把益之所屬歸到善知識之教上——不是說他沒有修,是說他所以肯修、所以修得成,根在信受了那個教。落到地上:修行路上真正該記住的不是自己走了多遠,是誰指的路——這一句是善財之所以能參五十餘位而不自滿的原因。

五體投地:為什麼要先列七個「如是」

「善財童子以如是尊重、如是供養、如是稱讚、如是觀察、如是願力、如是想念、如是無量智慧境界」——七句「如是」,然後才是「於毘盧遮那莊嚴藏大樓閣前,五體投地」。

七個「如是」指的都是前段所長出來的。也就是說,這一拜不是一個孤立的動作,是前面那一整段心念的落地。經文不寫『善財禮拜』,寫的是『用這些去禮拜』。

排一個誤解:以為禮拜是行為,心念是心念。經文把二者接成一句。落到地上:同一個五體投地,帶多少東西下去,是差得出來的。

普現其身:一拜之中拜了十一種前

拜下去之後,經文寫的不是他伏在地上,是他「入遍一切處智慧身平等門,普現其身」——身現在一切如來前、一切菩薩前、一切善知識前、一切如來塔廟前、一切如來形像前、一切諸佛諸菩薩住處前、一切法寶前、一切聲聞辟支佛及其塔廟前、一切聖眾福田前、一切父母尊者前、一切十方眾生前,十一種。

注意末三種:聖眾福田、父母尊者、十方眾生。前八種是三寶之境,後三種是世間之境——這一拜沒有把世間留在外面。法藏就六十本讀這一段時,說此是「於法界樓觀起三寶福田想」。

排一個誤解:以為普現其身是分身。經文所舉之因是「以深信解、大願力故」——舉的是信解與願力,澄觀亦以「信願者是定因」釋此一段之定;經文於此不別舉他因,也不因此排除餘因。落到地上:信解與願力到什麼地方,人就已經在什麼地方。

十等觀:這一拜有多大

接著十句寫這禮讚之量:等虛空(無邊量故)、等法界(無障礙故)、等實際(遍一切故)、等如來(無分別故);猶如影(隨智現故)、猶如夢(從思起故)、猶如像(示一切故)、猶如響(緣所發故);無有生(遞興謝故)、無有性(隨緣轉故)。前四句說它有多大,中四句說它有多虛,後二句說它根本無自體。

大與虛在這裡不是兩件事。正因為它「無有性,隨緣轉故」,才能「等虛空,無邊量故」——有自體的東西反而有邊。法藏就六十本以三性配此段,說「明等觀樓觀,照三無性法界,初觀圓成性」,其下等如來為遍計、等如影等為依他。

排一個誤解:以為說一件事如夢如影,是在貶低它。這裡是相反的:正因為如影,才遍一切。落到地上:一件事的份量,不看它有多實。

十一句『從…起』:把果一路推回因

「又決定知」以下十一句,句句是果與因的對接:諸報從業起、諸果從因起、諸業從習起、佛興從信起、化現供養事從決定解起、化佛從敬心起、佛法從善根起、化身從方便起、佛事從大願起、菩薩諸行從迴向起、法界廣大莊嚴從一切智境界起。

這十一句的排法值得看:從最粗的「報從業」起,一路推到最細的『一切法界廣大莊嚴從一切智境界而起』。中間插了一句「一切佛興皆從信起」——佛出世這樣大的事,經文說它的因是信。

排一個誤解:以為講空的經典不講因果。這一段緊接在十等觀之後,正是說:說它如夢如影的同一個人,同時決定知道每一果各有其因。落到地上:空與因果不是兩套帳,是同一筆帳的兩面。

離十見:每離一見都靠知道;末一句連立三知

十一句立完,接著是十句遣:離斷見(知迴向故)、離常見(知無生故)、離無因見(知正因故)、離顛倒見(知如實理故)、離自在見(知不由他故)、離自他見(知從緣起故)、離邊執見(知法界無邊故)、離往來見(知如影像故)、離有無見(知不生滅故)、離一切法見(知空無生故,知不自在故,知願力出生故),末後再加一句「離一切相,見入無相際故」。

每一句的結構都是『離某見,因為知道某事』——不是壓下去,是知道了就自然不成立。末一句特別:離一切法見之下連立三個「知」。澄觀《鈔》分之為三種遣法:「初以理遣者,法性空中,法即非法」——就理而遣,法性本空,法即非法;「二緣會不得不生,緣離不得不滅,故一切法不得自在」——就緣而遣,聚散由緣,法不得自在;「三以願為因出生諸法,因成無性,淨法亦無」——就因而遣,願力所生之法,因既無性,連淨法也無可執。理、緣、因三路各遣一層,合起來才是「離一切法見」,不是知一件事就了。法藏就六十本釋其中「自在見」,說那是「外道執梵天、自在天等生諸法也」;釋「本有實性次第生」則傳二說,一是外道冥諦之中本有其性,二是小乘一切有部未來藏中先有體性。

排一個誤解:以為破見是靠否定。這十句沒有一句是否定句,全是「知」字句。落到地上:一個見解要離開,靠的是看見別的東西,不是靠跟它吵。

種生芽·印生文:因果不一不異的兩個譬

遣見之後,經文用兩個譬把因果收住:「知一切法如種生芽故,如印生文故。」種與芽不是一物(芽不是種),也不是二物(離種無芽);印與文亦然。這兩個譬正好回答上一段可能生出的疑:既然離斷離常,那因果究竟是什麼關係?澄觀於此判為「會歸中道」,並把二譬分成橫豎兩路:「種芽橫喻萬法」——種生芽是橫說,遍說一切法皆從自種假緣而生;「如印生文即豎喻諸法」——印生文是豎說,說的是前陰後陰之相續。豎喻之下澄觀引《涅槃》:「此陰亦滅,彼陰續生。如蠟印印泥,印壞文成」。印不至泥而泥上有文,前陰不至後陰而後陰因前陰而有——「印壞文成」四字,不常不斷一時說盡。至於離去來見,《鈔》引《中論》為證:諸行若常,不應有往來;若無常,亦不應有往來;眾生亦然——所以說影像隨身去來而無實,隨業六道而實無往來。澄觀又把了法從緣(『又決定知』以下)、離見、種芽三段合起來說:「此三無礙,即三觀一心」——初是假、次是空、後是中;說有先後,善財觀心卻是一念頓具。

接著四句「知質如像故,知聲如響故,知境如夢故,知業如幻故」,與四句「了世心現故,了果因起故,了報業集故」以及末句「了知一切諸功德法皆從菩薩善巧方便所流出故」。

排一個誤解:以為「如幻」是說業不算數。經文在同一段既說「知業如幻」,又說「了報業集」。落到地上:幻不等於無,幻是『有而無自體』。

潔念頂禮:禮中觀行·總結成益·從地而起

十緣起觀之後,經文寫:「善財童子入如是智,端心潔念;於樓觀前,舉體投地,慇懃頂禮。」前面五體投地之後,十等觀、十一句緣起、離見、種芽印文那一整段觀,都在那一拜之中。澄觀科此下之文為「總結成益」,再下才是「從地而起」之「出定敬讚」。六十本於同一處寫得更明白:「爾時,善財禮未起間,知法如是,得不思議善根」——禮還沒起身之間,法已如是知了。八十本亦到「從地而起」才寫起身。

拜下去之後,「不思議善根流注身心,清涼悅懌」;起來之後,「一心瞻仰,目不暫捨,合掌圍遶,經無量匝」。法藏就六十本判此下之文為身、意、語三業,說「初身業遶旋、二意業念觀、三語業偈讚」——繞行是身,下面的長行讚是意,再下面的五十五偈是語。

排一個誤解:以為經文在重寫禮拜。它寫的不是第二次禮拜,是同一拜之中觀行轉深、得益、然後起身的次第。落到地上:一個動作做下去而心在其中走了一整段路,那個動作就不只是一個動作。

樓閣長行讚:讚的其實不是樓

從「此大樓閣,是解空、無相、無願者之所住處」起,到「是住如是等一切諸功德者之所住處」止,「之所住處」逐字五十四見,末一為總結,別句五十三。

這五十三句的體例很特別:沒有一句在寫樓閣本身——不寫它多高、多寶、多光明,句句寫住在裡面的是什麼人。法藏就六十本判此為意業之念,說「就第二念有八十句,一一皆舉能住者德歎所住處樓觀」,又說「以初二句具顯,餘竝略之」——初二句備列全式,其下省文。

排一個誤解:以為這是鋪張的讚辭。它其實是一份人物誌:善財還沒見到彌勒,先把彌勒是什麼樣的人,一句一句說了五十三遍。落到地上:想知道一個地方是什麼地方,看住在那裡的是什麼人。

第一群二十一句,是從「解」上一路說下來的。先三句說所解:解空、無相、無願(三解脫門),於一切法無分別,了法界無差別——空、無分別、無差別,一層緊過一層。次二句說所知:知一切眾生不可得、知一切法無生。再五句說所不著:不著一切世間、不著一切窟宅、不樂一切聚落、不依一切境界、離一切想——從最外的世間,一直收到最內的想。再三句說所斷:知一切法無自性、斷一切分別業、離一切想心意識。再一句總收出入:不入不出一切道。末五句轉到用上:入一切甚深般若波羅蜜、能以方便住普門法界、息滅一切煩惱火、以增上慧除斷一切見愛慢、出生一切諸禪解脫三昧通明而遊戲;再二句說所觀所住:觀察一切菩薩三昧境界、安住一切如來所。二十一句自解而知、而不著、而斷、而入、而遊戲,次第井然——先把能執的門一道一道關上,最後那個「遊戲」才站得住。

一與一切相入而不壞其相

長行讚的第二群是五句相入句:一劫入一切劫、一剎入一切剎、一法入一切法、一眾生入一切眾生、一佛入一切佛,反過來也一樣,而句句以「而不壞其相」作結。

「不壞其相」四字是關鍵。相入不是把兩個東西攪成一個——一劫進了一切劫,那一劫還是那一劫。若壞了相,就成了混同,不成相入。接著兩句「於一念中而知一切三世」「於一念中往詣一切國土」,把相入從劫與剎轉到念上。

排一個誤解:以為「一即一切」是說分別都是假的。經文自己加了「不壞其相」。落到地上:能容納別的,不等於失去自己;失去自己的容納,只是消失。

出而不離·近而不著

第三群寫的是一種雙向:「雖已出一切世間,為化眾生故而恒於中現身」「不著一切剎,為供養諸佛故而遊一切剎」「不動本處,能普詣一切佛剎而莊嚴」「親近一切佛而不起佛想」「依止一切善知識而不起善知識想」「住一切魔宮而不耽著欲境界」。

留意「親近一切佛而不起佛想」與「依止一切善知識而不起善知識想」兩句:善財正是一個依止善知識的人,而他此刻讚的,是一個依止而不起想的人。這兩句放在善財口中,分量不輕。

這一群下面還有五句,把「不起想」一路推到底:「永離一切心想」——連心想本身都離;「雖於一切眾生中而現其身,然於自他不生二想」——現身在眾生之中而不分自他;「能普入一切世界而於法界無差別想」——普入一切世界而不作差別之想;「願住未來一切劫而於諸劫無長短想」——願住盡未來劫而不作長短之想;「不離一毛端處而普現身一切世界」——不離一毛端之處而遍現一切世界。前二句離的是「我」上之想(自他),中二句離的是「法」上之想(世界、劫),末一句則是離想之後的用:處不移而身遍。

排一個誤解:以為不起善知識想是不恭敬。此節前面經文才說過「如是一切,皆以信受善知識教之所致耳」——那是經家敘善財之所得,不是善財自己開口說的話(其後『作是念言』是心中念讚,出聲要到說頌才起)。落到地上:真正的依止不需要把對方供在心裡當一個「想」——想一起,人就隔了一層。

住難知法,住大慈大悲

第四群列所住之法:難遭遇法、難知法、甚深法、無二法、無相法、無對治法、無所得法、無戲論法;再列「住大慈大悲者」;再列五個「已」——已度一切二乘智、已超一切魔境界、已於世法無所染、已到菩薩所到岸、已住如來所住處。

「無對治法」一句值得停一下。本節開頭那九句,正是一一以行對治昔非。到了這裡,所讚的人已經住在無對治之法中。從有對治到無對治,是這一節從頭到尾走的那條線。

排一個誤解:以為無對治就是不用對治。若如此,經文不必先寫九句對治。落到地上:對治是路,無對治是到;沒走過路而說不用路,是兩回事。

『雖…而…』:修而不證,是這一段的骨

長行讚的後段,句式忽然全變成雙關:雖離一切諸相而不入聲聞正位、雖了一切法無生而不住無生法性、雖觀不淨而不證離貪法、雖修於慈而不證離瞋法、雖觀緣起而不證離癡法、雖住四禪而不隨禪生、雖修四無色定而不住無色界、雖勤修止觀而不證明脫、雖觀於空而不起空見、雖行無相而常化著相眾生、雖行無願而不捨菩提行願。

這一群有兩處容易讀漏。其一,「雖觀不淨而不證離貪法」下面還有一句「亦不與貪欲俱」;「雖修於慈而不證離瞋法」下有「亦不與瞋垢俱」;「雖觀緣起而不證離癡法」下有「亦不與癡惑俱」。上半說不取那個離貪、離瞋、離癡之果,下半立刻補一句:也不與貪欲、瞋垢、癡惑同在。不取果,不等於容留煩惱——這三句是經文自己把話說死了。其二,四禪四無量一節都帶著限定:「雖住四禪而不隨禪生」,是不隨禪力而生禪天;「雖行四無量為化眾生故而不生色界」,行四無量而不生色界,所為的是化眾生;「雖修四無色定以大悲故而不住無色界」,不住無色界,所憑的是大悲。再下「雖勤修止觀為化眾生故而不證明脫」「雖行於捨而不捨化眾生事」——行捨而不捨化眾生之事,捨的是心中之取著,不是手上的事。

再一群七句,寫的是『已離而示現』與四無量之並行:「雖於一切業煩惱中而得自在為化眾生故而現隨順諸業煩惱」——於業煩惱已得自在,卻現作隨順之相;「雖無生死為化眾生故示受生死」——已無生死而示現受生死;「雖已離一切趣為化眾生故示入諸趣」——已離諸趣而示現入諸趣。三句同一格:已離,而為化眾生故示現。其下四句配四無量:「雖行於慈而於諸眾生無所愛戀」(慈而不黏)、「雖行於悲而於諸眾生無所取著」(悲而不取)、「雖行於喜而觀苦眾生心常哀愍」(喜而不忘苦者)、「雖行於捨而不廢捨利益他事」(捨而不廢事)。四無量各有一個容易滑進去的坑:慈滑成愛戀、悲滑成取著、喜滑成忘苦、捨滑成棄事——經文一句一句把坑點了出來。

末一大群更密:雖行九次第定而不厭離欲界受生、雖知一切法無生無滅而不於實際作證、雖入三解脫門而不取聲聞解脫、雖觀四聖諦而不住小乘聖果、雖觀甚深緣起而不住究竟寂滅、雖修八聖道而不求永出世間、雖超凡夫地而不墮聲聞辟支佛地、雖觀五取蘊而不永滅諸蘊、雖超出四魔而不分別諸魔、雖不著六處而不永滅六處、雖安住真如而不墮實際、雖說一切乘而不捨大乘。

排一個誤解:以為「不證」是功夫不到,或以為下半句句句都是「不取果」。上半句句句是最深的觀行,下半句所遮的卻不只一種:有不住寂滅的(不入聲聞正位、不住無生法性、不住究竟寂滅),有不起執取的(不起空見、不分別諸魔、不於實際作證),有隨順化生的(常化著相眾生、示受生死、示入諸趣),有不捨行願的(不捨菩提行願、不廢捨利益他事、不捨大乘)。澄觀判這一長段說「於前九中,除初二及五,餘皆約權實事理雙行」——權與實、事與理處處雙行,不是一味不取果。落到地上:能證而不證只是其中一路;真正貫穿這一段的,是不落一邊。

五十五偈的體:兩段話,兩種說法

長行之後,「爾時,善財童子而說頌言」。此下偈行一百一十,實為五十五偈。法藏就六十本明計此數,說「三語業偈讚中有五十五偈」,與底本相合。回看長行讚,澄觀分為十科,科科各顯一勝:初就所住之境顯其勝;二自『是入一切甚深』以下就德顯其妙;三自『是以一劫』以下就用顯其自在;四自『是於一切眾生前』以下就行顯其勝;五自『是能住難知法』以下就觀顯其深;六自『是住大慈悲』以下就對治顯其勝;七自『是雖住四禪』以下就止觀明其自在;八自『是雖於一切業煩惱』以下就利他行顯其勝;九自『是雖行九次第定』以下就護小乘行明其自在;十自『此大樓閣』以下結其所住。前九是德,末一是結;而前九之中,除初二與第五,其餘皆是權實事理雙行——這正是上文『雖…而…』句式所以層層雙行的所以。

五十五偈分兩段。前三十四偈是七言,句末皆作「…之住處」,與長行同一體例;後二十一偈轉五言,其中十六偈以「佛子住於此」起首,其餘五偈另起。前段是『某某者之住處』,後段是『佛子住在這裡,做什麼』——前段標人,後段標事。澄觀再細分:七言三十四偈中,前二偈總歎(一約行位、一約名德),餘三十二偈四分——七偈歎自利行勝、十偈歎利他行勝、八偈歎功德勝、七偈歎方便勝;五言二十一偈六分——初二偈下化、次二偈上觀、五偈明三昧自在、七偈明智慧廣深、一偈顯其平等、末四偈結德申敬而求哀請加。

排一個誤解:以為偈是長行的重複。體例雖同,方向已轉:長行答『這是誰的住處』,五言段答『住在這裡的人在做什麼』。落到地上:同一件事換一個問法,就是新的一段。

七言偈一至五:從慈氏之名到如鳥飛空

首偈點名:「此是大悲清淨智,利益世間慈氏尊,灌頂地中佛長子,入如來境之住處。」這是本節直呼彌勒之名的兩處之一——慈氏。法藏傳彌勒立名三緣:一由本願(過去值大慈佛而發願),二由三昧名(初得慈心三昧),三就相立名(母懷時有慈心)。

偈二讚已入大乘解脫門而「遊行法界心無著」;偈三列十度(施、戒、忍、進、禪、智慧、方便、願、力、神通)而言「悉具足者」;偈四言智慧廣大如虛空而「無礙無依無所取」;偈五以鳥為喻——「如鳥飛空得自在」,鳥在空中無所憑藉而能自在,正對上一偈的「無依」。

排一個誤解:以為十度是十件要修完的事。偈三把它們一口氣列完,重點落在「悉具足者之住處」——是一個人的樣子,不是一張清單。落到地上:讀十度時看那個人,比數那十樣有用。

七言偈六至九:了三毒而不求出

偈六說得最不像常談:「了知三毒真實性,分別因緣虛妄起,亦不厭彼而求出,此寂靜人之住處。」了知三毒之真實性,又知它是因緣虛妄而起,然後——不厭棄它、不從它那裡求出去。

這與偈七同一路:「三解脫門八聖道,諸蘊處界及緣起,悉能觀察不趣寂。」全套觀法都在,就是不趣寂滅。偈八「了性皆空不分別」而稱寂滅人;偈九以風為喻,「如風行空無所行」——普行法界而求其行性不可得。

排一個誤解:以為「不厭彼而求出」是縱容煩惱。上半句先說了「了知三毒真實性」——是了知之後的不厭,不是不知之下的不厭。落到地上:先看清楚,再決定留下,這才叫留下;沒看清楚就留下,那叫困住。

七言偈十至十六:七個救人的譬

這七偈是全段最集中的一組譬,前六偈以『見諸眾生某苦』起、末一偈以『恒以大願慈悲眼』起,皆以喻主收:偈十見惡道群生受楚毒無歸,放大慈光除滅(哀愍者);偈十一「譬如生盲踐畏途」,引令入解脫城(大導師);偈十二見入魔網為生老病死所逼,令得慰安(勇健人);偈十三見嬰惑病,「以智慧藥悉除滅」(大醫王);偈十四見沒有海,「悉以法船而救之」(善度者);偈十五見在惑海而「能發菩提妙寶心」,入其中而濟拔(善漁人);偈十六「恒以大願慈悲眼」,從有海拔出(金翅王)。

喻主一路上升:導師、醫王、船師、漁人、金翅王。偈十五的漁人之譬尤其特別——別人入海是打撈,這裡入惑海是為了取出眾生心中的菩提妙寶。

排一個誤解:以為七喻是同一件事說七遍。所見之苦不同(惡道、失道、魔網、惑病、沒海、在惑海、在有海),所用之法也不同(慈光、引導、慰安、智藥、法船、濟拔、拔出)。落到地上:救人先要看清是哪一種困,用錯了法就成了旁觀。

七言偈十七至二十四:一與一切,念與劫

偈十七以日月為喻,智慧光明「一切世間靡不燭」(照世者);偈十八說「菩薩為化一眾生,普盡未來無量劫」而「如為一人一切爾」(救世者);偈十九說一國土化眾生盡未來劫,「一一國土咸如是」(堅固意);偈二十說十方諸佛所說法「一座普受咸令盡」(智海人)。

偈二十一、二十二連用六個「海」字——世界海、道場海、如來海、妙行海、大願海、劫海(修行者、功德者)。偈二十三說「一毛端處無量剎」而明見無不周(無礙眼);偈二十四說「一念普攝無邊劫」而智慧無礙悉正知(具德人)。

排一個誤解:以為偈十八『為化一眾生盡未來劫』是誇張。它下面緊接「如為一人一切爾」——為一人肯用盡未來劫,為一切人也是同一個用法。落到地上:肯為一個人做到底,才有為一切人做到底這回事。

七言偈二十五至三十四:從願之數到離垢

偈二十五以碎塵滴海比菩薩發願之數;偈二十六說總持、三昧、大願、諸禪、解脫「一一皆住無邊劫」(真佛子);偈二十七說「亦說世間眾技術」——說法度生之外,連世間技術也說(修行者);偈二十八說「修行如幻妙法門」而十方五趣悉現生(無礙者)。

偈二十九說「菩薩始從初發心,具足修行一切行」(神力者);偈三十說「一念成就菩提道」而「世情思慮悉發狂」——世間的思量到這裡就用不上了(難量者);偈三十一說遊行法界靡不周而「其心未甞有所得」(淨慧者);偈三十二說「以無二智普照明」(無我者);偈三十三說「了知諸法無依止,本性寂滅同虛空」(離垢人);偈三十四說「發大仁慈智慧心,願常利益諸世間」(悲愍者)。

排一個誤解:以為偈二十七的「世間眾技術」是閒筆。它排在說法度生之後,正說明度生要用得上人間的東西。落到地上:肯學世間的手藝,本身就是度生的一部分。

五言偈三十五至四十二:住在這裡的人在做什麼

轉入五言,句式變成「佛子住於此」加三句所作。偈三十五「猶如日月輪,遍除生死暗」;偈三十六「變現無量身,充滿十方剎」;偈三十七遍遊諸世界至一切如來所;偈三十八「思量諸佛法」而「其心無厭倦」;偈三十九「念念入三昧」而一一三昧門「闡明諸佛境」;偈四十悉知一切剎與「眾生佛名號」;偈四十一「一念攝諸劫」而「但隨眾生心,而無分別想」;偈四十二修習諸三昧而「一一心念中,了知三世法」。

偈四十一的下半句要留意:一念收攝諸劫這樣的大用,經文說它「但隨眾生心」——不是自己要顯,是隨眾生之心而現。

排一個誤解:以為這些是靜態的功德陳列。每一偈的動詞都是現在進行的——住、現、遊、思量、入、知、攝、修習。落到地上:所謂住在一個境界裡,是一直在做事,不是一直在那裡。

五言偈四十三至五十:身不動而遍一切處

偈四十三「結跏身不動」而「普現一切剎,一切諸趣中」——不動與遍現同時;偈四十四三個「海」字(法海、智慧海、功德海);偈四十五悉知諸剎數、世數、眾生數、佛名數;偈四十六一念了知三世國土之成壞;偈四十七普知佛之行願、菩薩所修行、眾生根性欲——三者並列,佛、菩薩、眾生都在同一念中。

偈四十八「見一微塵中,無量剎道場,眾生及諸劫」;偈四十九承之而推廣:「如一微塵內,一切塵亦然,種種咸具足,處處皆無礙」——這一偈不以「佛子住於此」起,是承上一偈之意而說。偈五十「普觀一切法」而「眾生剎及世,無起無所有」。

排一個誤解:以為偈四十八、四十九是說微塵裡真的裝著剎土。經文緊接偈五十說「無起無所有」。落到地上:一多無礙與無所有,在這裡是連著說的,不能只取一半。

五言偈五十一至五十五:從平等到一禮

偈五十一是全段的收:「觀察眾生等,法等如來等,剎等諸願等,三世悉平等。」六個「等」字,眾生與法與如來、剎與願、三世,一概平等。偈五十二回到事上——教化群生、供養如來、思惟法性。

偈五十三說「無量千萬劫,所修願智行,廣大不可量,稱揚莫能盡」,是自承讚不完;偈五十四「彼諸大勇猛,所行無障礙,安住於此中,我合掌敬禮」,第一次出現「我」;偈五十五「諸佛之長子,聖德慈氏尊;我今恭敬禮,願垂顧念我!」——五十五偈之末,落在一個請求上。

排一個誤解:以為末偈的「願垂顧念我」是客套。前面五十三偈全在說對方是什麼樣的人,偈五十四才現「我」而合掌敬禮,末一偈才說自己要什麼——次第如此,那一句就不是客套。落到地上:讚到說不完的時候,剩下能做的只有求見。

攝德成因相:為什麼這一位沒有謙己推勝

最後補一層科上的事。澄觀把彌勒一人單獨立為末會五相之第三,名攝德成因相,說「前既會緣入實,定堪成佛,故辦一生補處成因之義」——前面會緣入實一相既已定其堪能成佛,這一相辦的就是成佛之因。

也因此,此人之文與別人不同。澄觀說「文唯五段,以補處位極顯彰,闕謙推故」:前四十一位善友說完自己的法門,各有謙己推勝之結,說我只知這一個(智儼所謂『前四十一皆有結有推』);補處之位已顯,不必再推。

澄觀明判

至於五相之配當出於何處,澄觀說得很清楚,是承古德而來。他先錄了不配位的一說,然後下了明判:「二皆有理,謂隨一一位具多法門,豈容凡心不得習求善友之法,故不配有理。然無次位中不礙次位,顯位是常規,配亦無失。」——兩說都有理,配與不配都不失。他自己取的是「橫竪無礙,且依古德配為五相」。

排一個誤解:以為五相是經文自己標出的名目。經文沒有這些名。落到地上:讀科名時要記得那是後人替經文分的段,好用,但不是經文自己說的話。

承衍

本節之文,向下所開之流有三條線。

其一是相名之線。攝德成因相之名,澄觀於末會十門中已先立,說三慈氏一人名攝德成因相,會前二門之德並為證入之因,故法門名三世不忘念,則攝法無遺;智儼《搜玄記》亦作此名,說「明第三攝德成因相,為彌勒是因故也」;其下更就依教趣入一科開為八分。二家名同,而分科之細密各異。

其二是分科之線。澄觀就八十本科此人之文為五段,本節屬第一依教趣求,段內復開初標與別生二層、別生之下四目(觀昔非、觀現苦、觀念之益、結益所屬);法藏就六十本亦長科為五相,說「長科此文總為五相」,其第三即「三彌勒一人,明攝德成因相」,與澄觀同名,於彌勒段之首復標「大段第三,彌勒位是攝德成因相知識者」;唯逐文分科時不用五相之目,而以依教趣入、見敬申請二科分之,見敬申請下先見依報後見正報,見依報復開起勝念、禮觀察、遶念讚三分,遶念讚又分身、意、語三業,意業之念八十句更分十門;智儼作三分(教勸進勝、依教趣入、明證法界),本節屬其第二,而其第二科下復開八分(初聞歎知識心生信、二念前法門、三漸進、四起大方便、五得大慧眼、六見依報相、七見正報相、八禮敬請問),本節涉其前六;第六分又開五,其中見土相一節更分見土相、泯相入實、以實成相三層——此三層在禮未起之前的觀察中(六十本『作如是念』『又復』『深心信解』三牒),樓閣長行讚則屬第六分之第四『廣歎依正』。李通玄不逐目分科,而以經之行數立第二、第三、第四三段(第四段不出行數),於「自憶」一段唯以自念往因過惡、自慚悔恨一句總攝。四家所斷之界不齊。科起之牒句亦異:澄觀牒「自憶」,智儼牒「爾時善財聞如是等讚」,李通玄牒「爾時善財蒙善知識教潤澤其心正念思惟」,用字互不相同。

其三是異譯之線。六十本此段無自憶九句之句式,然其對位之文不始於禮拜:自「爾時,善財聞如是等讚善知識諸菩薩行」之聞教起,歷正念思惟與漸漸遊行向海㵎國之趣行、「以過去際修身業力,及清淨心」以下之修行諸句、「作是念已,淨心信敬一切菩薩,如世尊想」以下之作念得益,而後方入恭敬供養與五體敬禮;其樓觀名嚴淨藏,讚句作「安住此法堂」與「佛子住此堂」,全段五言。四十本與八十本幾近同構,其自憶九句亦是「自憶往世」一見、「復憶往世」八見;而等觀作十一句(八十本十句之外多「無有相應心遷動故」一句),離見亦多「離諸邪見,知因果力故」一句,十緣起觀每句疊「甚深信解」四字,長行讚冠「此大樓閣」者四十五見(餘四十五句省冠)而「之所住處」達九十見(八十本之一句每拆為數句),金翅王作妙翅王,微塵作極微。此諸異釋與異文皆古德成說與古譯成文,誌錄不判。

一節之文,前半是走路,後半是站在門外。門還沒開,人還沒見,四千字已經說完了那個人是誰——這一節的次第,全在這一個『先』字上。

From Beginning to End of This Section, Maitreya Does Not Appear

Sudhana calls upon Maitreya the bodhisattva, the fifty-first good friend. And yet in these three thousand seven hundred and ninety-one graphs Maitreya speaks not a word and does not once show his face — he will not “come from another place” until the section that follows. What, then, does this section write of? It writes of the road Sudhana walked to get there, and of what he did standing outside the door of the storeyed pavilion.

A misreading must be set aside: this is not an interlude before ‘the real matter begins.’ When Chengguan outlines this great passage, he sets up Maitreya alone as the third of the five aspects of the last assembly, calling it the mark of gathering virtue and accomplishing the cause, and says of the text of this one mark, “the text is of five passages only, since the station of a final-birth bodhisattva is displayed to the utmost and the humbling and pointing to the superior is therefore lacking.” Of the other friends Chengguan says only this much: “of the passages of the good friends below, six in kind, many are not complete”; and Zhiyan, upon the sixty-fascicle witness, says “the first forty-one all have a conclusion and a pointing on; Maitreya and those after him have neither conclusion nor pointing on.” The lacking of the humbling and the pointing on is thus a judgment upon Maitreya, this one person, and not a saying that every other friend has it and he alone does not. This section belongs only to his first passage and to the former half of the second.

Brought down to the ground: what this section tells a person is that what happens before one meets a good friend is itself a part of the meeting.

Calling the Teaching of the Friend Before to Mind: What Was Turning in His Heart Along the Road

The scripture text opens not with walking but with calling to mind: “At that time Sudhana the youth, having heard the teaching of his good friends, and it having moistened his mind, was rightly calling to mind and pondering the practices practiced by bodhisattvas, and he went on toward the land Sea Shore.” Chengguan outlines this one clause as ‘the setting forth of calling to mind what is before and going on toward what is after’ — setting forth that he calls to mind the teaching he has received before and goes on toward the person he is to reach after.

Why is this written first? Because what the boy Virtue-Born and the maiden Endowed with Virtue displayed at the last stop, if Sudhana does not carry it the whole way, will mean that arriving at the land Sea Shore is only arriving at a place. The four graphs “it moistened his mind” are the eye here: a teaching is not knowledge to be remembered, it is water that soaks into the ground of the mind.

A misreading to be set aside: supposing that the weight of calling upon friends falls on the next stop. The order of the scripture text is exactly the reverse — what was gained at the last stop ferments along the road, and that is what settles what can be seen at the next. Brought down to the ground: what a person turns over in mind on the road after leaving one teacher matters more than the arriving.

The Nine Clauses of Calling His Own Former Lives to Mind: One Fault of Long Ago, Matched with One Bringing Forth of Intent on the Spot

Next comes the most evenly ordered passage of this section. From “he called to mind that in a former life he had not cultivated the paying of respect, and on the spot he brought forth the intent to work at it with diligent strength” onward, the opening clause reads “he called to mind that in a former life,” which occurs once, and below it “and he called to mind that in a former life” occurs eight times, and “on the spot he brought forth the intent” occurs nine times — nine pairs, one to one. The nine things called to mind are: not cultivating the paying of respect; body and mind not pure; doing evil deeds of every kind; giving rise to false imaginings of every kind; the practices cultivated being only for his own body; chasing after and seeking the realms of desire; giving rise to crooked thoughts; toiling by day and by night and doing evil deeds of every kind; and taking birth among the five destinies with no benefit at all.

Chengguan judges this passage as ‘contemplating the faults of long ago and setting up practices as their antidote.’ Those seven graphs settle how it is to be read: this is not a loose repenting, but that with each old fault recalled an antidoting practice is set up on the spot. Recalling “not cultivating the paying of respect,” he “works at it with diligent strength”; recalling “body and mind not pure,” he “sets himself in order and makes himself clean, single-mindedly”; recalling “doing evil deeds,” he “guards himself and cuts them off, single-mindedly.”

A misreading to be set aside: supposing that repentance is a feeling. Among the nine clauses there is not one word of remorse; every clause is “on the spot he brought forth the intent” — four graphs, all of them about an act. Brought down to the ground: to recall an old fault and not set up an antidote to it on the spot is to have recalled it for nothing.

Contemplating the Present Suffering: This Body Is the House Where Suffering Dwells, and So It Is Exactly the Thing to Use

After the nine clauses the scripture text takes a turn: “Having pondered in this way, he gave rise to great joy. And he contemplated this body again, that it is the house of the many sufferings of birth, aging, sickness, and death.” Chengguan outlines this as ‘contemplating his present suffering and urging himself on to the good that is to come’ — seeing the suffering at hand and using it to urge on the good to come.

The order is worth noticing: first “he gave rise to great joy,” and after that ‘he contemplated this body as a house of suffering.’ The joy is not because the suffering has grown less; it is because the antidotes have been set up. And after contemplating the body as a house of suffering, what the scripture text goes on to is not weariness but eleven things he vows to do — cultivate the bodhisattva path, teach and transform sentient beings, see the Tathāgatas, accomplish the Buddha-Dharma, journey through the buddha-lands, serve the masters of the Dharma, uphold the Buddha’s teaching, seek out companions in the Dharma, see good friends, gather the dharmas of the buddhas, and make a cause and a condition with the vow-and-knowledge body of bodhisattvas.

Within the text of his outline Chengguan adds to this passage one particular word of exhortation: “all you who cultivate the practice, may you consider this carefully and take it as your model.” That sentence is not the name of an outline entry; it is what he says to his reader on reading this far.

A misreading to be set aside: supposing that to contemplate the body as suffering is to be done with the body. Here it is the other way round — precisely because it is a house of suffering, it is to be used up before it falls apart. Brought down to the ground: if the impermanence of the body buys nothing but weariness, that contemplation is only half made.

What Grew Out of a Single Thought

From “at the time he made a thought such as this, he grew roots of good measureless and beyond conceiving” onward, Chengguan outlines it as ‘making clear the benefit of that contemplating and calling to mind’ — the fruit this one thought bears at once. The scripture text lists three layers: first, the turning of the mind (deep faith and reverence toward all bodhisattvas, the thought that they are rare, the thought of them as great masters); next, the turning of the marks (the faculties purified and the dharmas of good increased; reverent offerings, the bending of the body and the joining of the palms; the eye that sees the worldly realm everywhere, the thought that calls sentient beings to mind everywhere; the manifesting of the bodies of transformation of measureless vows, the sending forth of the thought of the sound of pure praising); last, the turning of what is seen (he sees all the buddhas of past and present, together with the bodhisattvas, in every place displaying the accomplishing of the path, so that there is not so much as a place the size of a hair-tip that they do not pervade; and he gains the eye of the light of pure knowledge and sees the realms in which all bodhisattvas practice; his mind enters everywhere the net of lands in the ten directions, and his vow reaches everywhere throughout space and the Dharma realm).

A misreading to be set aside: supposing these to be Sudhana’s spiritual powers. The scripture text says plainly that they grew “at the time he made this thought” — and that one thought did not come out of nowhere: the nine clauses before have already set up, one by one, working at it with diligent strength, setting himself in order and making himself clean, guarding himself and cutting off evil, rightly calling to mind and contemplating, constantly and rightly pondering, and raising great vigor. These are cultivated in accord with the teaching of good friends; the cultivating comes first, then this thought, then this benefit. Chengguan, glossing the concentration that follows, says likewise that “faith and vow are the cause of the concentration,” and takes the manifesting of his body everywhere as the use of that concentration, which is “the twofold running of concentration and wisdom” — faith and vow, cultivation, and concentration-and-wisdom complete one another; they do not shut one another out. Brought down to the ground: change the mind and the world seen changes with it; this is not a figure of speech, it is the order of the scripture text.

Concluding to Whom the Benefit Belongs: Who Gave All This

The passage before closed at “equal in the three times, with no time of rest,” at the full height of its momentum. And what the scripture text sets next to it is this one clause: “All of this was brought about only by his having believed and accepted the teaching of good friends.” Chengguan outlines it as ‘concluding to whom the benefit belongs’ — assigning every benefit back to its owner.

The graph “only” is to be looked at. It gathers the whole long string before it into one plain sentence: all of this is nothing but the fruit of having believed and accepted the teaching of good friends.

A misreading to be set aside: supposing that all of this was the work of Sudhana alone. The scripture text assigns the benefit back to the teaching of good friends — not saying that he did not cultivate, but that what made him willing to cultivate, and able to cultivate to the end, was rooted in his having believed and accepted that teaching. Brought down to the ground: what is truly to be remembered on the road of practice is not how far one has walked but who pointed out the road — and this one clause is why Sudhana could call upon more than fifty friends without growing pleased with himself.

Casting the Five Parts of the Body to the Ground: Why Seven Clauses of “Such as This” Come First

“Sudhana the youth, with reverence such as this, offerings such as this, praise such as this, contemplation such as this, power of vow such as this, calling to mind such as this, and measureless realms of wisdom such as this” — seven clauses of “such as this,” and only then “before the great storeyed pavilion Vairocana Adornment Treasury he cast the five parts of his body to the ground.”

The seven clauses of “such as this” all point back to what grew in the passage before. Which is to say: this one bow is not an act standing by itself, it is the coming to ground of that whole stretch of the mind. The scripture text does not write ‘Sudhana paid respect’; it writes ‘with these he paid respect.’

A misreading to be set aside: supposing that paying respect is an act of the body and the mind’s work is the mind’s work. The scripture text joins the two into one sentence. Brought down to the ground: with the same casting of the five parts of the body to the ground, how much a person takes down with him is a difference that can be told.

Manifesting His Body Everywhere: In One Bow He Bows Before Eleven Kinds

After the bow, what the scripture text writes is not that he lay upon the ground, but that he “entered the gate of the sameness of the wisdom-body that pervades every place, and manifested his own body everywhere” — his body appearing before all Tathāgatas, before all bodhisattvas, before all good friends, before all stūpas and shrines of the Tathāgatas, before all images of the Tathāgatas, before all dwelling places of buddhas and bodhisattvas, before all the jewels of the Dharma, before all śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas and their stūpas and shrines, before all the fields of merit that are the holy assemblies, before all his parents and elders, and before all sentient beings in the ten directions: eleven kinds.

Notice the last three: the fields of merit that are the holy assemblies, his parents and elders, and sentient beings in the ten directions. The first eight are the realms of the three jewels, the last three the realm of the world — this bow does not leave the world outside. Fazang, reading this passage upon the sixty-fascicle witness, says that this is “giving rise, at the tower of the Dharma realm, to the thought of the three jewels and the field of merit.”

A misreading to be set aside: supposing that manifesting his body everywhere is a dividing of the body. The cause the scripture text brings up is “because of his deep faith and understanding and the power of his great vow” — what it brings up is faith, understanding, and the power of vow, and Chengguan too glosses the concentration of this passage by “faith and vow are the cause of the concentration.” The scripture text brings up no other cause here, and neither does it thereby shut other causes out. Brought down to the ground: wherever faith, understanding, and the power of vow reach, there the person already is.

The Ten Contemplations of What It Is Equal To: How Great This One Bow Is

Ten clauses follow that write the measure of this paying of respect and praise: equal to space (since it is without bound or measure), equal to the Dharma realm (since it is without obstruction), equal to the real limit (since it pervades everything), equal to the Tathāgatas (since it is without discrimination); like a shadow (since it appears in accord with knowledge), like a dream (since it arises out of thought), like an image in a mirror (since it displays everything), like an echo (since it is sent forth by conditions); it has no arising (since one thing rises and another passes away in turn), it has no own-nature (since it turns in accord with conditions). The first four clauses say how great it is, the middle four how empty it is, the last two that it has no substance of its own at all.

Greatness and emptiness are not two matters here. Precisely because it “has no own-nature, since it turns in accord with conditions,” it can be “equal to space, since it is without bound or measure” — what has a substance of its own has, on the contrary, a bound. Fazang, upon the sixty-fascicle witness, matches the three natures to this passage, saying that it “makes clear that in contemplating the tower equally he illumines the Dharma realm of the three non-natures; the first contemplates the perfectly accomplished nature,” and below that, equal to the Tathāgatas is the imagined and equal to a shadow and the rest is the other-dependent.

A misreading to be set aside: supposing that to call a thing dreamlike and shadowlike is to belittle it. Here it is the reverse: precisely because it is like a shadow, it pervades everything. Brought down to the ground: the weight of a matter is not measured by how solid it is.

The Eleven Clauses of ‘Arising From …’: Pushing the Fruit All the Way Back to the Cause

From “and he knew with certainty” onward there are eleven clauses, every one of them joining a fruit to a cause: recompense arises from deeds, fruits arise from causes, deeds arise from habit, the arising of buddhas arises from faith, the matters of offering manifested by transformation arise from settled understanding, buddhas of transformation arise from a mind of reverence, the dharmas of the buddhas arise from roots of good, bodies of transformation arise from skillful means, the works of a buddha arise from great vows, the practices cultivated by bodhisattvas arise from dedicating and directing, and the vast adornment of the Dharma realm arises from the realm of all-knowledge.

The way the eleven are laid out is worth looking at: from the coarsest, “recompense from deeds,” it is pushed all the way to the finest, ‘the vast adornment of the whole Dharma realm arising from the realm of all-knowledge.’ And in the middle is set one clause: “the arising of all buddhas arises from faith” — for so great a matter as a buddha’s coming into the world, the scripture text gives faith as the cause.

A misreading to be set aside: supposing that a scripture that speaks of emptiness does not speak of cause and fruit. This passage comes directly after the ten contemplations of what it is equal to, and says exactly this: the same person who calls it dreamlike and shadowlike knows at the same time, with certainty, that every fruit has its own cause. Brought down to the ground: emptiness and cause-and-fruit are not two sets of books, they are the two faces of one account.

Leaving the Ten Views: Each View Left Behind by Knowing; the Last Sets Up Three Knowings

The eleven clauses of setting up are followed by ten clauses of dismissing: leaving the view of annihilation (since he knows that there is dedicating and directing), leaving the view of permanence (since he knows that there is no arising), leaving the view that there is no cause (since he knows that there is a right cause), leaving the view of inversion (since he knows the principle as it really is), leaving the view of the god of mastery (since he knows that they are not born from another), leaving the view of birth from self and from another (since he knows that they arise from conditions), leaving the view that grasps at a limit (since he knows that the Dharma realm has no limit), leaving the view that there is coming and going (since he knows that they are like a shadow-image), leaving the view of existence and non-existence (since he knows that there is neither arising nor ceasing), leaving the view that grasps at all dharmas (since he knows that they are empty and without arising, since he knows that they are not their own masters, since he knows that they are born of the power of vows) — and after them one clause more, “he left behind all marks, since he saw the entering of the limit of no-mark.”

Every clause is built as ‘leaving a certain view, because he knows a certain thing’ — the view is not held down, it simply does not stand once the thing is known. The last clause is the exception: beneath the leaving of the view that grasps at all dharmas three “knowings” are set up in a row. Chengguan’s Chao divides them into three kinds of dismissal: “the first, dismissing as to principle: within the emptiness of the Dharma-nature, a dharma is precisely not a dharma” — dismissed as to principle, the Dharma-nature being empty, a dharma precisely not a dharma; “second, when conditions gather it cannot but arise, and when conditions depart it cannot but cease, and so no dharma is its own master” — dismissed as to conditions, gathering and departing alike by conditions, so that no dharma is its own master; “third, taking vows as the cause, dharmas are brought forth; the cause being accomplished, it has no own-nature, and pure dharmas too are absent” — dismissed as to cause, for the dharmas born of the power of vows have a cause without own-nature, so that not even pure dharmas can be grasped. Principle, conditions, and cause each dismiss one layer, and only all three together are the leaving of the view that grasps at all dharmas; it is not a matter of knowing one thing and being done. Fazang, upon the sixty-fascicle witness, glosses the “view of the god of mastery” among them as “the outsiders’ grasping that Brahmā, the god of mastery, and the rest give birth to dharmas”; and in glossing “having a real nature originally and being born in order” he transmits two sayings, the first that within the outsiders’ dark principle the nature is there originally, the second that in the lesser vehicle’s school of all-exists the substance-nature is there beforehand in the store of the future.

A misreading to be set aside: supposing that a view is broken by denial. Not one of these ten clauses is a clause of denial; every one is a clause of “knowing.” Brought down to the ground: a view is left behind by seeing something else, not by quarreling with it.

A Seed Giving Birth to a Sprout, a Seal Giving Birth to a Graph: Two Similes for Cause and Fruit Being Neither One nor Different

After the dismissing of the views, the scripture text closes up cause and fruit with two similes: “he knew that all dharmas are as a seed gives birth to a sprout, and as a seal gives birth to a graph.” Seed and sprout are not one thing (the sprout is not the seed), and not two things either (apart from the seed there is no sprout); and so likewise with seal and graph. These two similes answer exactly the doubt the passage before might raise: if annihilation and permanence are both left behind, then what after all is the relation of cause and fruit? Chengguan judges this as “gathering and returning to the middle way,” and divides the two similes into a crosswise and a lengthwise road: “seed and sprout is the crosswise simile for the ten thousand dharmas” — seed giving birth to sprout is said crosswise, of all dharmas whatever, each born of its own seed through borrowed conditions; “as a seal gives birth to a graph is the lengthwise simile for dharmas” — seal giving birth to graph is said lengthwise, of the succession of the former aggregate and the latter. Beneath the lengthwise simile Chengguan brings up the Nirvāṇa Sūtra: “this aggregate too ceases, and that aggregate is born in succession — as a wax seal is pressed into clay, the seal is destroyed and the graph is formed.” The seal does not reach the clay, and yet the graph stands upon the clay; the former aggregate does not reach the latter, and yet the latter is there because of the former — in the four graphs “the seal is destroyed and the graph is formed,” neither permanence nor annihilation is said at one stroke. As for leaving the view of going and coming, the Yanyi chao brings up the Madhyamaka-śāstra as witness: if formations were permanent they could not go or come, and if impermanent they could not go or come either — and so with beings; hence the image follows the body in going and coming without being real, and follows deeds through the six destinies without any real going or coming. And Chengguan gathers the three passages — the understanding that dharmas arise from conditions (from ‘again he knew decisively’ onward), the leaving of the views, and the seed and sprout — into one: “these three are unobstructed, which is the one mind of three contemplations” — the first is the provisional, the next the empty, the last the middle; they are spoken one before another, but Sudhana’s contemplating mind holds all three complete in a single thought.

Then follow the four clauses “he knew that substance is like an image in a mirror, that sound is like an echo, that objective realms are like a dream, that deeds are like an illusion,” together with the four clauses “he penetrated that the worldly realm is what the mind manifests, that fruits arise from causes, that recompense is gathered by deeds,” and the last clause, “and that all the dharmas of merit and virtue of every kind flow forth from the skillful means of bodhisattvas.”

A misreading to be set aside: supposing that “like an illusion” says that deeds do not count. Within one and the same passage the scripture text says both “he knew that deeds are like an illusion” and “he penetrated that recompense is gathered by deeds.” Brought down to the ground: illusion is not nothing; illusion is ‘there, and without a substance of its own.’

A Clean Thought and a Bow of the Head: Contemplation Within the Bow, the Benefit Gathered, and Then Rising from the Ground

After the ten contemplations of dependent origination the scripture text writes: “Sudhana the youth entered a knowledge such as this, set his mind straight and made his thought clean; and before the tower he threw his whole body upon the ground and paid respect with his head, earnestly.” After the casting of the five parts of his body to the ground, the whole stretch of contemplation — the ten contemplations of what it is equal to, the eleven clauses of dependent arising, the leaving of the views, the seed and the seal — all lies within that one bow. Chengguan outlines what follows as “gathering in general the benefit accomplished,” and only after that comes “he rose from the ground,” which is “coming forth from concentration and praising with reverence.” The sixty witness writes it more plainly at the same place: “at that time, before Sudhana had risen from his bow, he knew the Dharma to be thus, and gained roots of good beyond conceiving” — before he had risen from the bow, the Dharma was already known to be thus. The eighty likewise writes of his rising only at “he rose from the ground.”

After the bow, “roots of good beyond conceiving flowed into his body and mind, and made him cool and glad”; and having risen, “he gazed up single-mindedly, not taking his eyes away for a moment; and he joined his palms and circled about, passing measureless rounds.” Fazang, upon the sixty-fascicle witness, judges what follows as the three deeds of body, mind, and speech, saying “first the deed of body, the circling about; second the deed of mind, the calling to mind and contemplating; third the deed of speech, the praise in verse” — the circling is the body, the long prose praise below is the mind, and the fifty-five verses below that are the speech.

A misreading to be set aside: supposing that the scripture text is writing a bow over again. What it writes is not a second bow but the order within one and the same bow — the contemplation turning deeper, the benefit gained, and then the rising. Brought down to the ground: when an act is carried out and the mind walks a whole stretch of road inside it, the act is no longer merely an act.

The Long Prose Praise of the Storeyed Pavilion: What Is Praised Is Not the Pavilion

From “this great storeyed pavilion is the dwelling place of one who understands emptiness, no-mark, and no-wish” down to “is the dwelling place of one who abides in all such merit and virtue as this,” the four graphs “is the dwelling place of” occur fifty-four times, graph for graph, of which the last is the concluding clause, leaving fifty-three separate clauses.

The style of these fifty-three clauses is unusual: not one of them writes of the storeyed pavilion itself — not how high it is, how jewelled, how full of light — every clause writes of what kind of person dwells within. Fazang, upon the sixty-fascicle witness, judges this as the calling to mind that is the deed of mind, saying “as to the second, the calling to mind, there are eighty clauses, and every one of them takes up the virtue of the one able to dwell there and thereby sighs in praise of the tower where he dwells,” and further “the first two clauses set out the form in full, and the rest are all abbreviated” — the first two clauses list the whole form and those below abbreviate the wording.

A misreading to be set aside: supposing this to be lavish praise. It is in fact a portrait: before Sudhana has seen Maitreya, he says what sort of person Maitreya is, clause after clause, fifty-three times over. Brought down to the ground: to know what a place is, look at who lives there.

The first group, twenty-one clauses, runs down from “understanding.” Three clauses first for what is understood: understanding emptiness, no-mark, and no-wish (the three gates of liberation), making no discrimination among all dharmas, penetrating that the Dharma realm has no difference — empty, undiscriminated, undifferentiated, each tighter than the last. Two clauses next for what is known: knowing that no sentient being can be got at, knowing that no dharma arises. Five clauses next for what is not clung to: not clinging to any worldly realm, not clinging to any cave or dwelling, taking no delight in any village, not depending upon any objective realm, leaving every notion behind — from the outermost world drawn in to the innermost notion. Three clauses next for what is cut off: knowing that no dharma has an own-nature, cutting off every deed of discrimination, leaving behind every notion and mind and thought and consciousness. Then one clause gathering entering and coming forth together: neither entering nor coming forth from any path. Five clauses at the end turn to use: entering all the deep perfections of wisdom, being able by skillful means to dwell in the universal-gate Dharma realm, quenching every fire of affliction, cutting off with surpassing wisdom every view and craving and conceit, bringing forth and playing freely in all the meditations, liberations, samādhis, and clear penetrations; and two clauses more for what is contemplated and where he abides: contemplating the samādhi realms of all bodhisattvas, abiding where all the Tathāgatas are. From understanding to knowing, to not clinging, to cutting off, to entering, to playing freely — the order is exact: the doors by which a thing can be grasped are shut one after another, and only then can that “playing freely” stand.

The One and the All Enter Each Other Without Destroying Their Marks

The second group of the long prose praise is five clauses of mutual entering: one kalpa entering all kalpas, one land entering all lands, one dharma entering all dharmas, one sentient being entering all sentient beings, one buddha entering all buddhas — and the reverse likewise — with every clause closed by “without destroying their marks.”

Those four graphs, “without destroying their marks,” are the key. Mutual entering is not the stirring of two things into one — the one kalpa that has entered all kalpas is still that one kalpa. If the marks were destroyed it would be a merging, and no mutual entering at all. Then two clauses follow, “within a single thought he knows all of the three times” and “within a single thought he goes on to all lands,” carrying the mutual entering over from kalpas and lands into the thought.

A misreading to be set aside: supposing that “one is all” says that differences are false. The scripture text itself adds “without destroying their marks.” Brought down to the ground: to be able to hold another is not to lose oneself; a holding that loses itself is merely a vanishing.

Coming Forth Without Departing, Drawing Near Without Clinging

What the third group writes is a kind of two-way motion: “though he has already come forth from every worldly realm, yet for the sake of teaching and transforming sentient beings he constantly manifests his body within it”; “he does not cling to any land, and yet for the sake of making offerings to the buddhas he journeys through all lands”; “he does not move from his original place, and yet is able to go everywhere to all buddha-lands and adorn them”; “he draws near to all buddhas and yet does not give rise to the notion of a buddha”; “he depends upon all good friends and yet does not give rise to the notion of a good friend”; “he dwells in all the palaces of Māra and yet is not attached to the realms of desire.”

Notice the two clauses “he draws near to all buddhas and yet does not give rise to the notion of a buddha” and “he depends upon all good friends and yet does not give rise to the notion of a good friend”: Sudhana is precisely a man who depends upon good friends, and what he praises at this moment is a man who depends and yet gives rise to no notion. Set in Sudhana’s mouth, these two clauses carry no light weight.

Five clauses more follow in this group, pushing the not-giving-rise-to-notions all the way down: “he has left behind every thought of the mind forever” — even the thought of the mind itself is left; “though he manifests his body among all sentient beings, yet he gives rise to no two notions of self and other” — manifesting his body among beings and yet not dividing self from other; “he is able to enter everywhere into all worlds, and yet has no notion of difference in the Dharma realm” — entering all worlds everywhere and yet making no notion of difference; “he vows to dwell through all kalpas to come, and yet has no notion of long or short among the kalpas” — vowing to dwell through all future kalpas and yet making no notion of long or short; “he does not leave a place the size of a hair-tip, and yet manifests his body everywhere throughout all worlds” — not leaving the space of a hair-tip and yet appearing throughout every world. The first two clauses leave the notions that stand upon “self” (self and other), the middle two leave the notions that stand upon “dharmas” (worlds, kalpas), and the last is the use that follows the leaving of notions: the place does not shift, and the body is everywhere.

A misreading to be set aside: supposing that giving rise to no notion of a good friend is a want of reverence. Earlier in this section the scripture text has said “all of this was brought about only by his having believed and accepted the teaching of good friends” — and that is the compiler’s narration of what Sudhana had gained, not words Sudhana himself speaks (the ‘he made a thought such as this’ that follows is praise within the mind; speech aloud begins only with the verses). Brought down to the ground: real dependence has no need to enshrine the other in the mind as a “notion” — once the notion arises, a layer stands between.

Abiding in the Dharma Hard to Know, Abiding in Great Kindness and Great Compassion

The fourth group lists the dharmas he abides in: the Dharma hard to meet with, the Dharma hard to know, the deep Dharma, the Dharma without two, the Dharma without mark, the Dharma without antidote, the Dharma without anything got at, the Dharma without idle talk; then “one who abides in great kindness and great compassion”; then five clauses of “already” — already crossed beyond all knowledge of the two vehicles, already gone beyond every realm of Māra, already unstained by the dharmas of the world, already arrived at the shore to which bodhisattvas are to arrive, already dwelling where the Tathāgatas dwell.

The clause “the Dharma without antidote” is worth pausing upon. The nine clauses at the head of this section are precisely a matching of one antidoting practice to each fault of long ago. By the time we reach here, the one praised already abides in the Dharma that is without antidote. From having antidotes to being without them is the line this section walks from beginning to end.

A misreading to be set aside: supposing that being without antidote means that antidotes are not needed. Were it so, the scripture text would not have written the nine clauses of antidote first. Brought down to the ground: the antidote is the road and being without antidote is the arriving; to say the road is unnecessary without having walked it is another matter altogether.

‘Though … Yet …’: Cultivating Without Realizing Is the Bone of This Passage

In the latter part of the long prose praise the sentence-form turns all at once into a double hinge: though he has left behind every mark he does not enter the right position of the śrāvakas; though he penetrates that no dharma arises he does not abide in the nature of the dharma of no-arising; though he contemplates the impure he does not realize the dharma of leaving greed behind; though he cultivates kindness he does not realize the dharma of leaving anger behind; though he contemplates dependent origination he does not realize the dharma of leaving delusion behind; though he abides in the four meditations he does not take birth in accord with those meditations; though he cultivates the four formless concentrations he does not abide in the formless realm; though he diligently cultivates calming and contemplation he does not realize clarity and release; though he contemplates emptiness he does not give rise to a view of emptiness; though he practices no-mark he constantly teaches and transforms sentient beings who cling to marks; though he practices no-wish he does not cast aside the practices and vows of awakening.

Two things in this group are easily read past. First, beneath “though he contemplates the impure he does not realize the dharma of leaving greed behind” there stands one clause more, “neither is he together with greed and desire”; beneath “though he cultivates kindness he does not realize the dharma of leaving anger behind” there stands “neither is he together with the stain of anger”; beneath “though he contemplates dependent origination he does not realize the dharma of leaving delusion behind” there stands “neither is he together with the delusion of confusion.” The upper half says he does not take the fruit of leaving greed, anger, and delusion behind; the lower half adds at once that neither does he keep company with greed, anger, and delusion. Not taking the fruit is not the same as harboring the afflictions — the scripture text settles this in its own words. Second, the passage of the four meditations and the four measureless minds carries its own limits: “though he abides in the four meditations he does not take birth in accord with those meditations,” that is, he does not take birth in the meditation heavens by the force of meditation; “though he practices the four measureless minds, for the sake of transforming sentient beings he does not take birth in the realm of form,” his practicing them being for the transforming of beings; “though he cultivates the four formless concentrations, out of great compassion he does not abide in the formless realm,” his not abiding there resting upon great compassion. And below: “though he diligently cultivates calming and contemplation, for the sake of transforming sentient beings he does not realize clarity and release”; “though he practices equanimity he does not cast aside the work of transforming sentient beings” — practicing equanimity and yet not casting aside the work, for what is let go is the grasping in the mind, not the task in the hands.

A further group of seven clauses writes the running together of ‘already left behind, and yet displayed’ with the four measureless minds: “though he has gained mastery within all deeds and afflictions, for the sake of transforming sentient beings he displays an accord with deeds and afflictions” — mastery already gained over deeds and afflictions, and yet the appearance of according with them displayed; “though he is without birth and death, for the sake of transforming sentient beings he displays the undergoing of birth and death” — birth and death already gone, and yet their undergoing displayed; “though he has already left every destiny, for the sake of transforming sentient beings he displays the entering of the destinies” — the destinies already left, and yet the entering of them displayed. The three are of one pattern: already left behind, and displayed for the sake of transforming beings. The four clauses below them answer to the four measureless minds: “though he practices kindness he has no fondness or attachment toward sentient beings” (kindness that does not stick), “though he practices compassion he takes up nothing and clings to nothing among sentient beings” (compassion that does not grasp), “though he practices joy he contemplates suffering beings with a mind constantly pitying” (joy that does not forget the suffering), “though he practices equanimity he does not abandon the work of benefiting others” (equanimity that does not drop the task). Each of the four measureless minds has a pit easy to slide into: kindness slides into fondness, compassion into grasping, joy into forgetting the suffering, equanimity into abandoning the work — and the scripture text points out each pit, clause by clause.

The last great group is denser still: though he practices the nine successive concentrations he is not weary of taking birth in the realm of desire; though he knows that no dharma arises or ceases he does not make his realization in the real limit; though he enters the three gates of liberation he does not take up the liberation of the śrāvakas; though he contemplates the four noble truths he does not abide in the holy fruit of the lesser vehicle; though he contemplates the deep dependent origination he does not abide in ultimate quiescence; though he cultivates the eightfold holy path he does not seek to come forth from the world forever; though he goes beyond the ground of the ordinary man he does not fall into the ground of the śrāvakas and pratyekabuddhas; though he contemplates the five aggregates of grasping he does not extinguish the aggregates forever; though he goes beyond the four Māras he does not discriminate the Māras; though he does not cling to the six sense-fields he does not extinguish them forever; though he abides in suchness he does not fall into the real limit; though he expounds all vehicles he does not cast aside the Great Vehicle.

A misreading to be set aside: supposing that “does not realize” means the work is not yet ripe, or that every lower half is a refusal to take the fruit. Every upper half is the deepest contemplation and practice; but what the lower halves block off is not of one kind. Some refuse to rest in quiescence (not entering the right position of the śrāvakas, not abiding in the nature of the dharma of no-arising, not abiding in ultimate quiescence); some refuse to grasp (not giving rise to a view of emptiness, not discriminating the Māras, not making realization in the real limit); some accord with the transforming of beings (constantly teaching beings who cling to marks, displaying the undergoing of birth and death, displaying the entering of the destinies); some refuse to cast aside vow and practice (not casting aside the practices and vows of awakening, not abandoning the work of benefiting others, not casting aside the Great Vehicle). Chengguan, judging this long passage, says “of the nine before, apart from the first two and the fifth, all the rest are as to the twofold running of the provisional and the real, of phenomena and of principle” — provisional and real, phenomena and principle running twofold at every turn, not one single refusal of the fruit. Brought down to the ground: being able to realize and not realizing is only one of the roads; what runs through the whole passage is the refusal to fall to either side.

The Body of the Fifty-Five Verses: Two Stretches of Speech, Two Ways of Speaking

After the long prose, “at that time Sudhana the youth spoke verses.” What follows is one hundred and ten verse lines, in fact fifty-five verses. Fazang reckons this number plainly upon the sixty-fascicle witness, saying “third, within the praise in verse that is the deed of speech there are fifty-five verses,” which agrees with the base text. Looking back at the long prose praise, Chengguan divides it into ten outlines, each displaying one surpassing quality: the first displays its surpassing quality as to the realm dwelt in; the second, from ‘it is the entering of all that is most deep’ onward, displays its wonder as to virtue; the third, from ‘it is the taking of one kalpa’ onward, its mastery as to function; the fourth, from ‘it is being before all beings’ onward, its surpassing quality as to practice; the fifth, from ‘it is being able to abide in dharmas hard to know’ onward, its depth as to contemplation; the sixth, from ‘it is abiding in great kindness and compassion’ onward, its surpassing quality as to the counteragent; the seventh, from ‘it is though abiding in the four dhyānas’ onward, its mastery as to calming and insight; the eighth, from ‘it is though amid all deeds and afflictions’ onward, its surpassing quality as to the practice that benefits others; the ninth, from ‘it is though practicing the nine successive concentrations’ onward, its mastery as to the practice that guards the lesser vehicle; the tenth, from ‘this great storeyed pavilion’ onward, concludes what dwells there. The first nine are virtues, the last is the conclusion; and among the first nine, apart from the first two and the fifth, all the rest are the twofold running of the provisional and the real, of phenomena and principle — which is exactly why the ‘though … yet …’ sentences above run double at every layer.

The fifty-five verses fall into two parts. The former thirty-four are of seven graphs to the line, and the lines close with “… is the dwelling place,” the same style as the long prose; the latter twenty-one turn to five graphs, and of these sixteen open with “a son of the buddhas dwells here,” the remaining five opening otherwise. The former part is ‘the dwelling place of one who is such and such,’ the latter ‘a son of the buddhas dwells here, and does such and such’ — the former marks the person, the latter marks the matter. Chengguan divides further: of the thirty-four seven-graph verses, the first two praise in general (one as to the station of practice, one as to name and virtue), and the remaining thirty-two fall into four — seven verses praising the surpassing practice that benefits oneself, ten praising the surpassing practice that benefits others, eight praising the surpassing merit and virtue, seven praising the surpassing skillful means; the twenty-one five-graph verses fall into six — the first two on transforming those below, the next two on contemplating what is above, five making clear mastery in samādhi, seven making clear that his knowledge is vast and deep, one displaying its sameness, and the last four concluding the virtues, setting forth reverence, seeking his pity and requesting his empowerment.

A misreading to be set aside: supposing that the verses repeat the long prose. The style is the same, but the direction has turned: the long prose answers ‘whose dwelling place is this?’ and the five-graph part answers ‘what does the one who dwells here do?’ Brought down to the ground: the same matter asked in another way is a new passage.

The First Five of the Seven-Graph Verses: From the Name of the Kind One to a Bird Flying in the Air

The first verse names him: “This is the honored Kind One, of great compassion and pure knowledge, who benefits the worldly realm, the eldest son of the buddhas within the ground of consecration — this is the dwelling place of one who has entered the realm of the Tathāgatas.” This is one of the two places in this section where Maitreya is called by name outright — the Kind One. Fazang transmits three conditions for the setting up of Maitreya’s name: first by his original vow (in the past he met a buddha of great kindness and brought forth the vow), second by the name of a samādhi (he first gained the samādhi of the mind of kindness), third the setting up of the name as to the mark (while he was in the womb his mother had a mind of kindness).

The second verse praises one who has entered the gate of liberation of the Great Vehicle and “journeys through the Dharma realm with a mind that clings to nothing”; the third lists the ten perfections (giving, discipline, patience, vigor, meditation, wisdom, skillful means, vows, powers, spiritual power) and says “one who is complete in them all”; the fourth says that his wisdom is vast as space and “unobstructed, without support, grasping at nothing”; the fifth takes a bird as its simile — “as a bird flies in the air and gains mastery” — the bird having nothing in the air to lean upon and yet gaining mastery, answering exactly the “without support” of the verse before.

A misreading to be set aside: supposing that the ten perfections are ten things to be finished off. The third verse lists them all in one breath, and the weight falls upon “the dwelling place of one who is complete in them all” — it is the look of a person, not a checklist. Brought down to the ground: when reading the ten perfections, to look at the person is more use than to count the ten items.

The Sixth Through the Ninth of the Seven-Graph Verses: Penetrating the Three Poisons and Yet Not Seeking to Come Forth

The sixth verse is the least like common talk: “He penetrates the true nature of the three poisons, and discriminates that they arise falsely out of causes and conditions, and yet he is not weary of them and does not seek to come forth from them — this is the dwelling place of one who is at peace.” He penetrates the true nature of the three poisons, and knows besides that they arise falsely out of causes and conditions, and then — he is not weary of them and does not seek a way out from them.

The seventh runs the same road: “The three gates of liberation and the eightfold holy path, the aggregates, the sense-fields, the elements, and dependent origination — he is able to contemplate them all and yet does not go toward quiescence.” The whole set of contemplations is there; he simply does not go toward quiescence. The eighth says “he penetrates that their nature is all empty and makes no discrimination,” and calls him one who is quiescent; the ninth takes the wind as its simile — “as the wind moves through the air with no place moved through” — practicing everywhere throughout the Dharma realm while the nature of that practicing cannot be got at.

A misreading to be set aside: supposing that “not weary of them and not seeking to come forth” is indulgence of the afflictions. The upper half has already said “he penetrates the true nature of the three poisons” — it is a not-being-weary after penetrating, not a not-being-weary in ignorance. Brought down to the ground: first see it clearly, then decide to stay; that is what staying means. To stay without having seen clearly is to be stuck.

The Tenth Through the Sixteenth of the Seven-Graph Verses: Seven Similes of Rescuing People

These seven verses are the most closely gathered group of similes in the whole part; the first six open with ‘seeing sentient beings in a certain suffering’ and the last with ‘constantly with the eye of great vow and of kindness and compassion,’ and each closes with the master of its simile. The tenth sees the flocks within the evil destinies undergoing bitter torments with nowhere to turn, and sends forth the light of great kindness and wipes it away (one who pities them); the eleventh, “as one blind from birth treading upon a fearful path,” leads them and makes them enter the city of liberation (the great guide); the twelfth sees them entered into the net of Māra and pressed upon by birth, aging, sickness, and death, and gives them comfort (one brave and strong); the thirteenth sees them stricken with the sickness of delusion and “with the medicine of wisdom wipes it all away” (the great king of physicians); the fourteenth sees them sunk in the sea of existence and “rescues them all with the ship of the Dharma” (one who ferries them well); the fifteenth sees them within the sea of delusion and that they are able to “bring forth the wondrous jewel that is the mind of awakening,” and enters into it and draws them out (one who fishes well); the sixteenth, “constantly with the eye of great vow and of kindness and compassion,” draws them up out of the sea of existence (the king of golden-winged birds).

The masters of the similes rise as they go: the guide, the king of physicians, the boatman, the fisherman, the king of golden-winged birds. The simile of the fisherman in the fifteenth is the most singular of all — other men enter the sea to haul something up, while here one enters the sea of delusion in order to take out the wondrous jewel of awakening from within the minds of sentient beings.

A misreading to be set aside: supposing that the seven similes say one thing seven times. The suffering seen differs in each (the evil destinies, the road lost, the net of Māra, the sickness of delusion, sinking in the sea, being within the sea of delusion, being in the sea of existence), and so does the means used (the light of kindness, guiding, comfort, the medicine of knowledge, the ship of the Dharma, drawing out and saving, drawing up). Brought down to the ground: to rescue a person one must first see which kind of trap it is; use the wrong means and one is only a bystander.

The Seventeenth Through the Twenty-Fourth of the Seven-Graph Verses: The One and the All, the Thought and the Kalpa

The seventeenth takes the sun and moon as its simile, the light of wisdom leaving “no worldly realm unlit” (one who lights up the world); the eighteenth says that “a bodhisattva, for the sake of teaching and transforming one sentient being, exhausts everywhere the measureless kalpas to come,” and that “as he does for one person, so he does for all” (one who rescues the world); the nineteenth says that in one land he teaches and transforms sentient beings to the end of the kalpas to come, and that “within every single land it is so” (one whose intent is firm); the twentieth says that the Dharma expounded by the buddhas of the ten directions he “receives everywhere within a single sitting and exhausts it all” (one who is a sea of knowledge).

The twenty-first and twenty-second use the graph for “sea” six times over — the sea of worlds, the sea of places of the Way, the sea of Tathāgatas, the sea of wondrous practices, the sea of great vows, the sea of kalpas (one who practices, one who has merit and virtue). The twenty-third says that “within a place the size of a hair-tip are measureless lands,” and that he sees them clearly and pervades them all (the unobstructed eye); the twenty-fourth says that “within a single thought he gathers in the boundless kalpas,” his wisdom unobstructed and knowing them all rightly (one who is complete in merit and virtue).

A misreading to be set aside: supposing the eighteenth verse’s ‘exhausting the kalpas to come for the sake of one sentient being’ to be an exaggeration. Directly beneath it stands “as he does for one person, so he does for all” — one willing to spend the kalpas to come upon one person spends them upon all in the very same way. Brought down to the ground: only one who is willing to see a single person through has any such thing as seeing all beings through.

The Twenty-Fifth Through the Thirty-Fourth of the Seven-Graph Verses: From the Number of the Vows to the Leaving of Stain

The twenty-fifth likens the number of a bodhisattva’s vows to grinding lands into dust and drawing the seas out drop by drop; the twenty-sixth says that dhāraṇī, samādhi, great vows, the meditations, and the liberations “in every one of them abide for boundless kalpas” (a true son of the buddhas); the twenty-seventh says “and also expound the many arts and crafts of the world” — besides expounding the Dharma and delivering beings, even the crafts of the world are expounded (one who practices); the twenty-eighth says he “practices the wondrous Dharma gate that is like an illusion” and displays the taking of birth in the five destinies of the ten directions (one unobstructed).

The twenty-ninth says “a bodhisattva, from the first arousing of the mind onward, cultivates every practice in full” (one who has spiritual strength); the thirtieth says “within a single thought he accomplishes the path of awakening,” while “the feeling and pondering of the world go mad at it” — the reckoning of the world is of no use here (one who is hard to measure); the thirty-first says that he journeys through the Dharma realm and pervades it all, while “his mind has never had anything got at” (one whose wisdom is pure); the thirty-second says “with the knowledge that is without two he shines upon them everywhere” (one who is without a self); the thirty-third says “he penetrates that dharmas have no support, and that their original nature is quiescent, the same as space” (one who has left stain behind); the thirty-fourth says “he brings forth a mind of great benevolence, kindness, and wisdom, and vows constantly to benefit the several worldly realms” (one who pities them).

A misreading to be set aside: supposing the “arts and crafts of the world” of the twenty-seventh verse to be an idle stroke. It is set after the expounding of the Dharma and the delivering of beings, and says just this: delivering beings must be able to use the things of the human world. Brought down to the ground: to be willing to learn the crafts of the world is itself a part of delivering beings.

The Thirty-Fifth Through the Forty-Second of the Five-Graph Verses: What the One Who Dwells Here Does

Turning to five graphs, the form becomes “a son of the buddhas dwells here” with three lines of what he does. The thirty-fifth: “as the orb of the sun and the orb of the moon, wiping away everywhere the darkness of birth-and-death”; the thirty-sixth: “transforming and manifesting measureless bodies that fill the lands of the ten directions”; the thirty-seventh: journeying everywhere through the worlds to the place of every Tathāgata; the thirty-eighth: “he ponders the dharmas of the buddhas” and “his mind is never wearied”; the thirty-ninth: “thought after thought he enters samādhi,” and every single gate of samādhi “makes clear the realms of the buddhas”; the fortieth: he knows all lands entirely, and “the names of sentient beings and of buddhas”; the forty-first: “within a single thought he gathers in the kalpas,” yet “only going along with the minds of sentient beings, and with no notion of discrimination”; the forty-second: he cultivates the several samādhis, and “within every single thought of the mind penetrates the dharmas of the three times.”

The lower half of the forty-first is to be noticed: so great a working as gathering the kalpas into a single thought, and the scripture text says of it “only going along with the minds of sentient beings” — it is not that he means to display it, but that it appears in accord with the minds of beings.

A misreading to be set aside: supposing these to be a static display of merit. The verb of every verse is going on now — dwelling, manifesting, journeying, pondering, entering, knowing, gathering, cultivating. Brought down to the ground: to dwell in a realm is to be doing something all along, not to be sitting in it all along.

The Forty-Third Through the Fiftieth of the Five-Graph Verses: The Body Unmoving and Yet Everywhere

The forty-third: “he sits with legs crossed, his body unmoving,” and yet “manifests himself everywhere in all lands and within all the destinies” — the not moving and the appearing everywhere at once. The forty-fourth uses the graph for “sea” three times (the sea of the Dharma, the sea of wisdom, the sea of merit and virtue). The forty-fifth: he knows entirely the number of the lands, of the worlds, of sentient beings, and of the names of the buddhas. The forty-sixth: within a single thought he penetrates the forming and the falling apart of the lands of the three times. The forty-seventh: he knows everywhere the practices and vows of the buddhas, the practices cultivated by bodhisattvas, and the faculties and desires of sentient beings — the three set side by side, buddhas and bodhisattvas and sentient beings all within one thought.

The forty-eighth: “he sees within a single dust-mote measureless lands and places of the Way, sentient beings and the several kalpas”; the forty-ninth carries it further: “as it is within a single dust-mote, so it is within every dust-mote: every sort of thing is complete there, and everywhere there is no obstruction” — this verse does not open with “a son of the buddhas dwells here,” but speaks on from the sense of the verse before. The fiftieth: “he contemplates everywhere all dharmas” — “sentient beings, lands, and worlds, without arising and without anything there.”

A misreading to be set aside: supposing the forty-eighth and forty-ninth to say that lands are really packed inside a dust-mote. Directly after them the fiftieth says “without arising and without anything there.” Brought down to the ground: the unobstructedness of one and many, and the being of nothing there, are here said together, and only half of it cannot be taken.

The Fifty-First Through the Fifty-Fifth of the Five-Graph Verses: From Sameness to a Single Bow

The fifty-first gathers up the whole part: “He contemplates that sentient beings are equal, that dharmas are equal and Tathāgatas are equal, that lands are equal and vows are equal, and that the three times are all equal.” Six times “equal”: sentient beings and dharmas and Tathāgatas, lands and vows, the three times, one and all of them equal. The fifty-second returns to the matters at hand — teaching and transforming the flocks of beings, making offerings to the Tathāgatas, pondering the nature of dharmas.

The fifty-third says “the practices of vow and knowledge cultivated through measureless thousands and myriads of kalpas are vast beyond measuring, and no praising of them can exhaust them,” which is to grant of himself that he cannot finish the praise; the fifty-fourth, “those greatly courageous ones, whose practice is without obstruction, dwell within this place — and I join my palms and pay respect,” is where “I” appears for the first time; the fifty-fifth, “eldest son of the buddhas, honored Kind One of holy virtue! I now reverently pay respect: may you look upon me and call me to mind!” — at the end of fifty-five verses it comes to rest upon a request.

A misreading to be set aside: supposing the “may you look upon me and call me to mind” of the last verse to be a courtesy. The fifty-three verses before it are wholly about what sort of person the other is; only in the fifty-fourth does “I” appear and join its palms; only in the last does he say what he himself wants. With such an order, that sentence is no courtesy. Brought down to the ground: when praise has been carried to the point where it cannot be finished, the only thing left to do is to ask to be seen.

The Mark of Gathering Virtue and Accomplishing the Cause: Why This One Person Does Not Humble Himself and Point to the Superior

One layer of the outline remains to be filled in. Chengguan sets up Maitreya alone as the third of the five aspects of the last assembly, naming it the mark of gathering virtue and accomplishing the cause, and says “since the conditions have already been gathered and the real entered, and he is settled and fit to become a buddha, what is here brought about is the meaning of the cause accomplished by one who is a final-birth bodhisattva” — the gathering of the conditions and the entering of the real before have already settled his fitness to become a buddha, and what this mark brings about is the cause of buddhahood.

For that reason too the text of this person differs from the rest. Chengguan says “the text is of five passages only, since the station of a final-birth bodhisattva is displayed to the utmost and the humbling and pointing to the superior is therefore lacking”: the first forty-one friends, having set forth their own Dharma gate, each close by humbling themselves and pointing to the superior, saying that they know this one thing only (what Zhiyan calls ‘the first forty-one all have a conclusion and a pointing on’); when the station of a final-birth bodhisattva is already displayed, there is no need to point on.

Chengguan’s Explicit Judgment

As for where the matching of the five aspects comes from, Chengguan says it very plainly: it is carried on from the ancient worthies. He first records the saying that does not match them to the stations, and then hands down his explicit judgment: “both have their reason. That is, since each single station is complete in many Dharma gates, how should an ordinary mind be barred from practicing and seeking the dharma of good friends? — and so not matching them has its reason. Yet within the absence of graded stations the graded stations are not obstructed, and displaying the stations is the constant rule, so that matching them likewise is no error.” Both sayings have their reason, and neither the matching nor the not matching is an error. What he takes for himself is “the horizontal and the vertical are unobstructed, and for now I follow the ancient worthies in matching them as five aspects.”

A misreading to be set aside: supposing that the five aspects are names the scripture text sets up for itself. The scripture text has none of these names. Brought down to the ground: in reading the names of an outline one must remember that they are divisions later men have made for the scripture — useful, but not words the scripture says of itself.

Lineage

For the text of this section, what opens out from it runs in three lines.

The first is the line of the name of the mark. The name of the mark of gathering virtue and accomplishing the cause Chengguan has already set up among the ten gates of the last assembly, saying that the third, the Kind One, one person, is named the mark of gathering virtue and accomplishing the cause, since the virtues of the two gates before are gathered and made together the cause of realizing and entering, and so the Dharma gate is named the never-forgetting mindfulness of the three times, and thereby it gathers the dharmas with nothing left out; Zhiyan’s Souxuan ji likewise gives this name, saying “making clear the third, the mark of gathering virtue and accomplishing the cause, since Maitreya is the cause”; and below it he opens the one outline of proceeding to enter in accord with the teaching into eight divisions. The two houses have the same name, and the fineness of their outlining differs.

The second is the line of the dividing of the outline. Chengguan, upon the eighty-fascicle witness, outlines the text of this person in five passages, of which this section belongs to the first, seeking in accord with the teaching, and within that passage he opens again the two layers of the setting forth and the separate giving birth, and beneath the separate giving birth four items (contemplating the faults of long ago, contemplating the present suffering, the benefit of contemplating and calling to mind, concluding to whom the benefit belongs); Fazang, upon the sixty-fascicle witness, likewise makes a long outline of five aspects, saying “outlining this text at length, in all as five aspects,” of which the third is “third, Maitreya, one person, making clear the mark of gathering virtue and accomplishing the cause,” the same name as Chengguan’s, and at the head of the Maitreya passage he sets it up again as “the third great division: the station of Maitreya is the good friend of the mark of gathering virtue and accomplishing the cause”; only in outlining the text clause by clause does he not use the items of the five aspects, dividing instead by the two outlines of proceeding to enter in accord with the teaching and of seeing, paying respect, and requesting, and beneath seeing, paying respect, and requesting takes first the seeing of the dependent recompense and after the seeing of the direct recompense, the seeing of the dependent recompense opening again into the three of raising surpassing thoughts, paying respect and contemplating, and circling, calling to mind, and praising, while the circling, calling to mind, and praising divides again into the three deeds of body, mind, and speech, and the eighty clauses of the calling to mind that is the deed of mind are divided into ten gates besides; Zhiyan makes three divisions (the teaching that exhorts him onward to what surpasses, proceeding to enter in accord with the teaching, making clear the realizing of the Dharma realm), and this section belongs to his second, beneath which he opens eight divisions again (first, hearing the praise of the good friend and giving rise to faith; second, calling to mind the Dharma gate before; third, going on step by step; fourth, raising great skillful means; fifth, gaining the eye of great wisdom; sixth, seeing the mark of the dependent recompense; seventh, seeing the mark of the direct recompense; eighth, paying respect and requesting), of which this section touches the first six; the sixth opens five more, and within them the seeing of the mark of the land divides again into the three layers of seeing the mark of the land, effacing the marks and entering the real, and the real accomplishing the marks — these three layers lie within the contemplation before he has risen from paying respect (the sixty’s three cues ‘he made a thought such as this,’ ‘and again,’ ‘with deep faith and understanding’), while the long prose praise of the pavilion belongs to the fourth of the sixth division, ‘praising at large the dependent and direct recompense.’ Li Tongxuan does not divide the outline item by item, but sets up the second, third, and fourth passages by the number of the scripture’s lines (the fourth giving no number of lines), and as for the passage of calling his own former lives to mind he gathers it into the one clause of calling to mind of himself the faults and evils of his causes in the past and being ashamed of himself and repenting. The boundaries the four houses cut do not fall even. The words taken up to open their outlines differ as well: Chengguan takes up “he called to mind,” Zhiyan takes up “at that time Sudhana, having heard praise such as this,” and Li Tongxuan takes up “at that time Sudhana, having received the teaching of good friends, his mind being moistened by it, was rightly calling to mind and pondering,” and the graphs are not the same one with another.

The third is the line of the parallel renderings. The sixty witness has at this passage no sentence-form answering to the nine clauses of calling his own former lives to mind; yet its answering text does not begin at the paying of respect. It begins at the hearing of the teaching, “at that time Sudhana, having heard praise such as this of the practices of the bodhisattvas who are good friends,” and passes through the rightly calling to mind and the going step by step toward the land Sea Ravine, the clauses of practice from “by the limit of the past, the power of the deeds of body he had cultivated, and a mind made pure” onward, and the benefit gained upon making the thought, from “having made this thought, with a pure mind he believed in and revered all bodhisattvas, with the thought of them as World-Honored Ones” onward, before it comes at last to the reverence and offerings and the paying of respect with the five parts of the body; its tower is named Adorned and Pure Treasury, its praising lines read “abides in this Dharma hall” and “a son of the buddhas dwells in this hall,” and the whole part is in five graphs. The forty witness and the eighty are of nearly the same structure; its nine clauses of calling to mind likewise have “he called to mind that in a former life” once and “and he called to mind that in a former life” eight times. Its contemplations of what it is equal to are eleven clauses (beyond the eighty’s ten it has “it has nothing answering to it, since the mind shifts and moves”), and its leaving of the views has one clause more, “leaving every crooked view, since he knows the power of cause and fruit”; in the ten contemplations of dependent origination it repeats the four graphs “with deep faith and understanding” beneath every clause; in the long prose praise “this great storeyed pavilion” heads forty-five clauses (the other forty-five omitting it) and “is the dwelling place of” reaches ninety occurrences (a single clause of the eighty being often split into several); it has the king of wondrous wings for the king of golden-winged birds, and the atom for the dust-mote. These divergent interpretations and divergent readings are alike the settled accounts of the ancient worthies and the settled wordings of the old renderings, and are recorded without adjudication.

In the text of one section, the former half is a walking of the road and the latter half a standing outside the door. The door is not yet open and the man is not yet seen, and four thousand graphs have already finished saying who that man is — the order of this section rests wholly upon that one word, ‘before.’

品三十九 入法界品 · 彌勒菩薩(二)見敬諮問(攝德成因相)Entering the Dharma Realm · Maitreya, Part Two: Seeing, Paying Respect, and Inquiring (The Mark of Gathering Virtue and Accomplishing the Cause)

全文五層 →Full five layers →
義疏Exposition

善財走了五十趟,遇見第一位不先開口問他的人

善財從德雲比丘起,一路南行,到彌勒這裡是第五十一位。前面五十位的規矩大體一樣:善財到了,禮敬、陳白、發問,善友答法。到彌勒這裡,規矩變了——善財「一心願見彌勒菩薩親近供養」,而彌勒不在樓閣裡等他,是「從別處來」,帶著天龍八部、釋梵護世、本生處的眷屬與婆羅門眾,前後圍繞而來。善財一見,「歡喜踊躍,五體投地」。然後彌勒開口了,卻不是對善財開口。

要排一個誤解:這不是彌勒架子大、不理人。澄觀就「從別處來」一句立了三義,說「言別處來者,攝化就機故,還來歸本故」,又補一句「亦顯慈氏應念而至不著處故」——他不在一處等人,是因為他不住在任何一處;他來,是因為有人念他。

落到地上:這一節從頭到尾,善財沒有發過一問,直到末後才以兩首偈作答;他所做的只有投地與哭。要學的東西不一定從問答裡來。

為什麼是「指示大眾」,不是對善財說

經文說得很清楚:彌勒「觀察善財,指示大眾,歎其功德」。當著一大群人的面誇一個人,這在世間是很尷尬的事。澄觀在這裡下了一句話,把整篇長頌的用意定了下來——他釋「指示」二字說「指示者,令眾同覩,倣而行故」。

也就是說,這篇長頌開口先對大眾:既讓大眾見善財而效學,也直對善財讚德慰勉——澄觀於中間諸偈判「初二十二偈直對善財歎」,於末判「總明諸德結歎令欣」。所以開篇第一句就是「汝等觀善財」,第二十四偈又再來一次「汝等觀此人」——澄觀判前者為「初一指眾總歎」,後者為對眾令勸讚一段之起。

排一個誤解:以為這是彌勒在給善財發獎狀。若是發獎狀,何必當眾、何必說到一百多首。落到地上:一個修行人被人當眾稱說,若聽成了獎狀,這一段就白讀了;若聽成了『原來這條路是這樣走的』,那你就站在大眾那一邊,而大眾正是彌勒說話的對象。

九個「善來」:迎的到底是什麼

第二偈起,連續九首都以「善來」開頭,澄觀判為「初九讚德善來」。「善來」是迎客之語,而彌勒所迎的一樣也不是人的身分。他迎的是:圓滿慈、清淨悲、寂滅眼;清淨意、廣大心、不退根;不動行;行妙道、住功德、趣佛果;德為體、法所滋、無邊行;離迷惑;施安樂;真佛子;三世智。

這裡有一個次第。前三首迎的是心地——慈悲眼、意心根,都在內;第四首起轉到行——不動行、常求善知識;第五、六首說行之所向與所依——趣佛果、以德為體、被法所滋;第七首說行之不染——「世法不能染,利衰毀譽等,一切無分別」;第八首說行之對治——諂誑瞋慢一切除滅;末二首說行之遍與久——普詣十方、遍知一切法而「修行不疲厭」。

排一個誤解:以為「善來」是客套。九首之中「修行無懈倦」「未曾有疲倦」「不疲厭」反覆出現三型,所迎的正是這個「不倦」。落到地上:人常問自己修得對不對,這九首給的是另一把尺——問你倦了沒有。

你來得了,是因為外有善友、內有德行

第十一、十二兩偈,澄觀判為「次二明來因緣」,並釋其所以是「以外由善友、內具德行故」。經文兩偈正是這樣分的:前一首說外緣——「文殊德雲等,一切諸佛子,令汝至我所,示汝無礙處」;後一首說內因——「具修菩薩行,普攝諸群生」,所以「如是廣大人,今來至我所」。

這兩首擺在這裡有一件要緊的事:它把善財之所以能站在這裡,一半歸給了別人。文殊是發起之友,德雲是第一位,中間四十九位一個也沒有白遇——彌勒用一個「等」字全收了。

排一個誤解:以為修行到後來就用不著人了。到第五十一位、快到頭的時候,彌勒說的仍是「令汝至我所」,主語是那些人。落到地上:走得遠的人,回頭數得出名字;數不出名字的遠,多半是走岔了。

你來做什麼:十一首「來所為」,與善知識的九喻三職

第十三至二十三偈,澄觀判為「後十一偈明來所為」。十一首之中,「而來至我所」一句六見。前四見連下:為求如來清淨境界與廣大願、為修三世佛所成行業、為求微妙法與受菩薩行、為念善知識;其後第十九偈九喻之末一見,第二十三偈之末又一見。

而其中最長的一氣,是第十七至十九偈的九個比喻。彌勒代善財說出他心裡的善知識是什麼:「生我如父母,養我如乳母」——這是生與養;「如醫療眾疾,如天灑甘露」——這是治與潤;「如日示正道,如月轉淨輪」——這是照與轉;「如山不動搖,如海無增減」——這是不動與不變;「如船師濟渡」——這是送過去。九喻自生養而至度脫,一路推到彼岸。

第二十至二十二偈換了一組:「猶如大猛將,亦如大商主,又如大導師」——猛將能破敵、商主能致寶、導師能引路,接著七句「能」字排比:建正法幢、示佛功德、滅諸惡道、開善趣門、顯諸佛身、守諸佛藏、持諸佛法,末句收在「是故願瞻奉」。第二十三偈則說所求之報:清淨智、端正身、尊貴家。

排一個誤解:以為「欲生尊貴家」是求人天福報。它與「欲滿清淨智」同在一偈,是成就法器所須之依身,不是所求之果。落到地上:這十一首是一份自問清單——你到一位善知識那裡去,是為了什麼而去的。

對眾令勸讚之一:他捨了什麼,你們照著做

第二十四偈起,稱呼又轉回大眾——「汝等觀此人,親近善知識,隨其所修學,一切應順行」。澄觀判此下二十六偈為對眾令勸讚,段內先四首總讚。

這四首說了三件事。一是所由:「以昔福因緣,文殊令發心」——往昔的福加上當機的一位人。二是所行:「隨順無違逆」——彌勒在善財身上單挑出來的第一個德,是不違逆。三是所捨:「父母與親屬,宮殿及財產,一切皆捨離,謙下求知識」;捨之後所得,是「淨治如是意,永離世間身,當生佛國土」。

排一個誤解:以為這四首在勸人出家棄產。經文的次序是先「淨治如是意」而後「永離世間身」——所捨的是意中之著,形上之捨是它的結果,不是它的替代品。落到地上:這一段是給旁觀者的,話說得最實在——你們看的不是他多會問法,是他捨得下、不違逆。

即智之悲:三首「善財見眾生」與一首「眾生處癡暗」

第二十八至三十一偈,澄觀判為「次四讚其即智之悲」。前三首句式全同,皆以「善財見眾生」起:見眾生生老病死苦,所以發大悲意;見眾生五趣常流轉,所以求金剛智;見眾生心田甚荒穢,所以求利智犁。第四首不從善財之見說起,先寫眾生之境——「眾生處癡暗,盲冥失正道」——然後說「善財為導師,示其安隱處」。

要緊的是這四首的因果方向:不是先有悲心再去看,是先看見了才起悲。而所起的又不是單純的憐憫——第二首求的是「金剛智」,第三首求的是「利智犁」,都是智。澄觀把這四首標作「即智之悲」,正是這個意思:這種悲裡面裝的是智,所以它不停在感慨上,它去要工具。

排一個誤解:以為悲心是一種情緒。若是情緒,見苦只會難過;經文四首,前三首見苦、第四首直陳眾生之暗,而四首所接的都是一個動詞——發、求、求、為。落到地上:檢驗自己的悲,看它有沒有變成一件具體要學的事。

即悲之智:從忍鎧到法燈,七首都是工具

第三十二至三十八偈是「次七歎即悲之智」。七首之中六首以善財自身為喻體:忍辱作鎧、解脫作乘、智慧作劍,於三有內破煩惱賊;作法船師,令眾生「令過爾焰海,疾至淨寶洲」;作正覺日,以智光為大願之輪普照群迷;作正覺月,以慈定之清涼光等照眾生心;作勝智海,依直心而住;作大心龍,昇法界空而興雲降澤;作法燈,「信炷慈悲油,念器功德光」,滅三毒暗。

其中「爾焰」一詞須先解。澄觀釋此云「爾焰者此云所知」,並引論說爾焰地是第十地,是約盡斷十種所知障而言。所以「過爾焰海」不是渡過知識,是渡過所知之障。

排一個誤解:以為這七首是在鋪陳文采。看那盞燈——信是炷、慈悲是油、念是器、功德是光;四樣缺一樣,燈就不亮。這是把一件事拆到可以檢查。落到地上:這七首每一首都可以當作一次自檢——初首並舉忍鎧、解脫乘與智慧劍,其下依次是船、日、月、海、龍、燈,你身上現在有哪一件。

總歎諸德:一顆心是怎麼長大的

第三十九至四十四偈是「次六偈總歎諸德」。前兩首是全篇最奇的一組比喻。第一首把菩提心比作入胎:「覺心迦羅邏,悲胞慈為肉,菩提分肢節」——迦羅邏是受生之初凝滑之位,悲是包著它的胞衣,慈是長出來的血肉,菩提分是四肢關節,而所長成的是「如來藏」。第二首接著說長成之後所具:福德藏、智慧藏、方便藏、大願藏,四藏而動詞各異——增長、清淨、開顯、出生。

後四首轉為外顯:如是大莊嚴能救護群生而天人中難聞難見;如是智慧樹根深不可動而普蔭群生;末二首收回到因——欲生一切德、欲問一切法、欲斷一切疑,欲破惑魔、除見垢、解眾生縛,兩首的結句都是同一句「專求善知識」。

排一個誤解:以為胎藏之喻只是修辭。它回答的是一個很難回答的問題——菩提心發了之後在哪裡。答案是:它在長,而且長法與胎兒一樣,先有位、後有形、再有肢節。落到地上:發心之後看不見進展是常事;胎裡的東西本來就看不見。

妙果當成:語氣轉成一個「當」字

第四十五至四十九偈,澄觀判為「後五偈讚妙果當成」。「當」字並非到這裡才出現——第二十七偈已有「當生佛國土」一句;但自這五首起,「當」才成了通篇的骨,五首之中連下十二次。當滅諸惡道、當示人天路;當度諸見難、當截諸見網、當枯愛欲水、當示三有道;當為世依怙、當作世光明、當成三界師;當令世間普離想著、普覺煩惱睡、普出愛欲泥;當了種種法、當淨種種剎。

「當」是未來,而且是決定的未來——不是『或許會』,是『將要是』。彌勒在這裡做的事,古德稱為記別:不是預言吉凶,是就一個人現前的因說出他必至之果。前面四十四首說的是善財已有的,這五首起說的是善財將成的。

排一個誤解:以為授記是給特殊的人的特殊待遇。這一段的聽眾是大眾,而彌勒緊接著就說「若有敬慕心,亦當如是學」。落到地上:一個「當」字之所以敢說,是因為前面那些「已」字是真的。

重對善財讚之一:二十六首「當」,把當來之果鋪成一張圖

第五十偈起,稱呼第三次轉——回到善財本人。澄觀判此下六十三偈為重對善財讚,其中「初二十六偈歎其當果德」,並說「初二總、餘皆別」。總的二首是「汝行極調柔,汝心甚清淨」與「不久見諸佛,了達一切法」;其下二十四首全是別。

這二十四首多用排比:有的一偈之中同一個字連下四次,有的只疊三次。行海、法海、眾生海;功德岸、諸善品、佛子等;一切惑、一切業、一切魔;妙智道、正法道、諸苦道;然後是輪——「一切眾生輪,沈迷諸有輪;汝當轉法輪,令其斷苦輪」。其下十五首一首一字,逐首各有所指:

種——「汝當持佛種」,佛種是所持、法種是所淨、僧種是所集,三寶在此成了三件要做的事。

網——「當斷眾愛網」,愛網、見網、苦網三者是所破,而末句「當成此願網」把網翻過來作所成之物。

界——「當度眾生界」,眾生界是所度、國土界是所淨、智慧界是所集,末句收在「當成此心界」。

喜——「當令眾生喜」,所令喜者眾生、菩薩、諸佛三重,而後「當成此歡喜」。

見——「當見一切趣」,趣、剎、法三處皆是所見,所成者是「此佛見」。

光——「當放破暗光」,破暗、息熱、滅惡三光各對一病,所滌者是「三有苦」。

門——「當開天趣門」,天趣門、佛道門、解脫門次第而開,末句「普使眾生入」點出開門是為人開。

道——「當示於正道」,一示一絕:示正道、絕邪道,而後「成就菩提道」。

海之一——「當修功德海」,功德海是所修、三有海是所度,而所濟者是「普使群生海,出於眾苦海」。

海之二——「消竭煩惱海」,於眾生海中竭其煩惱海,「令修諸行海」而「疾入大智海」。

海之三——「汝當增智海」,智海與行海並增,所滿足者是「諸佛大願海」。

海之四——「汝當入剎海」,入剎海、觀眾海之後,是「普飲諸法海」。

雲——「當覲諸佛雲」,覲佛、起供、聽法三事,皆歸於「當興此願雲」。

室——「普遊三有室」,三有室是所遊、眾惑室是所壞、如來室是所入。

門之再出——「普入三昧門」,三昧、解脫、神通三門並入,而所至是「周行於法界」。

末四首之中三首取喻收束:日月光、鳥行虛空、因陀羅網;第四首則不取喻而直說「汝當入法界,遍往諸世界,普見三世佛,心生大歡喜」。

排一個誤解:以為這是同義反覆。細看那個「輪」字四見而義各不同——眾生自身是輪、諸有是輪、法是輪、苦是輪;同一個字被放在四個位置上,正是要顯這四者本是一事之轉。落到地上:華嚴的重疊句法不是修辭上的鋪張,是要人在一個字上停久一點。

雙歎當現德:已得的與當得的,同時算

第七十六至八十二偈,澄觀判為「二「汝於」下七偈雙歎當現德」——所謂雙,是現在與當來一併說。第一首就把兩頭放在一句裡:「汝於諸法門,已得及當得」,而所應生的是大喜躍,且「無貪亦無厭」。以下六首:你是功德器,能隨佛教、能修菩薩行,所以得見此奇特;如是佛子億劫難遇,何況見其功德所修妙道;你生於人中大獲善利,得見文殊等無量功德;已離惡道、已出難處、已超苦患;已離凡夫地、已住菩薩地,當滿智慧地、速入如來地;菩薩行如海、佛智同虛空,你的願也一樣。

第八十一首最值得停:前兩句說已然,後兩句說當來——已離凡夫地、已住菩薩地是現,當滿智慧地、速入如來地是當。一首偈就是一張完整的地圖。

排一個誤解:以為「無貪亦無厭」是勸人淡然。它是接在「應生大喜躍」之後的——喜是要喜的,只是喜之中不加貪、不轉厭。落到地上:法上的歡喜若帶著想多要一點的心,那個喜就開始變質了。

讚遇友德:法器與非法器,差在哪裡

第八十三至九十偈是「三「諸根」下八偈讚其遇友德」。八首說的是同一件事的兩面。正面:諸根不懈倦、志願恆決定,所以親近善知識而「不久悉成滿」;具難思福及真實信,所以今日得見諸佛子;於三有中能修菩薩行,所以諸佛子肯示你解脫門;諸佛護念你、菩薩攝受你。

反面只有一首,卻是全篇最冷的一句:「非是法器人,與佛子同住,設經無量劫,莫知其境界。」同住而不知——這句話把「遇見」和「得到」徹底分開了。彌勒又交代了一句:「菩薩種種行,皆為調眾生,普行諸法門,慎勿生疑惑」——不疑,是器與非器之間那道最要緊的界。

排一個誤解:以為遇不遇是運氣。經文說得明白,非器之人即使同住無量劫也無所知;所以問題不在遇不遇,在是不是器。落到地上:能不能從一個人身上學到東西,多半不取決於那個人。

歎速成位行德:灌頂位,與那顆種子

第九十一至九十五偈是「四有五偈歎速成位行德」。第一首把位說到頂:「已生菩薩家,已具菩薩德,已長如來種,當昇灌頂位」——灌頂是王子紹位之禮,用在此處是說菩薩位之極。第二首說用:與佛子等,見苦惱眾生悉置安隱處。

第三首是全篇最平實的一句道理:「如下如是種,必獲如是果」——種什麼得什麼,所以「我今慶慰汝」。第四首拿它與人比:無量菩薩無量劫行道尚未能成此行,而今你都得到了。第五首說明何以如此——「信樂堅進力,善財成此行」,並立刻把話遞給聽眾:「若有敬慕心,亦當如是學」。

排一個誤解:以為第四首在說善財超過了那些菩薩。緊接著的第五首就給了理由——信樂與堅進,都是可學的東西,所以彌勒才敢說「亦當如是學」。落到地上:這一段從最高的位(灌頂)落回最低的因(信與進),中間只隔了一顆種子。

總明諸德結歎令欣:從願欲生的那一切

第九十六至一百一十二偈是「五有十七偈總明諸德結歎令欣」,是全頌最長的一段。開頭一句立宗:「一切功德行,皆從願欲生」,隨後以龍布密雲必霔大雨為喻——雲起則雨決定,願智起則行決定。

其下轉入一組很重的對照。你在無量劫裡為了欲望虛妄捨過身,今日為菩提而捨才叫作善;你在無量劫裡受盡生死苦,卻不曾事佛、未聞此行;今日得人身、值佛與善知識,「云何不歡喜」。再往下三首層層加一道篩:雖遇佛出世、亦值善知識,若心不清淨仍不聞此法;若於善知識信樂尊重、離疑不疲厭,才聞得到;若聞而興誓願心,已獲廣大利。

末後幾首說果與行並進:心清淨則常近諸佛菩薩而決定成菩提;入此法門則具諸功德、永離惡趣;不久捨身往生佛國常見十方佛。而所以能如此,是「往因今淨解,及事善友力」三事合成,其增長「如水生蓮華」。最後回到當下要做的四件事:樂事善知識、勤供一切佛、專心聽聞法、常行勿懈倦。

排一個誤解:以為「云何不歡喜」是修辭上的反問。它前面兩首列的是無量劫的白費,這一問是拿那個對比逼出來的。落到地上:這十七首是把一生的難得寫成一道一道的篩子——遇佛、遇友、心淨、離疑、興願,缺一道都到不了下一道。

末後一偈:他把人送回文殊那裡

一百一十三首偈的最後一首,彌勒不把善財留下:「汝當往大智,文殊師利所;彼當令汝得,普賢深妙行。」澄觀判此為「末後一偈略示後友」。

這一偈的位置很重。彌勒是攝德成因相所寄之人,澄觀立其名曰「明攝德成因相」——攝前諸位之德以成當果之因。而攝德之人不留學人,他把人送回發起之友那裡去,再由文殊而入普賢之行。善財之後的答頌也只念一個人:「我以文殊故,見諸難見者」。

排一個誤解:以為這是禮讓。發起之友與末後之友是同一人,這是本會結構上的一個圓——從文殊出發,見遍五十餘友,再回到文殊,然後入普賢。落到地上:一條路若真走通了,會回到起點;回不去的,多半還在半路。

善財哭了,而華自己盈滿在他手裡

長頌之後,經文寫善財的反應:「歡喜踊躍,身毛皆豎,悲泣哽噎」。歡喜與悲泣同時發生。本節寫善財的內裡共兩處:初見彌勒時是「歡喜踊躍,五體投地」,聞讚之後則是「歡喜踊躍,身毛皆豎,悲泣哽噎」——同是歡喜踊躍,這一次多了身毛皆豎與悲泣。澄觀科此為重申敬儀,分三:初辨敬因,是聞讚德故;次身心悲敬;後華供展誠。

供養的一段更奇:善財身上沒有帶供具,而「以文殊師利心念力故,眾華、瓔珞、種種妙寶不覺忽然自盈其手」。澄觀就此逐物出表,說文殊心念力是「表由信智故」,又說「華因德立,瓔珞行成」,而「云盈手者,信智滿故」,末說「散彌勒者,攝成因故,辦當果故」。

排一個誤解:以為「不覺忽然自盈其手」是神通表演。澄觀的解讀方向正相反——供具之所以自具,是因為信智已滿;華是德、瓔珞是行,本來就是他自己修出來的東西。落到地上:到了一個地步,供養不必另外準備,因為手裡拿的就是自己這些年做成的。

摩頂與答頌:兩首偈裡只念一個人

彌勒摩善財的頂,說了一首偈:「善哉善哉真佛子!普策諸根無懈倦,不久當具諸功德,猶如文殊及與我。」一百一十三首說完之後,親口的那一首只有四句,而末句把善財放在文殊與自己這一列裡。

善財答了兩首。第一首說遇:善知識億劫難值遇,今得咸親近,而來詣尊所。第二首說念:「我以文殊故,見諸難見者;彼大功德尊,願速還瞻覲」——他站在第五十一位善知識面前,所發的願卻是希望早日再見文殊。澄觀科此為慶遇念恩。

排一個誤解:以為善財在此處分心。經文之意正是念恩——所以澄觀科名用「念恩」二字。落到地上:走到最遠的地方仍記得是誰讓你出發的,這叫作念恩;本節把它放在最後一句,是給整條路作結。

承衍

本節之文,向上所承與向後所開有三條線。

其一是寄位之線。彌勒寄「攝德成因相」,此名非經文自標,是古德之科。孔目章立「攝德成因相知識」,澄觀承之而立末會五相之第三,探玄記與搜玄記亦各出其語——四家異名而同指一事。而配位一事,澄觀自有持平之語,他說「二皆有理,謂隨一一位具多法門,豈容凡心不得習求善友之法,故不配有理。然無次位中不礙次位,顯位是常規,配亦無失。橫竪無礙,且依古德配為五相」。既取古德之配,又不以配為定,二意並存。

其二是科判之線。本節之科,澄觀就八十本逐文而立見敬諮問一科,於見正報下開設敬儀五事,復判長頌為「有百一十三頌」而分「初一指眾總歎」「末後一偈略示後友」「中間諸偈別歎勝德」三分,中間又析為三段五段——其數與底本逐偈實計悉合。法藏與智儼所科之經為六十本,故其牒句於八十本多無所對:法藏判見正報為欲見、遙見、歎德三分,別以授己法界總攝說頌以下;智儼判見正報相為五,別以辨入法界開為四。李通玄以十段科判之第五段標目本節起句,段下未展隨文之釋。四家分數與所依之骨互異,誌錄不判。

其三是異譯之線。此讚頌八十本一百一十三偈,六十本六十八偈,四十本則與八十本近乎逐字同構,所核抽文中見二偈為八十本所無;中段未逐字實計,未能窮舉。六十本首偈不作呼眾之語而直舉其名,故澄觀「初一指眾總歎」之科於六十本無所繫;八十本所有的彌勒摩頂與善財答頌一小段,六十本亦未見逐字對應之文。三本並存,據實錄之。

一位老師見了學生,先把他誇了一百一十三首,然後把他送回起點——這一節的次第,全在那個『送』字上。

Sudhana Has Made Fifty Journeys, and Meets the First Person Who Does Not Question Him First

From the monk Cloud of Virtue onward Sudhana journeyed southward the whole way, and Maitreya is the fifty-first. With the fifty before him the pattern was much the same: Sudhana arrives, pays respect, states his case, asks his question, and the good friend answers with Dharma. With Maitreya the pattern changes — Sudhana “wished with a single mind to see the bodhisattva Maitreya, to draw near to him and to make offerings to him,” and Maitreya is not waiting for him inside the pavilion but comes “from somewhere else,” bringing with him the devas, dragons, and the rest of the eight kinds of beings, Śakra and Brahmā and the guardians of the world, the retinue of the place where he had taken birth and the host of brahmins, encircling him before and behind. As soon as Sudhana saw him, he “was glad and exultant, and cast his five limbs to the ground.” And then Maitreya opened his mouth — but not to Sudhana.

A misreading must be set aside: this is not Maitreya standing on his dignity and ignoring the boy. Chengguan sets up three meanings upon the one clause “from somewhere else,” saying that “as for coming from somewhere else, it is because he transforms beings by going to meet what suits them, and because he returns to his own root,” and then adds one further clause: “and it also shows that Maitreya arrives with the thought that calls him, having no place he clings to.” He does not wait for people in one place because he does not dwell in any place; and he comes because someone has called him to mind.

Brought down to the ground: from beginning to end of this section Sudhana asks not one question, and only at the very last does he answer with two verses; all he does is cast himself to the ground and weep. What is to be learned does not necessarily come by way of question and answer.

Why It Is “Pointing Him Out to the Assembly” and Not Speaking to Sudhana

The scripture text says it plainly: Maitreya “looked upon Sudhana, pointed him out for the great assembly to see, and praised his merit and virtue.” To praise one person to the face of a large crowd is, in the world, a very awkward thing. Here Chengguan sets down one sentence that settles the intent of the whole long poem — glossing the two graphs “pointing out,” he says: “as for pointing him out, it is so that the assembly may see him together and, imitating him, may practice.”

That is to say: this long poem opens by addressing the assembly, and the praise both invites the assembly to see Sudhana and follow his example, and addresses him directly to encourage and gladden him — Chengguan judges the middle verses to open with “the first twenty-two verses, praise addressed directly to Sudhana,” and the close to be “summing up his many virtues and concluding the praise so as to gladden him.” And so the opening clause is “All of you, look upon this Sudhana,” and at the twenty-fourth verse it comes round again with “All of you, look upon this person” — Chengguan judges the former to be “the first verse, the general praise that points him out to the assembly,” and the latter to be the opening of the passage of praise that exhorts the assembly.

A misreading to be set aside: taking this to be Maitreya handing Sudhana a certificate of merit. If it were a certificate, why do it before everyone, and why go on for more than a hundred verses? Brought down to the ground: when a practitioner is spoken well of before others, if he hears it as a certificate this passage has been read for nothing; if he hears it as ‘so this is how the road is walked,’ then he stands on the side of the assembly — and the assembly is exactly whom Maitreya is speaking to.

The Nine ‘Welcomes’: What Is It That Is Being Welcomed

From the second verse, nine verses in a row open with “welcome,” and Chengguan judges them to be “the first nine, praising his virtue with ‘welcome.’” “Welcome” is a word for greeting a guest, and yet not one of the things Maitreya greets is a person’s standing. What he greets is: perfect and complete kindness, pure compassion, the eye of quiescence; pure intent, a vast mind, faculties that do not turn back; practice that is unshaken; walking the wondrous path, abiding in merit and virtue, going toward the fruit of buddhahood; taking virtue as one’s body, being nourished by the Dharma, practice without bound; leaving delusion behind; giving peace and joy; a true son of the Buddha; the knowledge that penetrates the three times.

There is an order here. The first three verses greet the ground of the mind — the eye of kindness and compassion, the intent and the mind and the faculties, all of them inward; from the fourth verse it turns to practice — unshaken practice, the constant seeking of good friends; the fifth and sixth speak of what practice moves toward and what it rests upon — going toward the fruit of buddhahood, taking virtue as one’s body, being nourished by the Dharma; the seventh speaks of practice unstained — “the dharmas of the world cannot stain you; gain, loss, blame, and praise — you make no distinction among them at all”; the eighth speaks of what practice counters — flattery, deceit, anger, and arrogance, all extinguished; and the last two speak of practice as everywhere and as long-enduring — going everywhere throughout the ten directions, knowing all dharmas everywhere, and “cultivating without weariness or aversion.”

A misreading to be set aside: taking “welcome” for a courtesy. Within the nine verses three forms of one thing recur — “cultivating without slackness or weariness,” “never having known weariness,” “without weariness or aversion” — and it is exactly this untiring quality that is being welcomed. Brought down to the ground: people constantly ask themselves whether they are cultivating rightly; these nine verses hand them another measure — ask yourself whether you have grown tired.

You Were Able to Come Because Outwardly There Were Good Friends and Inwardly There Was Virtue

The eleventh and twelfth verses Chengguan judges to be “next, two verses setting forth the causes and conditions of his coming,” glossing the reason for it as “because outwardly it is by good friends, and inwardly he is endowed with virtue and practice.” The two verses of the scripture text are divided exactly so: the former speaks of the outward condition — “Mañjuśrī, Cloud of Virtue, and the rest, all these sons of the Buddha, have made you come here to me, pointing you toward that place where there is no obstruction”; the latter speaks of the inward cause — “you have fully cultivated the bodhisattva practice, and have everywhere gathered in the many kinds of beings,” and therefore “a person as vast as this comes today here to me.”

There is one thing of importance in the placing of these two verses here: they assign half of Sudhana’s ability to be standing where he stands to other people. Mañjuśrī is the friend who set him out, Cloud of Virtue is the first, and of the forty-nine in between not one was met in vain — Maitreya gathers them all up in the single graph “and the rest.”

A misreading to be set aside: supposing that far along in cultivation one has no more use for people. At the fifty-first friend, near the very end, what Maitreya still says is “have made you come here to me,” and the subject of that sentence is those people. Brought down to the ground: one who has walked far can look back and name the names; a distance with no names to it has most likely gone astray.

What You Came For: Eleven Verses on “What He Has Come For,” with the Nine Similes and Three Offices of a Good Friend

The thirteenth through twenty-third verses Chengguan judges to be “the last eleven verses, setting forth what he has come for.” Within these eleven, the clause “and so you have come here to me” occurs six times. The first four come one upon another: to seek the pure realm of the tathāgatas and their vast vows; to cultivate the practices and works accomplished by the buddhas of the three times; to seek the wondrous Dharma and to receive the bodhisattva practice; to call good friends to mind. Then it occurs once at the close of the nine similes in the nineteenth verse, and once again at the close of the twenty-third.

And the longest single breath among them is the nine similes of the seventeenth through nineteenth verses. Maitreya speaks in Sudhana’s stead what a good friend is in his heart: “they bear me as father and mother do, they rear me as a wet-nurse does” — this is bearing and rearing; “as a physician heals many diseases, as the sky sprinkles down sweet dew” — this is healing and moistening; “as the sun points out the right road, as the moon turns forth a pure wheel” — this is illuminating and turning; “as a high mountain does not shake, as the great sea neither increases nor decreases” — this is not moving and not changing; “as a ferryman carries people across” — this is sending one over. The nine similes run from bearing and rearing all the way to liberation, driving the whole way through to the far shore.

The twentieth through twenty-second verses change to another set: “as upon a great and valiant general, and as upon a great caravan leader, and again as upon a great guide” — a valiant general can break the enemy, a caravan leader can procure the treasure, a guide can lead the road; and there follow seven clauses in parallel, each opening with “can”: raise up the banner of the right Dharma, display the merit and virtue of the buddhas, extinguish the many evil destinies, open the gate of the good destinies, make manifest the bodies of the buddhas, guard the treasuries of the buddhas, uphold the dharmas of the buddhas — the last clause gathering it in with “and therefore you vow to look up to them and serve them.” The twenty-third verse then speaks of the recompense sought: pure knowledge, an upright body, a noble house.

A misreading to be set aside: taking “wishing to be born into a noble house” for the seeking of the merit-reward of devas and humans. It stands in the same verse as “wishing to make full and complete a pure knowledge,” and it is the body one must depend upon in order to be a vessel for the Dharma — not a fruit that is being sought for itself. Brought down to the ground: these eleven verses are a list to put to oneself — what have you gone to a good friend for?

The Praise That Exhorts the Assembly, One: What He Has Cast Away, and You Are to Do Likewise

From the twenty-fourth verse the address turns back to the assembly again — “All of you, look upon this person: he draws near to good friends; all that he studies and cultivates, you should all follow and put into practice.” Chengguan judges the twenty-six verses from here on to be the praise that exhorts the assembly, and within the passage the first four are a general praise.

These four verses say three things. First, what it came from: “because of the causes and conditions of merit in former times, Mañjuśrī caused him to bring forth the mind” — merit laid down in the past, together with the one person who met him at the right moment. Second, what he does: “he follows along and does not go against them” — the first virtue Maitreya singles out in Sudhana is that he does not go against them. Third, what he casts away: “father and mother and kinsfolk, palace halls and property — all these he has left behind, humbling himself to seek good friends”; and what is gained after the casting away is “purifying his own intent in this way, he leaves the body of the world behind forever, and is to be born in a buddha-land.”

A misreading to be set aside: taking these four verses to be urging people to leave home and abandon their property. The order of the scripture text is “purifying his own intent in this way” first and “he leaves the body of the world behind forever” after — what is cast away is the clinging within the intent, and the outward casting away is its result, not its substitute. Brought down to the ground: this passage is addressed to the onlookers, and its words are the plainest of all — what you are looking at is not how well he asks about the Dharma, but that he can let go and does not go against them.

The Compassion That Is Knowledge Itself: Three Verses of “Sudhana Sees Sentient Beings” and One of “Sentient Beings Dwell in Darkness”

The twenty-eighth through thirty-first verses Chengguan judges to be “next, four verses praising the compassion that is knowledge itself.” The first three are identical in construction, each opening with “Sudhana sees that sentient beings”: he sees that sentient beings have the suffering of birth, old age, sickness, and death, and therefore brings forth the intent of great compassion; he sees that sentient beings constantly turn about within the five destinies, and therefore seeks the adamantine knowledge; he sees that the field of the minds of sentient beings is exceedingly rank and overgrown, and therefore seeks the sharp plough of knowledge. The fourth does not begin from Sudhana’s seeing but first writes the condition sentient beings are in — “sentient beings dwell in the darkness of delusion, their eyes blind and their minds obscured, and they have lost the right road” — and then says, “Sudhana acts as their guide, pointing them toward the place of peace and safety.”

What matters is the direction of cause and effect in these four verses: it is not that compassion is there first and then one goes to look, but that one has seen and then compassion arises. And what arises is not mere pity either — what the second verse seeks is the adamantine knowledge, and what the third seeks is the sharp plough of knowledge, and both are knowledge. Chengguan labels these four verses the compassion that is knowledge itself, and this is exactly the point: such compassion has knowledge packed inside it, and so it does not come to rest in lamenting; it goes and gets tools.

A misreading to be set aside: taking compassion for a kind of emotion. If it were emotion, seeing suffering would only make one sorry; but in the four verses of the scripture text three see suffering and the fourth states outright the darkness of sentient beings, and what all four run on to is a verb — brings forth, seeks, seeks, acts as. Brought down to the ground: test your own compassion by whether it has turned into some definite thing you must go and learn.

The Knowledge That Is Compassion Itself: From the Armor of Patience to the Lamp of the Dharma, Seven Verses of Tools

The thirty-second through thirty-eighth verses are “next, seven verses praising the knowledge that is compassion itself.” Six of the seven take Sudhana himself as the thing likened: patience under insult for armor, liberation for a vehicle, wisdom for a sword, breaking within the three kinds of existence the bandits that are the afflictions; he acts as a ferryman of the Dharma, making sentient beings “cross the great sea of the knowable and swiftly reach the pure isle of jewels”; he acts as the sun of right awakening, taking the light of knowledge as the wheel of his great vow to shine everywhere upon the deluded multitude; he acts as the moon of right awakening, illuminating equally the minds of sentient beings with the cool light of the concentration that is kindness; he acts as a sea of surpassing knowledge, abiding in reliance upon a straight and upright mind; he acts as a dragon of great mind, rising into the empty space of the Dharma realm to raise clouds and send down moisture; he acts as the lamp of the Dharma — “faith is the wick, kindness and compassion are the oil, right mindfulness is the vessel, merit and virtue are the light” — extinguishing the darkness of the three poisons.

One term here must be glossed first. Chengguan glosses it thus: “as for eryan, it means here the knowable,” and cites a treatise saying that the ground of eryan is the tenth ground, spoken of with reference to the exhausting and cutting off of the ten kinds of obstruction to the knowable. So “crossing the sea of the knowable” is not crossing over knowledge; it is crossing over the obstruction that is the knowable.

A misreading to be set aside: taking these seven verses for a display of literary ornament. Look at that lamp — faith is the wick, kindness and compassion the oil, mindfulness the vessel, merit and virtue the light; let one of the four be missing and the lamp does not burn. This is taking a single matter apart into what can be inspected. Brought down to the ground: every one of these seven verses can serve as a self-examination — the first sets side by side the armor of patience, the vehicle of liberation, and the sword of wisdom, and after it come in order the boat, the sun, the moon, the sea, the dragon, and the lamp; which of them do you have about you now?

The General Praise of His Many Virtues: How a Mind Grows Up

The thirty-ninth through forty-fourth verses are “next, six verses in general praise of his many virtues.” The first two are the strangest set of similes in the whole poem. The first likens the mind of awakening to entering the womb: “the mind of awakening is the jialuoluo within the womb, compassion is the caul and kindness the flesh, the limbs of awakening are the limbs and joints” — the jialuoluo is the stage of the beginning of conception, compassion is the caul that wraps it, kindness is the flesh that grows upon it, the limbs of awakening are the limbs and the joints, and what grows there is “the treasury of the tathāgatas.” The second goes on to what is possessed once it has grown: the treasury of merit, the treasury of wisdom, the treasury of skillful means, the treasury of great vows — four treasuries, each with its own verb: increases, purifies, opens and displays, brings forth.

The last four turn to what is outwardly manifest: an adornment as great as this can rescue and protect the many kinds of beings, and is hard to hear of and hard to see among devas and humans; a tree of wisdom such as this has roots so deep it cannot be shaken and gives shade everywhere to the many kinds of beings; and the last two gather back to the cause — wishing to bring forth every virtue, to ask about every dharma, to cut off every doubt; wishing to break the demons of delusion, to remove the defilements of views, to loose the bonds of sentient beings — and the closing clause of both verses is the very same clause, “seek out good friends with a single mind.”

A misreading to be set aside: taking the simile of the womb for mere rhetoric. It answers a question very hard to answer — where is the mind of awakening once it has been brought forth? The answer is: it is growing, and it grows in the same manner as a child in the womb, first the stage, then the form, then the limbs and joints. Brought down to the ground: it is an ordinary thing to see no progress after bringing forth the mind; what is in the womb was never visible to begin with.

The Wondrous Fruit That Is to Be Accomplished: The Tone Turns upon the Graph “Is To”

The forty-fifth through forty-ninth verses Chengguan judges to be “the last five verses, praising the wondrous fruit that is to be accomplished.” The graph “is to” does not first appear here — the twenty-seventh verse already has the clause “is to be born in a buddha-land”; but from these five verses onward “is to” becomes the bone of the whole poem, coming twelve times over within the five. Is to extinguish the many evil destinies, is to point out the road of devas and humans; is to cross over the difficulties of views, is to cut through the nets of views, is to dry up the waters of craving and desire, is to point out the road of the three kinds of existence; is to become the refuge of the world, is to become the light of the world, is to become the teacher of the three realms; is to make the world everywhere leave the grasping at perception, everywhere awaken those asleep in the afflictions, everywhere come out of the mire of craving and desire; is to penetrate the many kinds of dharmas, is to purify the many kinds of lands.

“Is to” is the future, and a settled future at that — not ‘it may perhaps be’ but ‘it shall be.’ What Maitreya does here the ancient worthies call the declaring of a destiny: not the foretelling of good or ill fortune, but the stating, from the causes a person has before him now, of the fruit he must necessarily arrive at. The forty-four verses before spoke of what Sudhana already has; from these five onward they speak of what Sudhana is to accomplish.

A misreading to be set aside: taking the conferring of a prediction for special treatment given to a special person. The hearers of this passage are the assembly, and Maitreya immediately goes on to say, “if there be one whose mind reveres and admires this, he too should study in this way.” Brought down to the ground: the reason one dares to say “is to” is that all those “already”s before it are true.

Praise Addressed Again to Sudhana, One: Twenty-Six Verses of “Is To,” Laying the Fruit to Come Out as a Map

From the fiftieth verse the address turns a third time — back to Sudhana himself. Chengguan judges the sixty-three verses from here on to be the praise addressed again to Sudhana, of which “the first twenty-six verses praise the virtue of his fruit to come,” and he says that “the first two are general and the rest are all particular.” The two general ones are “your conduct is exceedingly pliant, your mind is very pure” and “before long you will see the buddhas, penetrate all dharmas”; and the twenty-four beneath them are all particular.

These twenty-four make much use of parallel clauses: in some, within a single verse, one and the same graph comes four times running; in others it comes three times. The sea of practice, the sea of dharmas, the sea of sentient beings; the far shore of merit and virtue, the many good qualities, the equal of the sons of the Buddha; every delusion, every deed, every demon; the path of wondrous knowledge, the path of the right Dharma, the path of the many sufferings; and then the wheel — “the wheel that is all sentient beings sinks lost within the wheel of the many kinds of existence; you are to turn the wheel of the Dharma, and make them cut off the wheel of suffering.” The fifteen verses that follow take one graph each, and each has its own reference:

Lineage — “you are to uphold the lineage of the Buddha”: the lineage of the Buddha is what is upheld, the lineage of the Dharma is what is purified, the lineage of the Saṃgha is what is gathered up; the Three Jewels here become three things to be done.

Net — “you are to cut off the many nets of craving”: the net of craving, the net of views, and the net of suffering are the three that are broken, while the closing clause, “you are to accomplish this net of vows,” turns the net over into a thing to be accomplished.

Realm — “you are to liberate the realm of sentient beings”: the realm of sentient beings is what is liberated, the realm of lands is what is purified, the realm of wisdom is what is gathered up, and the closing clause gathers it in with “you are to accomplish this realm of the mind.”

Rejoicing — “you are to make sentient beings rejoice”: those made to rejoice are threefold, sentient beings, bodhisattvas, and the buddhas, and then “you are to accomplish rejoicing such as this.”

Seeing — “you are to see every destiny”: destinies, lands, and dharmas, all three are what is seen, and what is accomplished is “a buddha’s seeing such as this.”

Light — “you are to send forth the light that breaks the darkness”: the light that breaks darkness, the light that stills heat, and the light that extinguishes evil each answer to one sickness, and what is washed away is “the suffering of the three kinds of existence.”

Gate — “you are to open the gate of birth among the devas”: the gate of birth among the devas, the gate of the buddha-path, and the gate of liberation are opened one after another, and the closing clause, “making sentient beings enter it everywhere,” brings out that the opening of a gate is done for others.

Road — “you are to point out the right road”: one pointing out and one cutting off — pointing out the right road, cutting off the wrong roads — and then “you accomplish the road of awakening.”

Sea, the first — “you are to cultivate the sea of merit and virtue”: the sea of merit and virtue is what is cultivated, the sea of the three kinds of existence is what is crossed, and what is carried across is “everywhere making the sea of the many kinds of beings come forth from the sea of the many sufferings.”

Sea, the second — “to dry up the sea of the afflictions”: within the sea of sentient beings their sea of afflictions is dried up, “to make them cultivate the sea of the many practices” and “swiftly enter the sea of great knowledge.”

Sea, the third — “you are to increase the sea of knowledge”: the sea of knowledge and the sea of practice increase together, and what is fulfilled is “the sea of the great vows of the buddhas.”

Sea, the fourth — “you are to enter the sea of lands”: after entering the sea of lands and contemplating the sea of the assemblies comes “to drink up everywhere the sea of the many dharmas.”

Cloud — “you are to go and behold the clouds that are the buddhas”: beholding the buddhas, raising up offerings, and listening to the Dharma, three matters, all of them returning to “you are to raise up clouds of vows such as these.”

Chamber — “to roam everywhere the chamber of the three kinds of existence”: the chamber of the three kinds of existence is what is roamed, the chamber of the many delusions is what is destroyed, the chamber of the tathāgatas is what is entered.

Gate, appearing a second time — “to enter everywhere the gate of samādhi”: the gates of samādhi, of liberation, and of spiritual power are entered together, and what is reached is “moving throughout the Dharma realm.”

Of the last four verses, three take similes to close: the light of the sun and the moon, a bird moving through empty space, the net of Indra; and the fourth takes no simile but says outright, “you are to enter the Dharma realm, going everywhere to the many worlds, seeing everywhere the buddhas of the three times, and in your mind great joy will arise.”

A misreading to be set aside: taking this for saying the same thing over again. Look closely at that graph “wheel,” which occurs four times with a different sense each time — sentient beings themselves are a wheel, the many kinds of existence are a wheel, the Dharma is a wheel, suffering is a wheel; one and the same graph is set in four positions precisely to show that these four are at root the turning of one thing. Brought down to the ground: the repeating construction of this sūtra is not extravagance of style; it means to make a person stay a little longer upon one graph.

The Twofold Praise of Virtue Present and to Come: What Is Already Gained and What Is to Be Gained, Counted Together

The seventy-sixth through eighty-second verses Chengguan judges to be “second, the seven verses beneath ‘as for the many Dharma gateways,’ which twofoldly praise virtue present and to come” — twofold meaning that the present and the coming are spoken of together. The first verse puts both ends into a single clause: “as for the many Dharma gateways — those you have already gained and those you are yet to gain,” and what should be brought forth is great joy and exultation, and that “with neither craving nor weariness.” The six that follow: you are a vessel of merit and virtue, able to follow the teaching of the buddhas, able to cultivate the bodhisattva practice, and so you have seen a thing so rare; sons of the Buddha such as these are hard to meet with in a hundred million kalpas, how much more so to see their merit and virtue and the wondrous paths they cultivate; born among humankind, you have gained great benefit and have seen Mañjuśrī and the rest and measureless merit and virtue; you have already left the evil destinies, already come out of the difficult places, already gone beyond the sufferings and troubles; you have already left the ground of ordinary beings and already come to abide upon the ground of bodhisattvas, and are to make full the ground of wisdom and swiftly to enter the ground of the tathāgatas; the bodhisattva practice is like the sea and the Buddha’s knowledge is the same as empty space, and your vow is just so.

The eighty-first is the one most worth pausing over: its first two clauses speak of what is already done and its last two of what is to come — already left the ground of ordinary beings and already come to abide upon the ground of bodhisattvas is the present; is to make full the ground of wisdom and swiftly to enter the ground of the tathāgatas is the coming. One verse and it is a complete map.

A misreading to be set aside: taking “with neither craving nor weariness” for an exhortation to be indifferent. It follows upon “you should bring forth great joy and exultation” — the joy is to be had; only, within the joy, one adds no craving to it and does not let it turn to weariness. Brought down to the ground: if the gladness one has in the Dharma carries with it a wish to have a little more, that gladness has begun to spoil.

Praise of the Virtue of Meeting with Friends: Where the Difference Lies Between a Vessel for the Dharma and One Who Is Not

The eighty-third through ninetieth verses are “third, the eight verses beneath ‘your faculties,’ praising the virtue of his meeting with friends.” The eight speak of the two sides of one and the same matter. On the near side: his faculties are without slackness or weariness and his aspiration is constant and settled, and so he draws near to good friends and “before long all of this will be brought to fullness”; he is endowed with merit beyond conceiving and with true faith, and so today he has been able to see the sons of the Buddha; within the three kinds of existence he is able to cultivate the bodhisattva practice, and so the sons of the Buddha are willing to point out to him the gate of liberation; the buddhas guard him in mind and the bodhisattvas gather him in.

On the far side there is only one verse, and it is the coldest clause in the whole poem: “one who is not a vessel for the Dharma, though he dwell together with a son of the Buddha, though measureless kalpas pass, will not come to know that realm.” Dwelling together and yet not knowing — this clause separates ‘meeting’ and ‘getting’ once and for all. And Maitreya adds a further clause: “the many kinds of bodhisattva conduct are all for the taming of sentient beings; you cultivate the many Dharma gateways everywhere — by no means give rise to doubt.” Not doubting is the most important boundary between being a vessel and not being one.

A misreading to be set aside: taking whether one meets a teacher for a matter of luck. The scripture text says it plainly: one who is not a vessel knows nothing even dwelling together for measureless kalpas; so the question is not whether one meets, but whether one is a vessel. Brought down to the ground: whether you can learn anything from a person mostly does not depend upon that person.

Praise of the Swift Accomplishment of the Virtue of Station and Practice: The Station of Consecration, and That One Seed

The ninety-first through ninety-fifth verses are “fourth, the five verses praising the swift accomplishment of the virtue of station and practice.” The first carries the station to its very summit: “you have already been born into the family of the bodhisattvas, you are already fully endowed with the virtue of the bodhisattvas, you have already grown up the lineage of the tathāgatas, and you are to ascend to the station of consecration” — consecration is the rite by which a prince succeeds to the throne, and used here it says the utmost of the bodhisattva stations. The second speaks of its function: to be the equal of the sons of the Buddha, and, seeing sentient beings in suffering and distress, to set them all in a place of peace and safety.

The third is the plainest statement of principle in the whole poem: “one who has sown such a seed as this will surely obtain such a fruit as this,” and therefore “I today congratulate and console you.” The fourth sets him against others: measureless bodhisattvas cultivating the work of the path for measureless kalpas are still not able to accomplish this practice, and today he has gained the whole of it. The fifth explains why this is so — “by the power of faith and delight and of firm and vigorous effort, Sudhana has accomplished a practice such as this” — and at once hands the words over to the hearers: “if there be one whose mind reveres and admires this, he too should study in this way.”

A misreading to be set aside: taking the fourth verse to be saying that Sudhana has surpassed those bodhisattvas. The fifth verse, coming straight after, gives the reason — faith and delight and firm effort are both of them things that can be studied, and this is why Maitreya dares to say “he too should study in this way.” Brought down to the ground: this passage falls from the highest station, consecration, back to the lowest cause, faith and effort, and between them lies nothing but a single seed.

Setting Forth His Many Virtues Together and Concluding in Praise So That Gladness May Arise: All That Is Born from Vow and Aspiration

The ninety-sixth through hundred and twelfth verses are “fifth, the seventeen verses setting forth his many virtues together and concluding in praise so that gladness may arise,” the longest passage in the whole poem. It opens by setting up the theme: “every practice of merit and virtue is born from vow and aspiration,” and then takes as its simile a dragon spreading thick clouds from which a great rain must surely fall — where the clouds rise the rain is settled, and where the knowledge of vow rises the practice is settled.

From there it turns into a very weighty set of contrasts. Through measureless kalpas you cast away the body in vain for the sake of desire, and only today, casting it away for awakening, is the casting called good; through measureless kalpas you received in full the suffering of birth and death, and yet never served the buddhas nor heard of this practice; and today you have gained a human body and met with buddhas and with good friends — “how could you not rejoice!” Three verses further on lay down sieve after sieve: even meeting a buddha arisen in the world and meeting good friends too, if the mind be not pure one still does not hear this Dharma; only with faith and delight and reverence toward good friends, leaving doubt behind and never wearying, does one get to hear it; and if one hears and raises up a mind of vowing, one has already gained vast benefit.

The last several verses speak of fruit and practice advancing together: with a pure mind one constantly draws near to buddhas and bodhisattvas and assuredly accomplishes awakening; entering this Dharma gateway one is endowed with the many merits and virtues and leaves the evil destinies forever; before long one casts away the body and is born into a buddha-land, constantly seeing the buddhas of the ten directions. And what makes this possible is three things put together — “causes laid down in former times, together with a pure understanding today, and together with the power of serving good friends” — whose increase is “just as a lotus flower is born within water.” At the last it comes back to the four things to be done now: delight in serving good friends, make offerings diligently to all buddhas, listen to the Dharma with a concentrated mind, and constantly practice thus without slackness.

A misreading to be set aside: taking “how could you not rejoice!” for a rhetorical question. The two verses before it set out the wasted labor of measureless kalpas, and this question is forced out by that contrast. Brought down to the ground: these seventeen verses write the rarity of a single lifetime out as one sieve after another — meeting a buddha, meeting a friend, purity of mind, leaving doubt, raising a vow — and if one sieve is missing one does not reach the next.

The Last Verse: He Sends the Man Back to Mañjuśrī

In the last of the hundred and thirteen verses Maitreya does not keep Sudhana with him: “you should go to the place of Mañjuśrī, the one of great knowledge; he will make you gain the deep and wondrous practice of Samantabhadra.” Chengguan judges this to be “the last one verse, briefly pointing out the next friend.”

The placing of this verse weighs much. Maitreya is the person to whom the mark of gathering virtue and accomplishing the cause is assigned, and Chengguan sets up his name as “setting forth the mark of gathering virtue and accomplishing the cause” — gathering the virtue of all the stations before in order to accomplish the cause of the fruit to come. And the one who gathers virtue does not keep the student: he sends him back to the friend who set him out, and from Mañjuśrī he is to enter the practice of Samantabhadra. Sudhana’s answering verses afterward also call one person only to mind: “it is because of Mañjuśrī that I have seen those who are hard to see.”

A misreading to be set aside: taking this for a courteous deferral. The friend who set him out and the friend at the end are the same person, and this is a circle in the very structure of this assembly — setting out from Mañjuśrī, seeing more than fifty friends everywhere, coming back to Mañjuśrī, and then entering Samantabhadra. Brought down to the ground: a road that has truly been walked through comes back to where it began; one that cannot come back is most likely still halfway.

Sudhana Wept, and the Flowers Filled His Hands of Themselves

After the long poem the scripture text writes Sudhana’s response: “he was glad and exultant, the hairs of his body all stood on end, and he wept with grief and choked upon his sobs.” Gladness and weeping happen at the same moment. This section writes Sudhana’s inward state in two places: on first seeing Maitreya it was “glad and exultant, and cast his five limbs to the ground,” and after hearing the praise it is “glad and exultant, the hairs of his body all stood on end, and he wept with grief and choked upon his sobs” — the same gladness and exultation, only that this time the hairs standing on end and the weeping are added. Chengguan outlines this as the setting out of the form of reverence again, in three parts: first, distinguishing the cause of the reverence, which is the hearing of the praise of his virtue; next, the grieving reverence of body and mind; last, the offering of flowers that displays his sincerity.

The passage of the offering is stranger still: Sudhana carried no offerings upon him, and yet “because of the power of Mañjuśrī’s mindful intent, many kinds of flowers, strings of jewels, and many kinds of subtle and wondrous treasures, without his being aware of it, all at once filled his hands of themselves.” Chengguan brings out what each thing stands for, saying that Mañjuśrī’s power of mindful intent “shows that it is by faith and knowledge,” and further that “the flowers are established by virtue, and the strings of jewels are accomplished by practice,” and that “as for saying they filled his hands, it is because faith and knowledge are full,” and last that “as for scattering them over Maitreya, it is because the cause is gathered and accomplished, and because the fruit to come is brought about.”

A misreading to be set aside: taking “without his being aware of it, they all at once filled his hands of themselves” for a display of spiritual power. Chengguan’s reading runs exactly the other way — the offerings are there of themselves because faith and knowledge are already full; the flowers are virtue and the strings of jewels are practice, and they were from the first the very things he had cultivated into being himself. Brought down to the ground: at a certain point offering needs no separate preparation, because what is in one’s hands is just what one has made of these years.

The Stroking of the Crown and the Answering Verses: In Two Verses He Calls Only One Person to Mind

Maitreya strokes the crown of Sudhana’s head and speaks one verse: “it is good indeed, it is good indeed, true son of the Buddha! You urge on all your faculties everywhere without slackness or weariness; before long you will be fully endowed with the many kinds of merit and virtue, just as Mañjuśrī is, and as I am.” After a hundred and thirteen verses have been spoken, the one spoken with his own mouth to him has only four clauses, and the last clause sets Sudhana in the same row as Mañjuśrī and himself.

Sudhana answers with two. The first speaks of the meeting: good friends are hard to meet with in a hundred million kalpas, and today he has been able to draw near to them one by one and so has come to the place of the venerable one. The second speaks of calling to mind: “it is because of Mañjuśrī that I have seen those who are hard to see; that venerable one of great merit and virtue — may he return soon, that I may look up to him and behold him” — he stands before the fifty-first good friend, and yet the vow he brings forth is the wish to see Mañjuśrī again soon. Chengguan outlines this as rejoicing at the meeting and calling to mind his kindness.

A misreading to be set aside: supposing that Sudhana is distracted here. The intent of the scripture text is precisely the calling to mind of kindness — and this is why Chengguan’s outline uses those two graphs, calling to mind kindness. Brought down to the ground: to remember, having walked to the farthest place, who it was that started you out is what is called calling to mind kindness; and this section sets it in the very last clause, as the conclusion of the whole road.

Lineage

In the text of this section there are three lines of what it receives from before and what it opens out afterward.

The first is the line of the assigning of stations. Maitreya is assigned the mark of gathering virtue and accomplishing the cause; the name is not one the scripture text sets up for itself but an outline of the ancient worthies. The Huayan jing kongmu zhang sets up “the friend of the mark of gathering virtue and accomplishing the cause,” and Chengguan receives it and sets it up as the third of the five marks of the last assembly, while the Tanxuan ji and the Souxuan ji each bring out their own wording — four houses with differing names all pointing at one and the same matter. And as for the assigning of stations, Chengguan has even-handed words of his own, saying: “both have their reason. Since each single station is endowed with many Dharma gateways, how could an ordinary mind be barred from studying and seeking the dharma of good friends? — and so not to match them has its reason. Yet within the absence of sequence of stations the sequence of stations is not obstructed, and to display the stations is the ordinary rule, so that to match them is also without fault. The crosswise and the lengthwise being unobstructed, for now I follow the ancient worthies in matching them as five marks.” He takes the matching of the ancient worthies and yet does not take the matching as fixed; the two intents stand together.

The second is the line of the outlines. As for the outlining of this section, Chengguan follows the eighty-fascicle text clause by clause and sets up the one outline of seeing, paying respect, and inquiring, opening beneath the seeing of the direct recompense the five matters of setting out the form of reverence, and further judging the long poem to “have a hundred and thirteen verses” and dividing it into three, “the first one verse, the general praise that points him out to the assembly,” “the last one verse, briefly pointing out the next friend,” and “the verses in between, praising his surpassing virtue in particular” — the middle being further analyzed into three passages and five passages, and their numbers agreeing throughout with a verse-by-verse counting of the base text. Fazang and Zhiyan outlined the sixty-fascicle text, and so their citation-clauses mostly have nothing to answer to in the eighty: Fazang divides the seeing of the direct recompense into three, wishing to see, seeing at a distance, and praising his virtue, and gathers everything from the speaking of the verses onward under conferring his own Dharma realm; Zhiyan divides the mark of seeing the direct recompense into five, and separately opens the distinguishing of the entering of the Dharma realm into four. Li Tongxuan takes the opening clause of this section as the heading of the fifth passage of his outline in ten passages, and beneath that passage he unfolds no clause-by-clause gloss. The four houses differ in their numbers and in the bone they rely upon. Recorded without adjudication.

The third is the line of the parallel translations. This poem of praise has a hundred and thirteen verses in the eighty, sixty-eight verses in the sixty, and the forty is nearly identical to the eighty graph for graph, with two verses seen in the extract collated that the eighty does not have; the middle portion has not been counted graph by graph, and so the account cannot be made exhaustive. The first verse of the sixty is not a clause of calling out to the assembly but names him directly, and so Chengguan’s outline of “the first one verse, the general praise that points him out to the assembly” has nothing to fasten to in the sixty; and the short passage of Maitreya’s stroking of the crown and Sudhana’s answering verses, which the eighty has, is likewise not seen in the sixty as a graph-for-graph correspondence. The three witnesses stand together, and are recorded as they are.

A teacher saw his student, praised him first in a hundred and thirteen verses, and then sent him back to where he began — and the whole order of this section lies in that one graph, ‘sending.’

品三十九 入法界品 · 彌勒菩薩(三)正授法界·菩提心功德(攝德成因相)Entering the Dharma Realm · Maitreya, Part Three: Directly Conferring the Dharma Realm and the Merit and Virtue of the Mind of Awakening (The Mark of Gathering Virtue and Accomplishing the Cause)

全文五層 →Full five layers →
義疏Exposition

善財已經發過心了,為什麼還要再問一次

善財到彌勒這裡,開口第一句是自陳:「大聖!我已先發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心,而我未知菩薩云何學菩薩行?云何修菩薩道?」發心在前,不知在後——這是本節全部問題的形狀。澄觀科這一段,說諮問「中二:先自陳發心、後「而我未知」下正問法要」,把「已發」與「未知」分作兩截,正是要人看見這兩截並不矛盾。

要排一個誤解:以為發了菩提心就等於知道怎麼修,於是誰若還在問『怎麼做』,就表示他其實沒發心。善財從福城起,一路南行,經一百一十位善知識,到這裡仍然問「云何學」。發心是門,不是路;進了門,路還要一步一步問。

落到地上:檢驗自己有沒有發心,不看還問不問;看的是問了之後走不走。善財的問,是走出來的問。

五十句歎德:一生當得的人,已經是什麼樣

善財問法之前,先用一長串句子歎彌勒——因為一切如來授彌勒記,一生當得無上菩提。自「則已超越一切菩薩所住處」以下,四十五句以「則已」起,一氣直下,末五句轉作「已」,末以「已能速踐一切智位」收。澄觀判這一段說「別有五十句,皆因圓果滿德」,並指出這歎德本身就是問端:「即以此德亦為問端」。

為什麼歎人可以當作問?因為所歎的正是所求的。善財不是在恭維,他是在把「果」擺出來,然後問「因」怎麼走。五十句裡有超越住處、出過離生位、圓滿波羅蜜、深入諸忍門、具足諸地、遊戲解脫門,也有破煩惱魔軍的大勇將、出生死曠野的大導師、治諸惑重病的大醫王、生死海中的船師——前半是自證,後半是化他。

要排一個誤解:以為這是文辭鋪張。它是一份清單,善財把彌勒身上的每一項都點出來,就是在說『這些我都要,請告訴我路』。落到地上:問一個人問題之前,先弄清楚自己要的是什麼;問題的品質,取決於這一步。

他問的是『怎麼學』,不是『那是什麼』

結問一段,善財再把問題重述一遍:「菩薩云何學菩薩行?云何修菩薩道?」接著列出他要這條路做到的事——隨所修學能疾得具足一切佛法、悉能度脫所念眾生、普能成滿所發大願、普能究竟所起諸行、普能安慰一切天人,末後四句尤其重:「不負自身,不斷三寶,不虛一切佛菩薩種,能持一切諸佛法眼。」澄觀科此為「結問請說,兼顯問意」——「兼顯問意」四字是關鍵,問句之外還帶著問的理由。

要排一個誤解:以為求法就是求知識。善財所列的五項六項,沒有一項是「知道」,全是『能夠』。他要的是行得出來的東西。

落到地上:向人求教之前,把『我要它做到什麼』說清楚;說得清楚,答的人才知道要給什麼。彌勒接下來給的不是一套次第表,正因為善財問的不是次第表。

彌勒為什麼先對大眾說,不先對善財說

善財問完,彌勒沒有立刻回答,而是「觀察一切道場眾會,指示善財而作是言:「諸仁者!汝等見此長者子,今於我所問菩薩行諸功德不?」」——他先對眾會說話,說的內容是善財。澄觀科這一大段,說「先為大眾讚歎善財,即是歎人;後為善財讚菩提心,即是讚法」,一歎人、一讚法,是兩截。法藏科同一段時也把它擺在最前,說是「為己眷屬歎善財德,令人倣習」。

要排一個誤解:以為這是客套的引言。它有明確的作用——彌勒稱歎善財這一段結束時,經文自己記了結果:「令無量百千眾生發菩提心已」。也就是說,這段話當場度了人。

落到地上:善知識答一個人的問,往往同時在教一堂課。彌勒的第一個動作,是把一個人的問題變成一屋子人的功課。

一百一十位善知識:所歎的是行,不是解

彌勒歎善財,先總說他「勇猛精進,志願無雜,深心堅固,恒不退轉」,接著點出事實:「曩於福城受文殊教,展轉南行求善知識,經由一百一十善知識已,然後而來至於我所,未曾暫起一念疲懈。」澄觀就這一句下判語,說一時之勤還算不得可歎,「自始暨末一念無懈故為可稱」。

要留意:這裡所歎的沒有一句是『他懂得多少』。全是走了多遠、事奉了多少人、有沒有懈。彌勒接著又說他「見善知識情無厭足,事善知識身不疲懈,聞善知識所有教誨常樂順行未曾違逆」——見、事、聞三事,一事一句。

落到地上:判斷自己在道上有沒有進步,不必去量解得多深。量三件事就夠了:見到善知識還想不想見,事奉起來身體累不累,聽到教誨順不順著行。

救護之相:二十三句與二十一句

彌勒稱歎善財的第二層,講他「發心救護一切眾生」之後所作。經文用兩組排比說。第一組自「解脫諸苦,超諸惡趣」起,一路是「斷貪鞅,解見縛,壞想宅,絕迷道,摧慢幢,拔惑箭,撤睡蓋,裂愛網」,末以「出生死」收——每一句都是把某一種纏縛當作實物來拆。第二組換一個句法:先說是什麼人,再說給他什麼法——「為被四流漂泊者,造大法船;為被見泥沒溺者,立大法橋;為被癡暗昏迷者,然大智燈」,直到「著生死者,令其趣入一切智城」。

要排一個誤解:以為救護眾生是一件籠統的善意。這兩組排比顯示它是分別的:漂泊的給船,沒溺的給橋,昏迷的給燈,有病的給藥,憂惱的給慰諭,落網的給智劍。什麼病給什麼藥,不是一味通用。

落到地上:發了願要利益人,接著就要學會分辨面前這一個人是哪一種難處。這一段是彌勒為善財的行所作的註腳,也是為讀的人立的一把尺。

展轉倍更難得:發心之後才是難處

稱歎的第三層,彌勒用了一組層層加碼的句子:「若有眾生能發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心,是為希有;若發心已,又能如是精進方便集諸佛法,倍為希有」——之後連下十餘個「又能如是」:求菩薩道、淨菩薩行、事善知識、如救頭然、順知識教、堅固修行、集菩提分、不求名聞利養、不捨菩薩純一之心、不樂家宅不著欲樂不戀父母親戚知識、不顧身命唯願勤修一切智道,末以一句收:「應知展轉倍更難得。」

要排一個誤解:以為發心是最難的一關,過了就好。經文的語勢正相反——發心只是第一層希有,後面每一層都在加倍。特別是「不捨菩薩純一之心」與「不顧身命」兩句,放在最後,是最難的兩層。

落到地上:不要把發心當作已經完成的事來紀念。它是計數的起點,不是終點。

一生與多劫:時間為什麼會不一樣

稱歎的末層,彌勒把兩種時間並排:「餘諸菩薩經於無量百千萬億那由他劫,乃能滿足菩薩願行」,而善財「於一生內」就能淨佛剎、化眾生、以智慧深入法界、成就諸波羅蜜、增廣一切諸行、圓滿一切大願、超出一切魔業、承事一切善友、清淨諸菩薩道、具足普賢諸行——十句一氣。

這一組對舉不是憑空來的。善財問端所歎的彌勒,正是「一生當得阿耨多羅三藐三菩提」;如今彌勒回過來說善財「於一生內」能作十事。問的人與被問的人,在「一生」這件事上對上了。

要排一個誤解:以為這是說有人天生就快。經文給的理由在前面幾段——一百一十位善知識,一念不懈。快不是省了路,是走的時候沒有停。落到地上:所謂頓,是在不停之中看出來的,不是在跳過之中看出來的。

善哉善哉,汝獲善利:一個「何以故」把話題轉了

彌勒向眾會稱歎善財既畢,才對善財說話:「善哉善哉!善男子!汝為饒益一切世間,汝為救護一切眾生,汝為勤求一切佛法故,發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心。」接著是十句「汝獲善利」——得人身、住壽命、值如來出現、見文殊師利大善知識、身是善器、為善根所潤澤、為白法所資持、解欲清淨、為諸佛護念、為善友攝受。澄觀把這兩截判作「初標歎發心」與「二「汝獲善利」下歎其發心之器成益」。

然後經文問了一句「何以故?」——這一問是全子的樞紐。澄觀替它把意思說明白,說徵意是「所以歎善哉獲善利者,何耶?」而釋意是「菩提心具德故」。也就是說,底下兩百多句譬喻,全是這一個「何以故」的答案。

落到地上:讀底下的長串比喻若覺得繁,就把這一問記住——彌勒不是在讚美一顆心,他是在回答『這個人憑什麼算是得了大好處』。

前一批一百一十八句:一個句式,一百一十八次

自「菩提心者,猶如種子,能生一切諸佛法故」起,經文用同一個句式連下一百一十八次:先標「菩提心者」,中安一喻,末以「故」字說明取義。作「猶如」者、作「如」者、作「則為」者三形交錯,句法不變。澄觀於此標明分數,說前一批是「初一百一十八句明菩提心遍該諸地」,後一批是「一百三句」,二者合計即他所標的總數。

澄觀讀這一百一十八句用了兩把尺,他自己說得很清楚:「橫則一一發心皆具諸句之德,竪則別配諸位發心。」橫是說任一句所歎之德,發心的當下就全有;竪是說這一串句子的次第,可以配上從種性到究竟的位次。他隨即承光統師之說,把一百一十八句分作十二段配十二住。

要排一個誤解:以為配了位就是說初心的人只得第一段的德。澄觀在配完之後自己就把這層封住了,說「其中文義皆與彼位相應,恐繁不屬故」,又說「始於種子、終於惑習,明竪義彰矣。然斷習等,推功歸本由初發心,則橫具諸德於理明矣」——末後那些斷惑習的功德,推起源頭仍然是初發心。

落到地上:底下讀十二段,兩把尺要同時拿著。看次第,是為了看見這條路有多長;看橫具,是為了知道現在就已經在路上。

種性住三句:種子·良田·大地

第一段只有三句:種子能生一切諸佛法,良田能長眾生白淨法,大地能持一切諸世間。澄觀繫此三句為種性住,並說明何以是這三個:「故云如種如田地,皆是種生之義。」三個比喻取的是同一件事的三面——種是能生者,田是所生處,地是承載一切者。

為什麼開頭要用種?因為種的特點是『還看不出來』。種子裡沒有一片葉子可指,可是離了它就沒有樹。菩提心在初發之際也是如此,指不出什麼相,然而一切佛法自此而出。

要排一個誤解:以為既然種還小,就等它長大再說。良田與大地兩句正是接著這一點說的——良田不是等有了苗才叫良田,大地不是等載了物才叫大地。它們的德在承載的能力上,不在已經承載了多少。

落到地上:發心之初最容易犯的是輕視自己這一念。經文把它擺在一百一十八句的第一位,就是在說:這一念不是預備,它是本錢。

勝解行住六句:淨水·大風·盛火·淨日·盛月·明燈

第二段六句,澄觀繫為勝解行住,說是「明勝解行住中之益」。六個比喻各取一種作用:淨水能洗煩惱垢,大風普於世間無所礙,盛火能燒諸見之薪,淨日普照諸世間,盛月令白淨法圓滿,明燈能放種種法光明。

這六個排在一起有次序可看:先洗(除垢),再通(無礙),再燒(斷見),然後才是照、圓、明三種光。前三是去掉什麼,後三是顯出什麼。特別是「能燒一切諸見薪故」一句——燒的是見,不是境。薪是拿來燒的,不是拿來搬走的。

要排一個誤解:以為勝解就是懂得多。這六句裡沒有一句說「知」,全是水、風、火、日、月、燈這些會作用的東西。解之為益,在於它動起來。

落到地上:如果覺得自己的理解沒有力量,就對照這六句問一句——它有沒有洗掉什麼、通過什麼、燒掉什麼。若三樣都沒有,那還只是記住了。

極喜增上住十六句:從淨目到帝王

第三段十六句最長,澄觀繫為極喜增上住,並說「皆初地中義故」。十六句可以看出三小組。第一組是見與行的資具:淨目普見安危處、大道令入大智城、正濟令離諸邪法、大車運載諸菩薩、門戶開示菩薩行。第二組是住的地方:宮殿安住修習三昧、園苑於中遊戲受法樂、舍宅安隱諸眾生,接著兩句轉為「則為」——則為所歸利益諸世間、則為所依是諸菩薩行所依處。第三組是人:慈父訓導、慈母生長、乳母養育、善友成益,末二句是君主勝出二乘、帝王於一切願中得自在。

為什麼初地要用這麼多人的比喻?因為初地名歡喜,歡喜之所以生,在於有了依靠。父、母、乳母、善友四句連下,說的是同一顆心對修行人所起的四種作用:教、生、養、成。

要排一個誤解:以為菩提心是自己的一個念頭,怎麼會像父母。經文的意思正在這裡——它不是你的一個想法,它是生養你這條命的東西。落到地上:初發心之後那段最容易搖擺的日子,靠的不是意志,是這四句所說的養。

戒增上住七句:大海·須彌山·鐵圍山·雪山·香山·虛空·蓮華

第四段七句,澄觀繫為戒增上住。七個比喻裡有一海、四山、一空、一華:大海是一切功德悉入其中,須彌山是於諸眾生心平等,鐵圍山是攝持一切諸世間,雪山是長養一切智慧藥,香山是出生一切功德香,虛空是諸妙功德廣無邊,蓮華是不染一切世間法。

何以戒要用這些?山之德在不動與能持,海與空之德在能容,蓮華之德在處染而不染。戒的作用正是這三樣:不動、能容、不染。特別是「於諸眾生心平等故」一句配須彌山——山之為山不在高,在於它對四方一樣高。

要排一個誤解:以為持戒是把自己收得很窄。這七句一句比一句寬:海、須彌、鐵圍、雪山、香山、虛空。戒若持成了窄,是持法出了問題。

落到地上:檢驗自己的戒,看它有沒有讓心對人更平等、對境更能容。若持得越久人越挑剔,那就要回頭看這七句。

增上心住十句:從調慧象到黑沈香

第五段十句,澄觀繫為增上心住。前三句都在說調伏:調慧象是「其心善順不獷戾」,良善馬是「遠離一切諸惡性」,調御師是「守護大乘一切法」。後七句轉向治與藏:良藥治煩惱病,坑穽陷沒諸惡法,金剛穿徹一切法,香篋貯一切功德香,妙華為世間所樂見,白栴檀除欲熱使清涼,黑沈香熏法界悉周遍。

象與馬兩句值得留意。經文說的不是把象馬制住,是說牠「善順」、「遠離惡性」——調的結果是牠自己不那樣了,不是被綁著不能那樣。增上心之增上,正在此處。

要排一個誤解:以為修心就是壓住念頭。坑穽一句像是壓,可是它旁邊的象與馬兩句先把話說明白了:真調伏是性情變了。落到地上:判斷自己的定力,不看忍得住多久,看不用忍的時候多不多。

覺分相應增上慧住十句:從善見藥王到水清珠

第六段十句,澄觀繫為覺分相應增上慧住。十句裡有三藥、三位天神、一莊嚴具、一火、二珠:善見藥王破煩惱病,毘笈摩藥拔諸惑箭——澄觀在這裡順手釋了梵語,說「云毘笈摩者,此云普去」;帝釋是一切主中最尊,毘沙門能斷貧窮苦,功德天為一切功德所莊嚴,莊嚴具莊嚴諸菩薩,劫燒火燒一切諸有為,無生根藥長養諸佛法,龍珠消煩惱毒,水清珠清煩惱濁。

「覺分」是三十七道品之通稱,此段以藥為主,取其能對治。毘笈摩藥「能拔一切諸惑箭故」一句尤其要看:箭是射進來的,不是本有的;拔箭的前提是承認它是外來之物。

要排一個誤解:以為慧是分析的能力。這一段沒有一句說分析,全說治。慧之為慧,在它能不能把箭拔出來。

落到地上:學了很多法而煩惱照舊,可以拿這一段對照——藥有沒有服,箭有沒有拔。

諸諦相應增上住十句:從如意珠到堅甲

第七段十句,澄觀繫為諸諦相應增上住。前五句都在說「給」與「淨」:如意珠周給諸貧乏,功德瓶滿足眾生心,如意樹雨一切莊嚴具,鵝羽衣不受生死垢,白㲲線「從本已來性清淨故」。後五句轉為耕與戰:快利犁治眾生田,那羅延摧我見敵,快箭破諸苦的,利矛穿煩惱甲,堅甲護一切如理心。

白㲲線一句是這一段的眼。前面幾句說的是它能給人什麼,這一句忽然回到它自己——它本來就是淨的,不是洗成淨的。諸諦相應之住,所相應者正是這個「本來」。

要排一個誤解:以為心要修才會淨。經文用了「從本已來」四字。修所去的是垢,不是加上一個淨。落到地上:用功若總覺得自己髒得洗不完,就想這一句——洗的是垢,底子不是靠洗出來的。

緣起流轉止息相應增上住十句:從利刀到鉗鑷

第八段十句,澄觀繫為緣起流轉止息相應增上住,段名長,意思就是『把生死這條流轉線截斷』。十個比喻幾乎全是刃器與工具:利刀斬煩惱首,利劍斷憍慢鎧,勇將幢伏諸魔軍,利鋸截無明樹,利斧伐諸苦樹,兵仗防諸苦難,善手防護諸度身,好足安立諸功德,眼藥滅無明翳,鉗鑷拔身見刺。

要看的是所斷之物的次序:煩惱之首、憍慢之鎧、魔軍、無明之樹、諸苦之樹。無明在中間,苦在其後——這正是流轉的次序,斷的地方也在那裡。末四句忽然轉柔:手、足、眼藥、鉗鑷都不是砍的,是護持與細作。

要排一個誤解:以為斷惑是一味用猛。十句裡前六句猛,後四句細;拔身見之刺要用鉗鑷,用斧是不成的。落到地上:粗重的煩惱要斷得快,細的我執要拔得準,兩種力氣不一樣。

無相有功用住十句:從臥具到大龍王

第九段十句,澄觀繫為無相有功用住。臥具息生死勞苦,善知識解生死縛,好珍財除貧窮事,大導師善知出要道,伏藏出功德財無匱乏,涌泉生智慧水無窮盡,明鏡普現一切法門像,蓮華不染諸罪垢,大河流引度攝之法,大龍王能雨一切妙法雨。

「有功用」是說還要用力,「無相」是說用力而不著相。這十句正在這兩頭之間:一面是臥具、珍財、伏藏這些安歇與豐足的相,一面是涌泉、大河、法雨這些不停流出的相。安歇與流出並不打架——泉之所以不竭,正因為它不必費力。

要排一個誤解:以為到了無相就沒事可做。此住之名自己說了「有功用」。落到地上:修到某個階段會覺得又要放下又要精進,兩邊拉扯。這一段的答案是:放下的是相,精進的是流。

無相無功用住十句:從命根到大寶洲

第十段十句,澄觀繫為無相無功用住。命根任持菩薩大悲身,甘露令安住不死界,大網普攝諸眾生,羂索攝取所應化,鉤餌把住在有之淵裡的釣出來,阿伽陀藥令無病永安隱,除毒藥消歇貪愛毒,善持呪除顛倒毒,疾風卷諸障霧,大寶洲出生覺分寶。

命根一句放在段首是有意思的。命根不是我們去用的東西,它自己在持著這條命。到了無功用之位,菩提心對菩薩的作用就像命根對身——不用起念,它一直在。網、索、鉤餌三句連下,說的是攝眾生;而攝的方式也不費力,網張著就攝,餌下著就出。

要排一個誤解:以為無功用是不作為。這十句裡度眾生的手段一個比一個具體。落到地上:所謂不費力,是熟到不必想;不是不做。

無礙解住十句:從好種性到壽行

第十一段十句,澄觀繫為無礙解住。好種性出生白淨法,住宅為諸功德法所依處,市肆是菩薩商人貿易處,鍊金藥治煩惱垢,好蜜圓滿功德味,正道令入智城,好器持一切白淨法,時雨滅一切煩惱塵,末二句轉「則為」——則為住處是一切菩薩所住處,則為壽行「不取聲聞解脫果故」。

市肆一句最特別。市集是交易的地方,人來人往、有出有入;用它來比菩提心,說的是無礙解之四通八達。澄觀於末句「壽行」下誌了一筆梵本的異語,說「梵本云則為磁石,不吸聲聞解脫果故」——磁石之喻取其吸而不吸,與「壽行」取義不同,這一筆並錄在此,不強會為一。

要排一個誤解:以為無礙就是什麼都通。末句偏偏說了一個「不」——不取聲聞解脫果。無礙之中有一個不取,這不是障礙,是方向。

落到地上:路上什麼門都能進,才更要知道哪一扇不進。

最上菩薩住十六句:從淨瑠璃到佛支提

第十二段十六句,是前一批的末段,澄觀繫為最上菩薩住。淨瑠璃自性明潔,帝青寶出過二乘智,更漏鼓覺眾生煩惱睡,清淨水性本澄潔,閻浮金映奪有為善,大山王超出諸世間;接著四句「則為」——則為所歸不拒諸來者,則為義利除諸衰惱,則為妙寶令心歡喜,則為尊勝眾生心無與等;再是大施會充滿眾生心、伏藏攝一切諸佛法;末四句是因陀羅網伏煩惱阿脩羅、婆樓那風動一切所應化、因陀羅火燒諸惑習、佛支提為一切世間應供養。

末四句之中,澄觀就前二者釋了梵本之取義,說「梵本云因陀羅網,網取煩惱阿修羅故。婆樓那風,此云迅猛風也」。而全批的末一句用佛支提——塔廟,是受人供養之處。自種子起,至塔廟止:開頭是還看不見的,結尾是人人來拜的。

要排一個誤解:以為到了最上位就與初發心是兩件事。澄觀在這裡收束說「始於種子、終於惑習」是竪,而「推功歸本由初發心」是橫。落到地上:讀完這一百一十八句,回頭看第一句的種子——中間所有的德,都是它。

前一批的總攝:三世如來從菩提心而出生

一百一十八句說完,經文自己收:「善男子!菩提心者,成就如是無量功德;舉要言之,應知悉與一切佛法諸功德等。何以故?因菩提心出生一切諸菩薩行,三世如來從菩提心而出生故。」

這一段給了兩個判斷。一是「悉與一切佛法諸功德等」——不是差不多,是等。二是理由:一切菩薩行從它出生,三世如來從它出生。澄觀就此下一語,說「二「善男子」下總結,即功成由於始簣故。初心具於諸德,況復初後圓融」。始簣是說堆山的第一筐土,山之成,功在那一筐。

要排一個誤解:以為『等於一切佛法功德』是誇張的話。經文接著就給了一個可驗的推論:「若有發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心者,則已出生無量功德,普能攝取一切智道。」發了,就已經出生了——不是將來會有。

落到地上:這是全子最要記住的一句。若信不及,底下一百零三個譬喻是白讀的;若信得及,那一百零三個譬喻只是把同一件事說得更清楚。

後一批一百零三喻:句式換了,語氣也換了

自「善男子!譬如有人,得無畏藥,離五恐怖」起,經文換了一個句式:先出一件世間之事作喻,再以「菩薩摩訶薩亦復如是」轉入所合。澄觀就這個體例說「文中各有喻、合,說聽之人所見深遠故,所引喻多非凡境。亦顯不共菩提心故」——喻與合兩分,而所取之喻多不是尋常所見。

澄觀又指出前後兩批的語氣之別:「前多明信成就及解行發心,後段多明證位發心故文多云得。」這一句可以拿經文對——後一批的合語屢屢作「得菩提心解脫智藥」「得菩提心大龍寶珠」「得菩提心如意寶珠」「得菩提心善調龍法」「得菩提心安繕那藥」,一個「得」字反覆出現,而前一批句句只作「菩提心者」。

要排一個誤解:以為兩批只是同一件事說兩遍。前批說這心是什麼,後批說得了這心的人會怎麼樣。一個講體,一個講用。落到地上:讀後一批時,每一喻都可以問自己一句——這個「得」,我得了沒有。

攝十住德七喻:藥的第一組

後一批的第一段七喻,澄觀繫為「攝十住德,覺心自性離惡覺等故」。七喻全是藥:無畏藥離火毒刀水煙五恐怖,解脫藥終無橫難,摩訶應伽藥令毒蛇聞氣遠去,無勝藥令怨敵無能勝,毘笈摩藥令毒箭自然墮落,善見藥除一切諸病,末一喻是珊陀那藥樹——「有取其皮以塗瘡者,瘡即除愈;然其樹皮,隨取隨生,終不可盡。」

首喻的合語最好記:得了菩提心之藥,「貪火不燒,瞋毒不中,惑刀不傷,有流不漂,諸覺觀煙不能熏害」——五種恐怖一一對上五種煩惱。而末喻的珊陀那,說的是給出去而不減少:皮隨取隨生,一切智之樹「初無所損」。

要排一個誤解:以為利他會把自己耗盡。珊陀那一喻正是為此設的。落到地上:初住之位所以能安住,靠的不是省著用,是取之不竭。

攝十行德十喻:從無生根到龍寶珠

第二段十喻,澄觀繫為「攝十行德」。前五仍是藥:無生根藥增長閻浮提樹,阿藍婆藥令身心堪能,念力藥令所聞不忘,大蓮華藥令住壽一劫,翳形藥令人與非人不能見。後五轉為珠寶:普集眾寶珠令劫火不能減海一滴,大光明摩尼映蔽一切寶莊嚴具,水清珠清濁水,住水寶入大海不為水害,龍寶珠入龍宮而龍蛇不能害。

十行是行門,所以這一段的取義多在「能作」。無生根藥「增長一切學與無學及諸菩薩所有善法」,是增長;念力藥是聞持不忘;翳形藥是入而不被見。普集眾寶珠一喻另有一層警策——經文說若能憶持不失,要壞菩薩一善根「終無是處」,可是接著補了一句:「若退其心,一切善法即皆散滅。」

要排一個誤解:以為得了就穩了。這一句是全批中少見的反面說法。落到地上:行門之難不在做不到,在放下之後就散了。憶持不失四字,是這一段真正的門。

攝十迴向德九喻:從帝釋摩尼冠到瑠璃寶

第三段九喻,澄觀繫為「攝十迴向德」。帝釋著摩尼冠映蔽諸天眾,如意珠除貧窮苦,日精珠向日光而生火,月精珠向月光而生水,龍王戴如意摩尼寶冠遠離怨敵,一切世間莊嚴藏寶珠令所欲充滿而珠無損減,轉輪王摩尼寶放大光明破一切暗,帝青大摩尼寶令所觸者即同其色,瑠璃寶處不淨百千歲而不受染。

這一段何以繫迴向?看日精與月精兩喻的合語就明白:日精珠「持向智光而生智火」,月精珠「持此心珠,鑒迴向光,而生一切善根願水」——都是把一樣東西轉向另一處而生出新的東西,這正是迴向的動作。帝青寶一喻更直接說出迴向之果:「觀察諸法迴向善根,靡不即同菩提心色。」

要排一個誤解:以為迴向是把功德送出去就沒了。莊嚴藏寶珠一喻專門說這件事——令人所願滿足,「而菩提心無有損減」。

落到地上:迴向不是分配,是轉向。轉向之後生出來的,比原來的多。

攝初地德四喻:淨光明·火焰·無價寶·自在王

自「譬如有寶,名:淨光明」起,澄觀判以下六十喻攝十地德,並分為十小段。第一小段四喻攝初地:淨光明寶映蔽一切寶色,火焰寶除滅一切暗冥,海中無價寶商人採得船載入城,自在王寶珠去日月輪四萬由旬而日月宮中莊嚴悉現其影。

初地名歡喜,其德在「見」——見了佛智之後知道自己不是二乘。四喻裡三喻說映蔽與照見。無價寶一喻另出一義:菩薩「乘大願船,深心相續」把它載進解脫城中。「深心相續」四字要記,寶不是撿了就到,中間有一段航程。

要排一個誤解:以為初地是起點所以簡單。自在王一喻說的是隔四萬由旬而影現具足——初地所照見的是整個果地。落到地上:初見道時看到的東西,比當時能做到的多得多,這不是妄想,是初地之相。

攝二地德三喻:自在王·海藏·閻浮檀金

第二小段三喻攝二地,澄觀繫其義為「持戒頭陀等淨功德故」。自在王寶珠是日月光所照之處一切財寶衣服價值不能及,海藏之寶普現海中諸莊嚴事,天上閻浮檀金除心王大摩尼寶外餘無及者。

三喻之中,自在王寶與閻浮檀金是一個結構:某物在某一類中無與倫比;海藏則說普現莊嚴。二地名離垢,離垢之德正是這樣——不是多了什麼,是純了。純到某個地步,同類的一切都比不上。

要排一個誤解:以為持戒的價值在於守住了幾條。前後二喻說的是『價值』,而價值來自純度;海藏說的是純了之後,功德自然顯現。落到地上:戒行之高下不在條目多少,在有沒有雜。

攝三地德四喻:善調龍法·勇士鎧仗·黑栴檀·白栴檀

第三小段四喻攝三地,澄觀繫其義為「入諸禪定,離惑熱等故」。善調龍法者於諸龍中得自在,勇士被執鎧仗而怨敵無能降伏,天上黑栴檀香燒一銖普熏小千世界,白栴檀塗身除一切熱惱令身心清涼。

三地名發光,其行在禪定與忍。四喻分作兩對:前一對是制伏(龍與怨敵),後一對是香(熏與涼)。白栴檀一喻的合語把「熱惱」點得很細:「能除一切虛妄、分別、貪、恚、癡等諸惑熱惱,令其具足智慧清涼。」熱惱之首是虛妄分別,不是貪瞋。

要排一個誤解:以為定就是靜。黑栴檀一喻說的是燒一銖而普熏小千世界——定之為用,是往外的。落到地上:定坐得好不好,看下座之後身邊的人涼不涼。

攝四地德四喻:須彌山與波利質多羅三喻

第四小段四喻攝四地,澄觀繫其義為「同一切智焰,得無漏故」。須彌山者「若有近者,即同其色」;接著連取波利質多羅樹三喻——皮之香氣勝過閻浮提諸華,未開華而已是無量諸華出生之處,華一日熏衣勝他華千歲之熏。

須彌山一喻的合語是「若有近者,悉得同其一切智色」。四地名焰慧,焰之德在同化——靠近火的都變成火色。而波利質多羅三喻裡,中間一喻最要緊:「雖未開華,應知即是無量諸華出生之處。」還沒有開,已經是出生之處。

要排一個誤解:以為沒有現出功德就是還沒有。這一喻專治此病。落到地上:修行到某個階段會覺得毫無所得,這時候要記住未開之樹已經是華的所生處。

攝五地德四喻:椰子樹·訶宅迦·小火·一燈

第五小段四喻攝五地,澄觀繫其義為「利人不染俗故」。海島椰子樹根莖枝葉華果一切眾生恆取受用無時暫歇,訶宅迦藥汁一兩變千兩銅悉成真金,小火隨所焚燒其焰轉熾,一燈然百千燈而本燈無減無盡。

五地名難勝,其難在入世而不同流。椰子樹一喻的合語把時間拉滿:「始從發起悲願之心,乃至成佛,正法住世,常時利益一切世間無有間歇。」訶宅迦一喻則說明了「不染」的機理——「非千兩銅能變此藥」,是藥變銅,不是銅變藥。

要排一個誤解:以為入世久了難免被染。訶宅迦與小火兩喻正相反:小火隨所燒而焰更熾,所遇之境反成其增長。落到地上:分辨自己是在被境轉還是在轉境,看一件事——事情過後,心是弱了還是旺了。

攝六地德六喻:一燈入闇室·燈炷·他化天冠·師子三喻

第六小段六喻攝六地,澄觀繫其義為「般若現前,頓破闇故」。一燈入闇室破百千年之闇,燈炷益膏油而明終不絕,他化自在天王冠閻浮檀真金天冠而欲界天子莊嚴具皆不能及,師子王哮吼令師子兒增勇而餘獸竄伏,師子筋為樂絃而餘絃悉絕,師子乳一滴投乳海而悉令變壞直過無礙。

一燈入闇室是六地的正喻,也是全批中最有名的一喻——「百千年闇悉能破盡」,闇之久不能加重破它的難度。燈炷一喻補了另一頭:光要不絕,須「大願為炷……益大悲油」。師子三喻則說般若之不共:聞者或增勇或竄伏,關鍵在「有所得者聞皆退散」。

要排一個誤解:以為積習深重就難破。闇再久也只是闇,燈一進來就沒了。落到地上:不必先把過去清算一遍再開始;先點燈。

攝七地德五喻:迦陵頻伽·金翅鳥王子·壯夫利矛·摩訶那伽·射師弟子

第七小段五喻攝七地,澄觀繫其義為「善入方便,得自在故」。迦陵頻伽鳥在卵殼中已有大勢力,金翅鳥王子初生時目明利飛勁捷,壯夫執利矛刺堅密甲直過無礙,摩訶那伽大力勇士奮威怒而額上生瘡疱、瘡未合則無人能制,射師弟子雖未慣習師藝而智慧方便善巧餘人不及。

五喻裡有三喻說的是『還沒有成熟就已經勝過』:卵中之鳥、初生之王子、未慣習之弟子。七地名遠行,遠行之德在方便;方便之相,正是未熟而已能。摩訶那伽一喻的合語尤其要看:「若起大悲,必定發於菩提之心;心未捨來,一切世間魔及魔民不能為害。」瘡不合則無人能制——大悲不歇則魔不能害。

要排一個誤解:以為要修成了才有力量。五喻齊聲說不是。落到地上:不要等自己夠格了才去做該做的事。

攝八地德十四喻:從如人學射到釋天王金剛杵

第八小段十四喻攝八地,是十地之中最長的一段,澄觀繫其義為「無功發心,能滅相惑等故」。前五喻中,前二說「先」,餘三說隱顯與映蔽:學射先安其足、幻師先起意憶持幻法、幻術無色現色、貓貍纔見於鼠而鼠不敢出、著閻浮金莊嚴具映蔽一切如聚墨。中四喻說磁石與入海:好磁石少分之力吸壞鐵鉤鎖,磁石一見而鐵皆散去,善入大海者水族不能害、入摩竭魚口亦不被吞,飲甘露漿者諸物不能害。後五喻說依恃:安繕那藥塗目而人不見,依附於王不畏餘人,住於水中不畏火焚,依倚猛將不怖怨敵,釋天王執金剛杵摧伏阿脩羅眾。

八地名不動,其德在無功用。「如人學射,先安其足,後習其法」一喻是全批最平易的一個,合語也直:「欲學如來一切智道,先當安住菩提之心,然後修行一切佛法。」而磁石二喻說的正是無功用——磁石不動,鐵自己壞、自己散。

要排一個誤解:以為不動就是不管。飲甘露漿一喻的合語補足了:「不墮聲聞、辟支佛地,以具廣大悲願力故。」不動之所以不落二乘,是因為底下有悲願撐著。

落到地上:做事之前先把心安住,這一句是可以當天就用的。

攝九地德十喻:從服延齡藥到摩尼妙寶

第九小段十喻攝九地,澄觀繫其義為「延壽益生等故」。服延齡藥長得充健不老不瘦,調和藥汁必先取好清淨水,護身先護命根,命根若斷不能利益父母宗親,大海無能壞者,日光星宿不能映蔽,王子初生即為大臣所尊重,王子年幼而大臣皆悉敬禮,王子未得自在而已具王相,清淨摩尼妙寶因眼有翳而見為不淨。

十喻之中,命根二喻與王子三喻是兩組。命根二喻說的是「先後」:護持佛法先護菩提之心,捨了它就不能利益眾生。王子三喻說的是「種性」:初生即被尊重、年幼而受禮敬、未自在而已具王相——合語一句比一句明白,末一句作「雖於一切業煩惱中未得自在,然已具足菩提之相,不與一切二乘齊等,以種性第一故」。

要排一個誤解:以為還有煩惱就不算數。這三喻專為此設。末喻更翻過來說:摩尼妙寶本自清淨,說它不淨的是眼裡有翳的人;菩提心之被人輕看,是「無智不信謂為不淨」。

落到地上:不要拿自己還有煩惱來否定自己已經發的心。這兩件事不在同一層。

攝十地德六喻:從呪所持之藥到無根樹

第十小段六喻攝十地,澄觀繫其義為「深除惑習,成一切佛法故」。有藥為呪所持而見聞同住者諸病消滅,常持甘露者身畢竟不變不壞,機關木人無楔則身即離散,轉輪王沈香寶名象藏燒之則四種兵騰空,金剛唯從金剛處及金處生,無根樹不從根生而枝葉華果繁茂。

呪藥一喻的合語把「見、聞、同住、憶念」四事並列——不必修,見到聽到同住憶念都算。象藏香一喻說出三界:「若發此意,即令菩薩一切善根永出三界。」而末二喻是一對:金剛有其所從生(大悲救護眾生之處、一切智智殊勝境界之處),無根樹則「無根可得」而枝葉華果扶疎蔭映。有所從生與無根可得並提,正是十地將滿之相。

要排一個誤解:以為這兩喻互相衝突。前者說它不從雜處生,後者說它沒有一個可指的根。不從雜處生是揀,無根可得是遣。落到地上:既要知道這心從哪裡來,也要知道它沒有一個可抓的來處。

攝等覺位功德十七喻:金剛的十七面

末段十七喻全用金剛,澄觀繫其義為「攝等覺位功德,以金剛智終成菩提故」。十七喻可以分作四層。第一層說器:金剛非劣惡器破器所能容持,唯除全具上妙之器——合語列出慳、嫉、破戒、懈怠、妄念、無智與退失志願、散亂、惡覺兩類不堪之器,唯除菩薩深心寶器。第二層說能破:能穿眾寶、能壞眾山、雖破不全而眾寶不及、雖有損缺猶能除貧、小金剛悉能破壞一切諸物。第三層說難得難持:非凡人所得、不識寶人不知其能、無能銷滅、金剛杵唯大那羅延力能持、一切諸物不能壞它而它能壞一切物且體性無所損減、唯金剛地之所能持。第四層說能持:金剛器盛水永不滲漏,金剛際能持大地不令墜沒,久處水中不爛不濕,諸火不能燒然,金剛座能持諸佛坐於道場成等正覺。

「雖破不全,一切眾寶猶不能及」與「雖有損缺,猶能除滅一切貧窮」二喻要並看。合語說「雖復志劣,少有虧損,猶勝一切二乘功德」「雖有損缺,不進諸行,猶能捨離一切生死」——這是全批對退墮之人最有力的兩句。

要排一個誤解:以為修行一有虧損就前功盡棄。金剛碎了還是金剛。落到地上:跌倒之後最要緊的不是懊悔,是記得手上這一塊是什麼東西。

後一批的總攝與牒問:從功德回到那一個問題

一百零三喻說完,經文再收一次:「善男子!菩提心者,成就如是無量無邊乃至不可說不可說殊勝功德。」與前一批的「無量功德」相比,這一次加到了「不可說不可說」。接著把話落回善財身上:「是故,善男子!汝獲善利!汝發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心,求菩薩行,已得如是大功德故。」澄觀科此為「結釋所屬」,並說明其作用是「謂上來多德釋獲善利之言故」——兩百多句,是為了解釋前面那一句「汝獲善利」。

然後彌勒才牒回本問:「善男子!如汝所問:菩薩云何學菩薩行、修菩薩道?善男子!汝可入此毘盧遮那莊嚴藏大樓閣中周遍觀察,則能了知學菩薩行。」澄觀科此為正授法界之始,說「於中四:一授法體、二顯法名、三窮嚴因之本源、四覈正報之性相故」。

要排一個誤解:以為前面兩百多句離題了。彌勒的答法是先把『你憑什麼能學』說盡,再說『進去看』。所學之行不在言語裡,可是能學之心必須先說清楚。

落到地上:善財問的是方法,得到的先是一面鏡子——照見自己已經有的東西。照清楚了,門才打開。

承衍

前一批之句數與後一批之喻數,古德所計不一。澄觀標其總為二百二十一句,而自分為初一百一十八句與後一百三句;法藏標其總為二百一十八句,而自分為初一百一十五句與後一百三句。二造於後批之數相同,於前批之數與總數相異。底本前批以「菩提心者」起之句逐字實計得一百一十八,後批之喻逐字實計得一百三。並錄不判。

前一批之逐段配位,出於光統師之十二住。澄觀承之而逐段標其住名,配畢自言恐繁不屬;法藏引同一師說而言此中一一各顯菩提心中一種勝德,皆通始終。二家所引同一師說而取捨不同,誌錄不判。

後一批之配位,澄觀分為五段,於十地一段更開為十,逐段繫以初地至十地與等覺之名;法藏於此段未別立配。李通玄與智儼於此二批皆未出逐句之釋。誌錄不判。

異譯之異,於本節為最大。六十本此位亦具二批譬喻,前批句形作「則為」,與底本同構;菩薩十種生處與般若為母、大方便為父等眷屬之譬,在六十本後節,非此位所代。四十本則與底本幾乎逐句同形,而字句小異者不少——底本作猶如淨水能洗煩惱垢,四十本作猶如大水能滌煩惱垢;底本作猶如盛火,四十本作猶如大火;底本作猶如慈父訓導,四十本作猶如嚴父訓導;底本作普見一切安危處,四十本作普見一切夷險處。又四十本於後批之末多出輪寶先導、弓箭最勝、優鉢羅華、船、雨水、先陀婆鹽、牛乳七喻,底本無之。並錄不判。

梵本之異語三處,皆出澄觀所誌:釋毘笈摩云此云普去;於壽行一句下誌梵本作則為磁石,不吸聲聞解脫果故;於因陀羅網一句下誌梵本作因陀羅網,網取煩惱阿修羅故,又釋婆樓那風此云迅猛風。澄觀於此段梵語之餘,總付之於音義之書。誌錄不判。

Sudhana Has Already Brought Forth the Mind — So Why Does He Ask Again?

Sudhana comes to Maitreya, and the first thing out of his mouth is a statement about himself: “Great sage! I have already before this brought forth the mind of anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi, and yet I do not know how a bodhisattva is to study the practice of a bodhisattva, or how he is to cultivate the path of a bodhisattva.” The bringing forth of the mind comes first, the not-knowing comes after — and that is the shape of every question in this section. Chengguan outlines this passage, saying that in the inquiring “there are two: first the stating of his own bringing forth of the mind; afterward, beneath ‘and yet I do not know,’ the direct question upon the essentials of Dharma,” cutting “already brought forth” and “do not yet know” into two halves precisely so that a reader may see that the two halves are not in contradiction.

A misreading must be set aside: that to bring forth the mind of awakening is the same as knowing how to cultivate, so that anyone still asking ‘what do I do’ shows that he never really brought forth the mind at all. Sudhana set out from the City of Blessings, journeyed southward the whole way, passed through a hundred and ten good friends, and here he is still asking “how am I to study.” The bringing forth of the mind is a door, not a road; once through the door, the road still has to be asked for, step by step.

Brought down to the ground: to test whether you have brought forth the mind, do not look at whether you are still asking; look at whether you walk after you have asked. Sudhana’s question is a question that has been walked.

Fifty Clauses of Praise: What One Who Is to Attain in One Lifetime Already Is

Before asking for the Dharma, Sudhana first praises Maitreya in a long string of clauses — because all the Tathāgatas have conferred a prediction upon Maitreya that in one lifetime he is to attain unsurpassed awakening. From “then you have already passed beyond every place where bodhisattvas dwell” onward, forty-five clauses begin with “you have already,” running straight down in a single breath, and the last five turn to the simple “already,” closing with “you are already able swiftly to tread the station of all-knowledge.” Chengguan judges this passage, saying “there are fifty clauses in particular, all of them the virtue of the fullness of the cause and the completeness of the fruit,” and points out that this praising of virtue is itself the opening of the question: “and by this virtue it also serves as the head of the question.”

Why can the praising of a person serve as a question? Because what is praised is exactly what is sought. Sudhana is not paying a compliment; he is setting out the ‘fruit’ and then asking how the ‘cause’ is walked. Among the fifty clauses there are the passing beyond the places of dwelling, the going out past the station of leaving birth, the perfecting of the pāramitās, the deep entering into the gates of acceptance, the being endowed with the grounds, the sporting in the gates of liberation; and there are also the great valiant general who breaks the demon armies of affliction, the great guide who comes out of the wilderness of birth and death, the great king of physicians who heals the grave sickness of every delusion, the ferryman upon the sea of birth and death — the first half is his own realization, the latter half is his transforming of others.

A misreading must be set aside: that this is ornamental writing spread thin. It is an inventory. Sudhana points out item by item everything that is upon Maitreya, and by doing so he is saying, ‘all of this I want; please tell me the road.’ Brought down to the ground: before you put a question to someone, be clear about what it is you want; the quality of the question is settled at that step.

What He Asks Is ‘How Am I to Study,’ Not ‘What Is That’

In the closing of the question Sudhana states the question over again: “how is a bodhisattva to study the practice of a bodhisattva? How is he to cultivate the path of a bodhisattva?” And then he lists what he wants this road to accomplish — that following upon what he cultivates and studies he may swiftly become endowed with every buddha-dharma, may be able to deliver all the sentient beings he calls to mind, may universally fulfill the great vows he has made, may universally bring to their end the practices he has undertaken, may universally comfort all devas and humans — and the last four clauses weigh most of all: “that he may not fail his own body, may not cut off the Three Jewels, may not let the seed of any buddha or bodhisattva pass away in vain, and may be able to hold fast the Dharma eye of every buddha.” Chengguan outlines this as “the closing of the question and the asking that it be spoken, which also displays the intent of the question” — those last words are the key: besides the question itself there is the reason for asking it.

A misreading must be set aside: that to seek the Dharma is to seek knowledge. Of the five or six items Sudhana lists, not one of them is a ‘knowing’; every one is a ‘being able.’ What he wants is something that can be walked out.

Brought down to the ground: before you go to someone for instruction, say clearly ‘what I want it to accomplish’; say that clearly, and the one answering knows what he has to give. What Maitreya gives next is not a table of stages, precisely because what Sudhana asks for is not a table of stages.

Why Does Maitreya Speak First to the Assembly and Not First to Sudhana?

Sudhana finishes asking, and Maitreya does not answer at once but “contemplated the whole assembly of the place of the Way and, pointing to Sudhana, spoke thus: ‘Good sirs! Do you see this son of the elder, who now, here with me, asks after the many merits and virtues of the practice of a bodhisattva?’” — he speaks first to the assembly, and what he speaks about is Sudhana. Chengguan outlines this whole passage, saying “first, for the great assembly, praising Sudhana, which is the praising of a person; afterward, for Sudhana, praising the mind of awakening, which is the praising of the Dharma” — one praises a person, one praises the Dharma, and these are two halves. Fazang, outlining the same passage, likewise places it foremost, saying that it is “for his own retinue, praising the virtue of Sudhana, that people may imitate and practice it.”

A misreading must be set aside: that this is a courteous preamble. It has a definite work to do — when this passage of Maitreya’s praise of Sudhana comes to an end, the scripture itself records the result: “having caused measureless hundreds of thousands of sentient beings to bring forth the mind of awakening.” That is to say, this speech delivered people on the spot.

Brought down to the ground: when a good friend answers one person’s question, he is very often teaching a whole class at the same time. Maitreya’s first act is to turn one man’s question into a roomful of people’s lesson.

A Hundred and Ten Good Friends: What Is Praised Is Practice, Not Understanding

Maitreya praises Sudhana by first speaking of him in general — he is “valiant and vigorous, his aspiration unmixed, his profound mind firm, and constantly without retrogression” — and then points out the fact: “long ago at the City of Blessings he received the teaching of Mañjuśrī, and journeying onward southward step by step he sought good friends, and only after passing through a hundred and ten good friends did he come here to me, and had never for a moment given rise to a single thought of weariness or slackness.” Chengguan puts down a judgment upon this one clause, saying that diligence at a single time is not yet to be praised, but “because from beginning to end there was not one thought of slackness, therefore it is worth praising.”

Take note: not one clause of what is praised here is ‘how much he understands.’ It is all how far he walked, how many people he served, and whether he slackened. Maitreya goes on to say of him that he “sees good friends with no satiety in his feeling, serves good friends without his body growing weary, and hearing all the teachings of good friends constantly delights to follow them in practice and has never gone against them” — seeing, serving, hearing: three matters, one clause each.

Brought down to the ground: to judge whether you are making progress upon the road, there is no need to measure how deep your understanding goes. Measure three things and it is enough: when you meet a good friend, do you want to meet him again; when you serve him, does your body grow tired; when you hear his teaching, do you follow it in practice.

The Mark of Rescuing and Guarding: Twenty-three Clauses and Twenty-one Clauses

The second layer of Maitreya’s praise of Sudhana speaks of what he does after he has “brought forth the mind to rescue and guard all sentient beings.” The scripture says it in two sets of parallel clauses. The first set begins at “to make them free of every suffering, to go out beyond the evil destinies,” and runs on through “to cut the yoke-strap of craving, to loosen the bond of the views, to wreck the house of false thought, to sever the road of delusion, to overthrow the banner of conceit, to pull out the arrow of confusion, to strip away the covering of sleep, to tear the net of desire and craving,” closing with “to come out of birth and death” — every clause takes some particular fetter and handles it as a solid object to be taken apart. The second set changes the pattern: first it says what kind of person, then it says what Dharma is given him — “for those swept along by the four floods, he builds the great ship of Dharma; for those sunk in the mire of views, he sets up the great bridge of Dharma; for those bewildered by the darkness of folly, he lights the lamp of great knowledge,” right down to “those attached to birth and death, he causes to go toward the city of all-knowledge.”

A misreading must be set aside: that the rescuing and guarding of sentient beings is one undifferentiated goodwill. These two sets of parallel clauses show that it is particular: to the one swept along, a ship; to the one sunk, a bridge; to the bewildered, a lamp; to the sick, medicine; to the sorrowing, comfort; to the one caught in the net, the sword of knowledge. What medicine for what sickness — there is no one remedy that serves all.

Brought down to the ground: having made the vow to benefit people, the next thing is to learn to distinguish which sort of difficulty the person before you is in. This passage is Maitreya’s annotation upon Sudhana’s practice, and it is also a measuring rod set up for whoever reads.

Twice Again as Hard to Come By: The Hard Part Comes After the Bringing Forth of the Mind

In the third layer of the praise Maitreya uses a set of clauses that raise the stakes layer upon layer: “if there be sentient beings able to bring forth the mind of anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi, this is rare; and having brought forth the mind, to be able further, in such a way as this, to gather the dharmas of the buddhas with vigor and with means, that is twice as rare” — and after that come more than ten repetitions of “to be able further, in such a way”: to seek the path of the bodhisattva, to purify the practice of a bodhisattva, to serve good friends, to be as one saving his head from fire, to follow the teaching of good friends, to cultivate firmly, to gather the factors of awakening, not to seek fame or gain, not to relinquish the bodhisattva’s single and unmixed mind, not to delight in the household and not to cling to the joys of desire and not to be fond of parents and kin and acquaintances, and to have no regard for body or life but to vow only to cultivate diligently the path of all-knowledge — closing with one clause: “one should know that this is, step upon step, twice again as hard to come by.”

A misreading must be set aside: that the bringing forth of the mind is the hardest gate, and once it is passed all is well. The force of the scripture’s language runs the other way — the bringing forth of the mind is only the first layer of rarity, and every layer after it doubles. The two clauses “not to relinquish the bodhisattva’s single and unmixed mind” and “to have no regard for body or life” are placed at the end, and they are the two hardest layers.

Brought down to the ground: do not treat the bringing forth of the mind as something finished and worth commemorating. It is where the counting starts, not where it ends.

One Lifetime and Many Kalpas: Why the Time Should Differ

In the last layer of the praise Maitreya sets two kinds of time side by side: “the other bodhisattvas must pass through measureless hundreds of thousands of myriads of millions of nayutas of kalpas before they can fulfill the vows and practice of a bodhisattva,” whereas Sudhana “within one lifetime” is able to purify buddha-lands, to teach and transform sentient beings, to enter deeply into the Dharma realm with wisdom, to accomplish the pāramitās, to broaden every practice, to fulfill every great vow, to go out beyond every deed of Māra, to serve every good companion, to purify the paths of the bodhisattvas, and to be endowed with all the practices of Samantabhadra — ten clauses in a single breath.

This pairing does not come out of nowhere. What Sudhana praised at the head of his question was that Maitreya is one who is “in one lifetime to attain anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi”; and now Maitreya turns it back and says that Sudhana “within one lifetime” can do ten things. The one who asks and the one who is asked have met upon this matter of ‘one lifetime.’

A misreading must be set aside: that this says some people are simply born fast. The reason the scripture gives lies in the passages before — a hundred and ten good friends, and not one thought of slackness. Fast is not the road shortened; it is that there was no stopping along the way. Brought down to the ground: what is called sudden is seen within not stopping, not within skipping over.

Well Done, Well Done, You Have Gained a Good Benefit: One ‘And Why Is This’ Turns the Subject

Only when Maitreya has finished praising him before the assembly does he speak to Sudhana: “Well done, well done! Good man! For the sake of benefiting all the world, for the sake of rescuing and guarding all sentient beings, and for the sake of seeking diligently every buddha-dharma, you have brought forth the mind of anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi.” Then follow ten clauses of “you have gained a good benefit” — gaining a human body, dwelling within a lifespan, meeting the appearing of a Tathāgata, seeing Mañjuśrī the great good friend, having a body that is a good vessel, being moistened by roots of goodness, being sustained by the white and pure dharmas, having resolve and wish made pure, being held in the protective mindfulness of the buddhas, being taken in by good friends. Chengguan judges these two halves as “first, the setting up of the praise of the bringing forth of the mind,” and “second, beneath ‘you have gained a good benefit,’ the praising of the vessel of his bringing forth of the mind and the benefit it accomplishes.”

Then the scripture asks a single question, “and why is this?” — and this one question is the pivot of the whole section. Chengguan makes its sense plain, saying that the intent of the asking is “why is it that he is praised with ‘well done’ and with ‘gained a good benefit’?” and that the intent of the answer is “because the mind of awakening is endowed with virtue.” Which is to say: the two hundred and more clauses of simile that follow are all of them the answer to this one “and why is this.”

Brought down to the ground: if the long string of similes below begins to feel like too much, hold on to this one question — Maitreya is not praising a mind, he is answering ‘on what grounds is this man counted as having gained a great benefit.’

The Former Set, a Hundred and Eighteen Clauses: One Pattern, a Hundred and Eighteen Times

From “the mind of awakening is like a seed, for it is able to give birth to all the dharmas of the buddhas” onward, the scripture uses one and the same pattern a hundred and eighteen times over: first it sets up “the mind of awakening,” in the middle it places a simile, and at the end it states with “for” the sense in which the simile is taken. Three forms alternate — “is like,” “like,” and “is” — while the pattern of the clause does not change. Chengguan marks the numbers here, saying that the former set is “the first hundred and eighteen clauses, setting forth that the mind of awakening runs through all the grounds,” and that the latter set is “a hundred and three clauses,” the two together making the total he sets down.

Chengguan reads these hundred and eighteen clauses with two measuring rods, and says so himself quite plainly: “crosswise, then, each single bringing forth of the mind is endowed with the virtue of all the clauses; lengthwise, then, they are matched severally to the bringing forth of the mind at the several stations.” Crosswise means that whatever virtue any one clause praises is wholly present at the very moment of the bringing forth of the mind; lengthwise means that the order of this string of clauses can be matched to the stations from the lineage up to the ultimate. He then follows the account of the teacher Guangtong, and divides the hundred and eighteen clauses into twelve passages matched to the twelve abodes.

A misreading must be set aside: that to have matched the stations is to say that one who has newly brought forth the mind has only the virtue of the first passage. Chengguan himself seals off this reading as soon as he has finished the matching, saying “the sense of the text in each case corresponds to that station, but for fear of prolixity they are not assigned,” and saying further “beginning with the seed and ending with the habit-energies of delusion, the lengthwise sense is made manifest; yet as for the cutting off of the habit-energies and the rest, when the work is traced back to its root it is by the first bringing forth of the mind, and so it is plain in principle that crosswise it is endowed with all the virtues” — those merits at the end that cut off the habit-energies of delusion, traced back to their source, are still the first bringing forth of the mind.

Brought down to the ground: in reading the twelve passages below, both measuring rods must be held at once. Looking at the order is for seeing how long this road is; looking at the crosswise endowment is for knowing that one is upon the road already.

Three Clauses of the Abode of the Lineage: Seed · Good Field · Great Earth

The first passage has only three clauses: the seed is able to give birth to all the dharmas of the buddhas, the good field is able to nourish the white and pure dharmas of sentient beings, and the great earth is able to hold up all the worlds. Chengguan fastens these three clauses to the abode of the lineage, and explains why it should be these three: “therefore it says, like a seed, like a field and the earth, all of them the sense of the seed and its growing.” The three similes take three faces of a single matter — the seed is what gives birth, the field is where the birth takes place, the earth is what bears everything up.

Why begin with a seed? Because the mark of a seed is that ‘it cannot yet be seen.’ Within a seed there is not one leaf to point at, and yet without it there is no tree. So it is with the mind of awakening at the moment it is first brought forth: no mark can be pointed at, and yet every buddha-dharma comes forth from here.

A misreading must be set aside: that since the seed is still small, one may wait for it to grow before speaking of it. The two clauses of the good field and the great earth are said in answer to just this point — a good field is not called a good field only after the shoots are up, and the great earth is not called the great earth only after it has borne something. Their virtue lies in the capacity to bear, not in how much has already been borne.

Brought down to the ground: the commonest fault at the outset of the bringing forth of the mind is to make light of this one thought of one’s own. The scripture puts it first among a hundred and eighteen clauses, and by doing so says: this one thought is not a preparation, it is the capital.

Six Clauses of the Abode of the Practice of Resolute Conviction: Pure Water · Great Wind · Blazing Fire · Pure Sun · Full Moon · Bright Lamp

The second passage has six clauses, which Chengguan fastens to the abode of the practice of resolute conviction, saying that it “sets forth the benefit within the abode of the practice of resolute conviction.” The six similes each take up one function: pure water is able to wash away the stains of affliction, the great wind goes everywhere in the world without obstruction, the blazing fire is able to burn up the firewood of the views, the pure sun illumines all the worlds everywhere, the full moon makes the white and pure dharmas complete, the bright lamp is able to send out the light of the many kinds of Dharma.

There is an order to be seen in the six standing together: first the washing (removing stains), then the passing through (unobstructed), then the burning (cutting off views), and only then the three lights of illumining, completing, and brightening. The first three take something away, the last three bring something out. The clause “for it is able to burn up the firewood of every view” deserves particular attention — what is burned is views, not objects. Firewood is for burning, not for carting off.

A misreading must be set aside: that resolute conviction means understanding a great deal. Not one of these six clauses says “knowing”; they are all water, wind, fire, sun, moon, and lamp — things that work. What makes understanding a benefit is that it moves.

Brought down to the ground: if your understanding feels to you to be without force, hold it against these six clauses and ask one question — has it washed anything away, passed through anything, burned anything up? If none of the three, then it is still only something remembered.

Sixteen Clauses of the Higher Abode of Supreme Joy: From the Pure Eye to the Emperor

The third passage, of sixteen clauses, is the longest; Chengguan fastens it to the higher abode of supreme joy, saying that they are “all of them the sense within the first ground.” Three small groups can be made out among the sixteen. The first group is the equipment of seeing and of going: the pure eye sees everywhere the places of safety and of peril, the great road causes one to enter the city of great knowledge, the right ford causes one to leave the wrong dharmas, the great carriage carries the bodhisattvas, the gateway opens up and shows the practice of the bodhisattvas. The second group is places to dwell in: the palace abides in and cultivates samādhi, the garden is where one sports and receives the joy of the Dharma, the dwelling house makes sentient beings secure; and then two clauses turn to “is” — is the place of refuge, benefiting the worlds; is that which is relied upon, being the place upon which the practices of the bodhisattvas rely. The third group is people: the kind father instructs and guides, the kind mother gives birth and rears, the nurse nourishes and raises, the good companion accomplishes and benefits; and the last two clauses are the sovereign surpassing the two vehicles and the emperor gaining mastery within every vow.

Why should the first ground need so many similes of persons? Because the first ground is named Joyful, and joy arises because there is now something to lean upon. The four clauses of father, mother, nurse, and good companion come one after another, and they speak of four workings of one and the same mind upon a practitioner: teaching, giving birth, rearing, and completing.

A misreading must be set aside: that the mind of awakening is a thought of one’s own, so how could it be like father and mother. The sense of the scripture lies exactly here — it is not a notion of yours, it is the thing that gives birth to and rears this life of yours. Brought down to the ground: in those days after the first bringing forth of the mind when one wavers most easily, what carries one is not will but the rearing that these four clauses speak of.

Seven Clauses of the Higher Abode of Morality: Great Sea · Mount Sumeru · Cakravāḍa Mountains · Snow Mountains · Fragrant Mountain · Empty Space · Lotus Flower

The fourth passage, of seven clauses, Chengguan fastens to the higher abode of morality. Among the seven similes there is one sea, four mountains, one space, and one flower: the great sea is that every merit and virtue enters into it, Mount Sumeru is that its mind toward sentient beings is even, the Cakravāḍa mountains are that they take and hold all the worlds, the Snow Mountains are that they nourish the medicine of every wisdom, the Fragrant Mountain is that it brings forth the fragrance of every merit and virtue, empty space is that its wondrous merits and virtues are vast and without bound, and the lotus flower is that it is unstained by any dharma of the world.

Why should morality take these? The virtue of a mountain is in not moving and in being able to hold; the virtue of sea and space is in being able to contain; the virtue of the lotus is in dwelling amid stain unstained. The working of morality is exactly these three: not moving, containing, unstained. The clause “for its mind toward sentient beings is even” matched to Mount Sumeru is particular — what makes a mountain a mountain is not its height but that it is equally high toward all four quarters.

A misreading must be set aside: that to keep the precepts is to draw oneself in narrow. These seven clauses grow wider one after another: sea, Sumeru, Cakravāḍa, Snow Mountains, Fragrant Mountain, empty space. If keeping the precepts has come out narrow, something has gone wrong in the keeping.

Brought down to the ground: to test your own morality, see whether it has made your mind more even toward people and more able to contain circumstances. If the longer you keep it the more fault-finding you become, then it is time to look back at these seven clauses.

Ten Clauses of the Higher Abode of Mind: From the Tamed and Wise Elephant to Black Aloeswood

The fifth passage, of ten clauses, Chengguan fastens to the higher abode of mind. The first three clauses all speak of taming: the tamed and wise elephant is that “its mind is well compliant and not unruly,” the fine horse is that it “is far removed from every evil nature,” the tamer and trainer is that he “guards the whole Dharma of the Great Vehicle.” The latter seven turn to healing and to storing: the good medicine heals the sickness of affliction, the snare-pit sinks and buries the evil dharmas, the vajra pierces through every dharma, the scent-casket stores the fragrance of every merit and virtue, the wondrous flower is what the world delights to see, white candana takes away the fever of desire and makes cool, black aloeswood perfumes the Dharma realm and reaches everywhere.

The two clauses of the elephant and the horse are worth noting. What the scripture says is not that the elephant and horse are held down, but that the animal “is well compliant” and “is far removed from an evil nature” — the result of taming is that the animal is no longer that way of itself, not that it is tied up and unable to be that way. The height of the higher abode of mind lies just here.

A misreading must be set aside: that to cultivate the mind is to hold thoughts down. The clause of the snare-pit does look like holding down, but the two clauses of the elephant and the horse beside it have already made the matter plain: true taming is a change of disposition. Brought down to the ground: to judge your own power of concentration, do not look at how long you can endure; look at how much of the time there is nothing to endure.

Ten Clauses of the Higher Abode of Wisdom Corresponding to the Factors of Awakening: From the King of Medicines Well Seen to the Water-Clearing Pearl

The sixth passage, of ten clauses, Chengguan fastens to the higher abode of wisdom corresponding to the factors of awakening. Among the ten clauses there are three medicines, three deva-spirits, one ornament, one fire, and two pearls: the king of medicines Well Seen breaks the sickness of affliction; the pijimo medicine draws out the arrows of delusion — and here Chengguan glosses the Sanskrit word in passing, saying “as for what is called pijimo, this means universally removing”; Śakra is most honored among all lords, Vaiśravaṇa is able to cut off the suffering of poverty, the goddess of merit and virtue is adorned by every merit and virtue, the ornament adorns the bodhisattvas, the fire at the end of a kalpa burns up every conditioned thing, the medicine Birthless Root nourishes the dharmas of the buddhas, the dragon-pearl dissolves the poison of affliction, the water-clearing pearl clears the turbidity of affliction.

“Factors of awakening” is the general name of the thirty-seven factors of the path; this passage is chiefly of medicines, taking them for their power to counter. The clause “for it is able to draw out the arrows of every delusion” of the pijimo medicine especially wants looking at: an arrow is shot in from outside, it is not something one had to begin with; and drawing out an arrow presupposes admitting that it came from outside.

A misreading must be set aside: that wisdom is the power to analyze. Not one clause in this passage speaks of analyzing; all of them speak of healing. What makes wisdom wisdom is whether it can get the arrow out.

Brought down to the ground: if one has studied a great deal of Dharma and the afflictions go on as before, this passage may be held up against it — has the medicine been taken, has the arrow been drawn.

Ten Clauses of the Higher Abode Corresponding to the Truths: From the Wish-Fulfilling Pearl to the Firm Armor

The seventh passage, of ten clauses, Chengguan fastens to the higher abode corresponding to the truths. The first five clauses all speak of ‘giving’ and of ‘purity’: the wish-fulfilling pearl supplies the poor and needy, the vase of merit and virtue satisfies the minds of sentient beings, the wish-fulfilling tree rains down every ornament, the goose-down robe does not receive the stains of birth and death, and the thread of white cotton is “for from the very beginning its nature has been pure.” The latter five turn to ploughing and to war: the sharp and swift plough tills the field of sentient beings, Nārāyaṇa overthrows the enemy of the view of self, the swift arrow breaks the target of suffering, the sharp lance pierces the armor of affliction, the firm armor guards every mind that accords with principle.

The clause of the thread of white cotton is the eye of this passage. The clauses before it speak of what it can give to people; this one turns suddenly back to itself — it was pure to begin with, it was not made pure by washing. What the abode corresponding to the truths corresponds to is exactly this ‘to begin with.’

A misreading must be set aside: that the mind becomes pure only by being cultivated. The scripture uses the words “from the very beginning.” What cultivation removes is stain; it does not add a purity. Brought down to the ground: if in your practice you constantly feel that you are too dirty ever to be washed clean, think of this clause — what is washed is the stain; the ground beneath was never got by washing.

Ten Clauses of the Higher Abode Corresponding to the Stilling of the Turning of Dependent Origination: From the Sharp Knife to the Pincers

The eighth passage, of ten clauses, Chengguan fastens to the higher abode corresponding to the stilling of the turning of dependent origination; the name of the passage is long, but the sense of it is ‘to cut through the line along which birth and death turn.’ The ten similes are almost all bladed weapons and tools: the sharp knife cuts off the head of affliction, the sharp sword cuts the armor of conceit, the banner of the valiant general subdues the armies of Māra, the sharp saw saws through the tree of ignorance, the sharp axe fells the tree of suffering, the weapons of war ward off suffering and difficulty, the skillful hand guards the body of the perfections, the good foot establishes every merit and virtue, the eye-salve wipes out the film of ignorance, the pincers pull out the thorn of the view of the body.

What wants looking at is the order of the things cut off: the head of affliction, the armor of conceit, the armies of Māra, the tree of ignorance, the tree of suffering. Ignorance stands in the middle and suffering comes after it — this is the very order of the turning, and the place where the cutting is done is there too. The last four clauses turn suddenly gentle: hand, foot, eye-salve, and pincers are none of them for hacking; they are for guarding and for fine work.

A misreading must be set aside: that the cutting off of delusion is all a matter of force. Of the ten clauses the first six are fierce and the last four are fine; the thorn of the view of the body must be got out with pincers, and an axe will not do it. Brought down to the ground: coarse and heavy afflictions are to be cut off quickly, and the fine grasping at self is to be pulled out accurately; the two call for different kinds of strength.

Ten Clauses of the Markless Abode with Effort: From Bedding to the Great Dragon King

The ninth passage, of ten clauses, Chengguan fastens to the markless abode with effort. Bedding puts to rest the toils of birth and death, the good friend loosens the bonds of birth and death, fine treasure takes away the matter of poverty, the great guide well knows the essential road of going forth, the hidden hoard brings forth the wealth of merit and virtue without lacking, the gushing spring produces the water of wisdom without exhaustion, the bright mirror manifests everywhere the images of every gateway of Dharma, the lotus flower is unstained by the defilement of offense, the great river carries along the dharmas of the perfections and the means of gathering, the great dragon king rains down the rain of every wondrous Dharma.

“With effort” says that force is still to be used; “markless” says that force is used without clinging to marks. These ten clauses stand just between the two: on the one side are the marks of rest and abundance — bedding, treasure, the hidden hoard; on the other are the marks of unceasing outflow — the gushing spring, the great river, the rain of Dharma. Rest and outflow are not at odds — the spring is inexhaustible precisely because it need not labor.

A misreading must be set aside: that once one has reached the markless there is nothing left to do. The name of this abode says “with effort” itself. Brought down to the ground: at a certain stage of practice one feels pulled both ways, told to let go and to press on at once. The answer of this passage is: what is let go is the marks; what is pressed on is the flowing.

Ten Clauses of the Markless Abode without Effort: From the Life-Faculty to the Great Isle of Jewels

The tenth passage, of ten clauses, Chengguan fastens to the markless abode without effort. The life-faculty upholds the body of great compassion of the bodhisattva, sweet dew makes one abide in the realm of deathlessness, the great net universally gathers sentient beings, the snare takes in those to be taught and transformed, the hook and bait draw out those dwelling in the deep pool of the states of existence, the agada medicine makes one free of sickness and forever secure, the poison-dispelling medicine quenches the poison of craving, one skilled in holding spells takes away the poison of inversion, the swift wind sweeps away the mist of the obstructions, the great isle of jewels brings forth the jewel of every factor of awakening.

That the clause of the life-faculty stands at the head of the passage is worth attention. The life-faculty is not something we use; it holds this life of itself. At the station of no effort, the working of the mind of awakening upon the bodhisattva is as the life-faculty is upon the body — no thought needs to be raised, and it is there the whole time. The three clauses of net, snare, and hook and bait come one after another and speak of gathering sentient beings; and the manner of the gathering costs nothing either — the net is spread and it gathers, the bait is set and out they come.

A misreading must be set aside: that no effort means doing nothing. Within these ten clauses the means of delivering beings grow more particular one after another. Brought down to the ground: what is called costing nothing is being so practiced that one need not think about it; it is not not doing.

Ten Clauses of the Abode of Unobstructed Discernment: From the Good Lineage to the Life-Formation

The eleventh passage, of ten clauses, Chengguan fastens to the abode of unobstructed discernment. The good lineage brings forth the white and pure dharmas, the dwelling house is the place upon which the dharmas of merit and virtue rely, the market is where the bodhisattva-merchants trade, the medicine that refines gold heals the stain of affliction, fine honey fulfills the flavor of merit and virtue, the right road causes entry into the city of knowledge, the good vessel holds every white and pure dharma, timely rain lays the dust of every affliction; and the last two clauses turn to “is” — is the dwelling place, being where all bodhisattvas dwell; and is the life-formation, “for it does not take up the fruit of the liberation of the śrāvakas.”

The clause of the market is the most singular. A market is a place of exchange, with people coming and going, with what goes out and what comes in; to use it as a simile for the mind of awakening is to speak of the openness upon every side of unobstructed discernment. Under the last clause, “the life-formation,” Chengguan sets down a note upon a differing word of the Sanskrit witness, saying “as for what is called the life-formation, the Sanskrit witness has, ‘is the lodestone, for it does not draw in the fruit of the liberation of the śrāvakas’” — the simile of the lodestone takes the sense of drawing in and not drawing in, which is not the sense in which “the life-formation” is taken, and this note stands here beside the other, without being forced into one.

A misreading must be set aside: that to be unobstructed is to have everything open. The last clause says a “not” on purpose — it does not take up the fruit of the liberation of the śrāvakas. Within the unobstructed there is one thing not taken up, and this is not an obstruction; it is a direction.

Brought down to the ground: it is when every door upon the road can be entered that one has the more need to know which one door is not to be entered.

Sixteen Clauses of the Highest Bodhisattva Abode: From Pure Beryl to the Shrine of a Buddha

The twelfth passage, of sixteen clauses, is the last of the former set, and Chengguan fastens it to the highest bodhisattva abode. Pure beryl is bright and clean in its own nature, the sapphire jewel goes out beyond the knowledge of the two vehicles, the drum of the water-clock rouses sentient beings from the sleep of affliction, pure water is clear in nature from the first, Jambū gold outshines every conditioned good, the king of great mountains goes out beyond all the worlds; then four clauses of “is” — is the place of refuge, turning away none who come; is benefit itself, taking away every matter of decline and distress; is the wondrous jewel, making every mind rejoice; is what is honored and surpassing, having nothing among the minds of sentient beings that can equal it; then the great assembly of giving fills the minds of sentient beings, and the hidden hoard takes in the dharmas of every buddha; and the last four clauses are the net of Indra subduing the asura that is affliction, the wind of Poluona stirring all who are to be taught and transformed, the fire of Indra burning up the habit-energies of delusion, and the shrine of a buddha to which all the world should make offerings.

Among the last four clauses Chengguan glosses the sense taken by the Sanskrit witness for the first two, saying “the Sanskrit witness has the net of Indra, because the net takes in the asuras that are the afflictions. The wind of Poluona, this means the swift and fierce wind.” And the very last clause of the whole set uses the shrine of a buddha — a stūpa-shrine, the place that receives the offerings of people. From the seed at the beginning to the shrine at the end: what stands at the head cannot yet be seen, and what stands at the close is what everyone comes to bow to.

A misreading must be set aside: that upon reaching the highest station one is dealing with something other than the first bringing forth of the mind. Chengguan draws it together here, saying that “beginning with the seed and ending with the habit-energies of delusion” is the lengthwise, while “when the work is traced back to its root it is by the first bringing forth of the mind” is the crosswise. Brought down to the ground: having read these hundred and eighteen clauses, look back at the seed of the first clause — every virtue in between is that seed.

The Gathering Up of the Former Set: The Tathāgatas of the Three Times Are Born from the Mind of Awakening

The hundred and eighteen clauses done, the scripture draws them together itself: “Good man! The mind of awakening accomplishes measureless merits and virtues such as these; to say it in brief, one should know that it is wholly equal to all the merits and virtues of every buddha-dharma. And why? Because the mind of awakening gives birth to every practice of the bodhisattvas, and because the Tathāgatas of the three times are born from the mind of awakening.”

This passage gives two judgments. The first is “wholly equal to all the merits and virtues of every buddha-dharma” — not nearly, but equal. The second is the reason: every practice of the bodhisattvas is born from it, and the Tathāgatas of the three times are born from it. Chengguan puts down a word upon this, saying “second, beneath ‘good man,’ the general conclusion, that is, the completion of the work lies in the first basketful. The first mind is endowed with all the virtues, and how much more when first and last are perfectly fused.” The first basketful is the first basket of earth in the piling up of a mountain; that a mountain stands is the work of that one basket.

A misreading must be set aside: that ‘equal to all the merits and virtues of the buddha-dharma’ is an extravagance of speech. The scripture at once gives an inference that can be tested: “if there be one who brings forth the mind of anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi, then he has already brought forth measureless merit and virtue, and is universally able to take in the path of all-knowledge.” Having brought it forth, one has already brought them forth — not that one will have them later.

Brought down to the ground: this is the one sentence of the whole section most to be remembered. If it is not believed, the hundred and three similes below are read to no purpose; if it is believed, those hundred and three similes only say the same one thing more plainly.

The Latter Set, a Hundred and Three Similes: The Pattern Has Changed, and So Has the Tone

From “Good man! Suppose a man obtains the medicine of fearlessness and leaves behind five terrors” onward, the scripture changes its pattern: first it brings out some worldly matter as the simile, and then with “so it is also with the bodhisattva-mahāsattva” it turns to what the simile is matched with. Chengguan says of this manner that “within the text each has its simile and its matching, and because those who speak and those who hear see far and deep, the similes drawn upon are for the most part not of the realm of ordinary beings. It also shows that the mind of awakening is not shared in common” — simile and matching in two parts, and the similes drawn upon mostly not of common sight.

Chengguan also points out the difference of tone between the two sets: “the former mostly sets forth the bringing forth of the mind of the accomplishment of faith and of understanding and practice; the latter passage mostly sets forth the bringing forth of the mind at the station of realization, and therefore the text often says ‘obtains.’” This sentence can be held against the scripture — the matching clauses of the latter set again and again run “obtaining the medicine of the knowledge of liberation that is the mind of awakening,” “obtaining the great dragon-jewel pearl that is the mind of awakening,” “obtaining the wish-fulfilling jewel-pearl that is the mind of awakening,” “obtaining the method of well taming dragons that is the mind of awakening,” “obtaining the anshanna medicine that is the mind of awakening,” with the one word “obtaining” coming back over and over, while the clauses of the former set say only “the mind of awakening is.”

A misreading must be set aside: that the two sets are only the same thing said twice. The former set says what this mind is; the latter says what becomes of the one who has obtained this mind. One speaks of substance, the other of function. Brought down to the ground: in reading the latter set, at every simile one may put a question to oneself — this “obtaining,” have I obtained it or not.

Seven Similes Gathering the Virtue of the Ten Abodes: The First Group of Medicines

The first passage of the latter set, of seven similes, Chengguan fastens as “gathering the virtue of the ten abodes, because the nature of the awakened mind is apart from evil thought and the rest.” All seven similes are medicines: the medicine of fearlessness leaves behind the five terrors of fire, poison, blade, water, and smoke; the medicine of liberation has no untimely calamity in the end; the moheyingqie medicine makes the poisonous snakes go far off when they smell its scent; the medicine of invincibility leaves no enemy able to overcome; the pijimo medicine makes poisoned arrows fall away of themselves; the medicine Well Seen takes away every sickness; and the last simile is the medicine tree Shantuona — “if someone takes its bark and smears it upon a sore, the sore is healed; and that bark, as fast as it is taken, grows again, and in the end cannot be used up.”

The matching clause of the first simile is the easiest to remember: having obtained the medicine that is the mind of awakening, “the fire of greed does not burn him, the poison of hatred does not strike him, the blade of delusion does not wound him, the flood of existence does not sweep him away, and the smoke of the many kinds of thought and examination cannot choke and harm him” — five terrors matched one by one to five afflictions. And the Shantuona of the last simile speaks of giving out without lessening: the bark grows again as fast as it is taken, and the tree of all-knowledge “is not harmed in the least.”

A misreading must be set aside: that benefiting others will use one up. The simile of Shantuona is set there for just this. Brought down to the ground: what makes the station of the first abode able to abide is not thrift, but that there is no using it up.

Ten Similes Gathering the Virtue of the Ten Practices: From the Birthless Root to the Dragon-Jewel Pearl

The second passage, of ten similes, Chengguan fastens as “gathering the virtue of the ten practices.” The first five are still medicines: the medicine Birthless Root makes the trees of Jambudvīpa grow, the alanpo medicine makes body and mind capable, the medicine of the power of mindfulness makes what is heard not forgotten, the medicine of the great lotus makes one live out a kalpa, the medicine that veils the form makes one unseen by humans and nonhumans. The latter five turn to pearls and jewels: the pearl Gathering Together All Jewels keeps the fire at the end of the kalpa from diminishing the sea by a drop, the maṇi of Great Light outshines every jeweled ornament, the water-clearing pearl clears turbid water, the water-dwelling jewel lets one enter the great sea unharmed by water, the dragon-jewel pearl lets one enter the dragon palace unharmed by dragons and snakes.

The ten practices are a gateway of practice, and so the sense taken in this passage is mostly ‘being able to do.’ The medicine Birthless Root “makes all the good dharmas of those in training and beyond training and of all the bodhisattvas grow” — that is growing; the medicine of the power of mindfulness is hearing and holding without forgetting; the medicine that veils the form is entering without being seen. The simile of the pearl Gathering Together All Jewels carries a further warning — the scripture says that if one can hold it in mind and not lose it, then to destroy one root of goodness of the bodhisattva “in the end there is no such thing,” but then it adds one clause: “but if he loses that mind of his, then all good dharmas are scattered and destroyed.”

A misreading must be set aside: that once obtained it is secure. This clause is one of the few statements in the whole set made from the negative side. Brought down to the ground: the difficulty of the gateway of practice is not in being unable to do it, but in everything scattering once it is put down. To hold in mind and not lose — that is the real door of this passage.

Nine Similes Gathering the Virtue of the Ten Dedications: From Śakra’s Maṇi Crown to the Beryl Jewel

The third passage, of nine similes, Chengguan fastens as “gathering the virtue of the ten dedications.” Śakra wearing the maṇi crown outshines the hosts of devas, the wish-fulfilling pearl wipes out the suffering of poverty, the sun-essence pearl held toward the light of the sun gives birth to fire, the moon-essence pearl held toward the light of the moon gives birth to water, the dragon king wearing the wish-fulfilling maṇi jewel-crown is far from the dread of enemies, the jewel-pearl Treasury of Every Adornment of the World fulfills what is desired while the pearl is not diminished, the wheel-turning king’s maṇi jewel sends out a great light and breaks every darkness, the great sapphire maṇi jewel makes whatever its light touches of one color with it, and the beryl jewel dwells a hundred thousand years amid what is impure without receiving stain.

Why should this passage be fastened to dedication? Look at the matching clauses of the two similes of sun-essence and moon-essence and it is plain: the sun-essence pearl is “held up toward the light of knowledge, and the fire of knowledge is born from it,” the moon-essence pearl is “holding this pearl of the mind so that it mirrors the light of dedication, the water of the vows of every root of goodness is born from it” — both are a matter of turning one thing toward another place so that something new is born, and that is precisely the act of dedication. The simile of the sapphire jewel says the fruit of dedication more directly still: “contemplating the dharmas and dedicating his roots of goodness, there is nothing that does not become of one color with the mind of awakening.”

A misreading must be set aside: that to dedicate is to send merit away and have none left. The simile of the jewel-pearl Treasury of Every Adornment speaks to just this matter — it makes what a man vows be satisfied, “and yet the mind of awakening is not diminished.”

Brought down to the ground: dedication is not distribution, it is turning toward. What is born after the turning is more than there was before.

Four Similes Gathering the Virtue of the First Ground: Pure Light · Flame · Priceless Jewel · King of Mastery

From “suppose there is a jewel named Pure Light” onward, Chengguan judges the sixty similes that follow as gathering the virtue of the ten grounds, and divides them into ten small passages. The first small passage of four similes gathers the first ground: the jewel Pure Light outshines the color of every jewel, the jewel Flame wipes out every darkness, the priceless jewel of the sea is gathered by merchants and carried by ship into the city, and the jewel-pearl King of Mastery, forty thousand yojanas from the orbs of the sun and moon, shows within its reflection every adornment of the palaces of the sun and the moon.

The first ground is named Joyful, and its virtue is in ‘seeing’ — having seen the knowledge of the Buddha, one knows that one is not of the two vehicles. Three of the four similes speak of outshining and of beholding. The simile of the priceless jewel brings out one further sense: the bodhisattva “rides the ship of great vows, and with a profound mind unbroken” carries it into the city of liberation. Those words “with a profound mind unbroken” are to be remembered; the jewel does not arrive by being picked up, there is a voyage in between.

A misreading must be set aside: that the first ground, being the starting place, is simple. The simile of the King of Mastery speaks of a reflection complete at a distance of forty thousand yojanas — what the first ground beholds is the whole ground of the fruit. Brought down to the ground: what one sees upon first seeing the path is far more than one can then do, and this is not fantasy; it is the mark of the first ground.

Three Similes Gathering the Virtue of the Second Ground: King of Mastery · Sea Treasury · Jāmbūnada Gold

The second small passage of three similes gathers the second ground, and Chengguan fastens its sense as “because of the pure merits and virtues of keeping the precepts and of the austere practices and the rest.” The jewel-pearl King of Mastery is that wherever the light of the sun and moon reaches, no wealth or jewels or clothing has a worth that comes up to it; the jewel Sea Treasury manifests everywhere the many adornments within the sea; the jāmbūnada gold of the heavens is such that apart from the great maṇi jewel that is the king of the mind, none of the rest comes up to it.

Of the three similes, the King of Mastery and the jāmbūnada gold share one structure: some thing that within its own kind has nothing to compare with it; the Sea Treasury speaks instead of manifesting every adornment. The second ground is named Stainless, and the virtue of being stainless is exactly this — nothing has been added, something has been made unmixed. Unmixed to a certain degree, and everything of its own kind falls short.

A misreading must be set aside: that the worth of keeping the precepts lies in how many articles have been held. The first and the last similes speak of ‘worth,’ and worth comes of purity; the Sea Treasury speaks of what shows forth of itself once there is purity. Brought down to the ground: the height of conduct in the precepts is not in the number of items but in whether there is anything mixed in.

Four Similes Gathering the Virtue of the Third Ground: The Method of Taming Dragons · The Warrior’s Armor and Weapons · Black Sandalwood · White Sandalwood

The third small passage of four similes gathers the third ground, and Chengguan fastens its sense as “because of entering the concentrations and being apart from the fever of delusion and the rest.” One skilled in the method of taming dragons gains mastery among the dragons; the brave warrior wearing and bearing armor and weapons has no enemy able to subdue him; the black sandalwood incense of the heavens, a single zhu of it burned, perfumes a small-thousand world-system everywhere; white sandalwood smeared upon the body wipes out every burning distress and makes body and mind cool.

The third ground is named Luminous, and its practice is in concentration and in acceptance. The four similes fall into two pairs: the first pair is subduing (the dragons and the enemy), the latter pair is fragrance (the perfuming and the coolness). The matching clause of the white sandalwood puts its finger very finely upon “burning distress”: “it is able to take away the burning distress of every delusion — the false, the discriminating, greed, hatred, folly, and the rest — and makes him complete in the coolness of wisdom.” At the head of the burning distresses stands false discrimination, not greed and hatred.

A misreading must be set aside: that concentration is stillness. The simile of the black sandalwood speaks of a single zhu burned perfuming a small-thousand world-system everywhere — the working of concentration is outward. Brought down to the ground: whether one has sat well is seen after one rises from the seat, in whether the people nearby are cooler for it.

Four Similes Gathering the Virtue of the Fourth Ground: Mount Sumeru and Three Similes of the Pārijāta

The fourth small passage of four similes gathers the fourth ground, and Chengguan fastens its sense as “because of being of one flame with all-knowledge and gaining what is without outflows.” Mount Sumeru is that “whatever draws near to it becomes of one color with it”; and then three similes of the pārijāta tree come one after another — the fragrance of its bark surpasses the flowers of Jambudvīpa, its flowers not yet opened and it is already the place from which measureless flowers are born, its flower perfuming a garment for one day surpassing a thousand years of perfuming by other flowers.

The matching clause of the simile of Mount Sumeru is that “whatever draws near to it wholly attains to being of one color with it, the color of all-knowledge.” The fourth ground is named Flaming Wisdom, and the virtue of flame is in making of one kind — what comes near the fire takes on the color of fire. And among the three similes of the pārijāta, the middle one matters most: “though it has not yet opened its flowers, one should know that it is the very place from which measureless flowers are born.” It has not opened, and it is already the place of birth.

A misreading must be set aside: that where no merit has appeared there is none. This simile is the remedy for exactly that sickness. Brought down to the ground: at a certain stage of practice one feels that nothing at all has been gained, and it is then that one must remember that the tree not yet in flower is already where the flowers are born.

Four Similes Gathering the Virtue of the Fifth Ground: Coconut Tree · Hezhaijia · The Small Fire · The Single Lamp

The fifth small passage of four similes gathers the fifth ground, and Chengguan fastens its sense as “because of benefiting people without being stained by the common world.” The coconut tree of the sea island has root, stem, branches, leaves, flowers, and fruit that all sentient beings constantly take and use without a moment’s ceasing; the medicinal liquid Hezhaijia with one ounce transforms a thousand ounces of copper wholly into true gold; the small fire, as it burns what it burns, has its flame turn the more fierce; the single lamp lights a hundred thousand lamps and the original lamp is neither lessened nor exhausted.

The fifth ground is named Hard to Conquer, and its difficulty is in entering the world without flowing along with it. The matching clause of the coconut tree draws the time out to its full length: “from the arousing of the mind of compassion and vows onward, until the attainment of buddhahood and the abiding of the right Dharma in the world, at all times it benefits all the world without any break.” The simile of Hezhaijia sets out the mechanism of ‘not being stained’ — “it is not that a thousand ounces of copper are able to transform this medicine”; the medicine transforms the copper, the copper does not transform the medicine.

A misreading must be set aside: that long in the world one cannot help being stained. The two similes of Hezhaijia and of the small fire say the opposite: the small fire, as it burns, has its flame the fiercer, and the very objects it meets become its growth. Brought down to the ground: to tell whether you are being turned by circumstances or turning them, look at one thing — after the matter is over, is the mind weaker or stronger.

Six Similes Gathering the Virtue of the Sixth Ground: The Single Lamp Entering the Dark Room · The Lamp-Wick · The Deva Crown of Mastery over Others · Three Similes of the Lion

The sixth small passage of six similes gathers the sixth ground, and Chengguan fastens its sense as “because wisdom is manifest before one and breaks the darkness all at once.” The single lamp entering the dark room breaks the darkness of a hundred thousand years; the lamp-wick, with oil added, has its brightness never cut off; the king of the devas of mastery over others’ creations wearing a crown of jāmbūnada true gold is such that the ornaments of the deva sons of the realm of desire cannot come up to it; the lion king roaring makes the lion cubs grow in bravery while the other beasts run and hide; the lion’s sinews made into music strings snap all the other strings; one drop of lion’s milk cast into a sea of milk makes it all curdle and passes straight through without obstruction.

The single lamp entering the dark room is the proper simile of the sixth ground, and the most famous simile of the whole set — “the darkness of a hundred thousand years it is wholly able to break away”; the length of the darkness adds nothing to the difficulty of breaking it. The simile of the lamp-wick supplies the other end: for the light not to be cut off, one must have “the great vows for its wick … adding the oil of great compassion.” And the three similes of the lion speak of what wisdom does not share in common: those who hear it either grow in bravery or run and hide, and the point is in “those who have something to gain, hearing it, all fall back and scatter.”

A misreading must be set aside: that where habits are deep and heavy they are hard to break. Darkness however long is only darkness; once the lamp comes in it is gone. Brought down to the ground: there is no need to settle accounts with the past before beginning; first light the lamp.

Five Similes Gathering the Virtue of the Seventh Ground: Kalaviṅka · The Son of the King of Golden-Winged Birds · The Strong Man’s Sharp Lance · Mahānāga · The Archery Master’s Disciple

The seventh small passage of five similes gathers the seventh ground, and Chengguan fastens its sense as “because of entering well into means and gaining mastery.” The kalaviṅka bird within the eggshell already has great strength; the son of the king of golden-winged birds, newly born, has eyes bright and keen and flight strong and swift; the strong man holding a sharp lance stabs firm and close armor and passes straight through; Mahānāga, the strong and valiant man, rouses himself in wrath and a blister arises upon his forehead, and while the blister has not closed none can subdue him; the archery master’s disciples, though not yet trained in their master’s art, have wisdom, means, and skillfulness that others cannot come up to.

Three of the five similes speak of ‘already surpassing before being ripe’: the bird within the egg, the newborn prince, the untrained disciple. The seventh ground is named Far-Reaching, and the virtue of far-reaching is in means; and the mark of means is exactly this being able before being ripe. The matching clause of the simile of Mahānāga especially wants looking at: “if he gives rise to great compassion, he will surely bring forth the mind of awakening; and from then until this mind is relinquished, the Māras and the folk of Māra of all the world are not able to harm him.” While the blister has not closed none can subdue him — while great compassion does not rest, Māra cannot harm.

A misreading must be set aside: that one must be accomplished before one has strength. The five similes say with one voice that it is not so. Brought down to the ground: do not wait until you are qualified before doing what is to be done.

Fourteen Similes Gathering the Virtue of the Eighth Ground: From a Man Learning Archery to the King of the Devas Śakra Holding the Vajra Cudgel

The eighth small passage of fourteen similes gathers the eighth ground, and is the longest passage among the ten grounds; Chengguan fastens its sense as “because the bringing forth of the mind is without effort and is able to extinguish the delusions of marks and the rest.” Of the first five similes, the first two speak of ‘first,’ and the other three of the hidden and the manifest and of outshining: learning archery, one first settles the feet; the conjuror first sets his intent and holds in mind the conjuror’s method; the conjuror’s art, without color, manifests color; the cat has only to see the mouse and the mouse dares not come out; wearing the ornaments of Jambū gold, one outshines everything so that it looks like a heap of ink. The middle four similes speak of the lodestone and of entering the sea: the good lodestone with the strength of one portion draws and breaks the hooks and locks of iron; the iron, once it sees the lodestone, all scatters away; one skilled in entering the great sea is unharmed by the creatures of the water and not swallowed in the mouth of the makara fish; one who drinks the draught of sweet dew cannot be harmed by anything. The last five similes speak of leaning upon: the anshanna medicine smeared upon the eyes leaves one unseen; attaching oneself to a king, one does not fear other people; dwelling within water, one does not fear fire; leaning upon a fierce general, one has no dread of enemies; the king of the devas Śakra holding the vajra cudgel crushes and subdues the hosts of the asuras.

The eighth ground is named Immovable, and its virtue is in the absence of effort. The simile of “as when a man learns archery, first he settles his feet, afterward he practices the method” is the plainest of the whole set, and its matching clause is as plain: “wishing to study the path of all-knowledge of the Tathāgata, he should first abide in the mind of awakening, and afterward cultivate every buddha-dharma.” And the two similes of the lodestone speak of just this absence of effort — the lodestone does not move, and the iron breaks and scatters of itself.

A misreading must be set aside: that to be immovable is to be indifferent. The matching clause of the simile of the draught of sweet dew fills this out: “he does not fall into the ground of the śrāvakas or of the pratyekabuddhas, because he has the power of vast compassion and vows.” What keeps the immovable from falling into the two vehicles is that compassion and vows hold it up from beneath.

Brought down to the ground: to settle the mind before setting to work — this one sentence can be used the same day.

Ten Similes Gathering the Virtue of the Ninth Ground: From Taking the Medicine of Prolonged Years to the Wondrous Maṇi Jewel

The ninth small passage of ten similes gathers the ninth ground, and Chengguan fastens its sense as “because of prolonging life and benefiting beings and the rest.” Taking the medicine of prolonged years one is long full and strong and neither ages nor grows thin; compounding a medicinal liquid one must first take good and pure water; guarding the body, one first guards the life-faculty; the life-faculty cut off, one cannot benefit father, mother, or clansmen; the great sea has nothing able to destroy it; the light of the sun cannot be outshone by the stars; a prince newly born is at once honored by the great ministers; a prince young in years is bowed to by all the great ministers; a prince not yet in mastery already has the marks of a king; the pure and wondrous maṇi jewel is seen as impure because of the film upon the eye.

Among the ten similes, the two of the life-faculty and the three of the prince are two groups. The two of the life-faculty speak of ‘before and after’: in holding and guarding the buddha-dharma one first guards the mind of awakening, and relinquishing it one cannot benefit sentient beings. The three of the prince speak of ‘lineage’: honored as soon as born, reverenced though young, already bearing the marks of a king before mastery — and the matching clauses grow plainer one after another, the last of them running “though among all the deeds and afflictions he has not yet gained mastery, yet he is already complete in the marks of awakening and is not on a level with any of the two vehicles, because his lineage is first.”

A misreading must be set aside: that while afflictions remain nothing counts. These three similes are set there for just this. And the last simile turns it over the other way: the wondrous maṇi jewel is pure of itself, and it is the one with a film upon his eye who calls it impure; that the mind of awakening is thought little of is because “those without knowledge and without faith say that it is impure.”

Brought down to the ground: do not use the afflictions you still have to deny the mind you have already brought forth. The two matters do not lie upon the same layer.

Six Similes Gathering the Virtue of the Tenth Ground: From the Medicine Held by a Spell to the Rootless Tree

The tenth small passage of six similes gathers the tenth ground, and Chengguan fastens its sense as “because of removing deeply the habit-energies of delusion and accomplishing every buddha-dharma.” The medicine held by a spell makes every sickness of those who see it, hear of it, or dwell with it be extinguished; one who constantly holds sweet dew has a body that in the end does not alter or decay; the wooden figure worked by mechanism, without its pegs, falls apart; the wheel-turning king’s aloeswood jewel named Elephant Treasury, when burned, sends the four kinds of army up into space; the vajra is born only from the place of vajra and the place of gold; the rootless tree, not born from a root, has branches, leaves, flowers, and fruit luxuriant.

The matching clause of the simile of the spell-held medicine sets four matters side by side — seeing, hearing, dwelling together, and calling to mind — with no need to cultivate: to see it, hear of it, dwell with it, or call it to mind is enough. The simile of the Elephant Treasury incense says the going out of the three realms: “if this intent is aroused, it makes every root of goodness of the bodhisattva come out of the three realms forever.” And the last two similes are a pair: the vajra has that from which it is born (the place of great compassion rescuing and guarding sentient beings, the place of the surpassing realm of the knowledge of all-knowledge), while the rootless tree “has no root that can be found” and yet its branches, leaves, flowers, and fruit spread and shade. To have that from which one is born and to have no root that can be found, raised together, is precisely the mark of the tenth ground drawing to its full.

A misreading must be set aside: that these two similes are at odds with each other. The first says that it is not born from any mixed place; the second says that it has no root that can be pointed at. Not born from a mixed place is a sorting out; no root to be found is a sending away. Brought down to the ground: one must know both where this mind comes from and that it has no coming-from that can be grasped.

Seventeen Similes Gathering the Merit and Virtue of the Station of Equal Awakening: The Seventeen Faces of the Vajra

The last passage of seventeen similes uses the vajra throughout, and Chengguan fastens its sense as “gathering the merit and virtue of the station of equal awakening, because by vajra knowledge one accomplishes awakening at the last.” The seventeen similes may be divided into four layers. The first layer speaks of the vessel: the vajra is not to be held by a poor vessel or a broken vessel, but only by a wholly complete and wondrous vessel — and the matching clause sets out two kinds of unfit vessel, the stingy, the envious, those who break the precepts, the slack, the falsely mindful, and those without knowledge; and those who have lost their surpassing aspiration, the scattered, and those of evil thought — none but the profound-minded jeweled vessel of the bodhisattva. The second layer speaks of its power to break: it pierces the many jewels, destroys the many mountains, and though broken and not whole the many jewels still fall short of it, and though it have a loss or a gap it can still wipe out poverty, and a small piece of vajra can break and destroy every thing. The third layer speaks of its being hard to obtain and hard to hold: not to be obtained by an ordinary person, its power unknown to one who does not know jewels, nothing able to melt it away, the vajra cudgel to be held only by one with the strength of the great Nārāyaṇa, nothing able to destroy it while it destroys everything and its own substance and nature are not diminished, and only the ground of vajra able to hold it. The fourth layer speaks of its power to hold: the vajra vessel holds water and never leaks, the vajra limit holds the great earth and does not let it fall, long in water it neither rots nor is soaked, no fire can burn it, and the vajra seat holds the buddhas as they sit at the place of the Way and accomplish right and perfect awakening.

The two similes “though broken and not whole, all the many jewels still cannot come up to it” and “though it have a loss or a gap, it is still able to wipe out every poverty” are to be read together. The matching clauses say “though the aspiration be low and there be some slight loss, it still surpasses the merits and virtues of all the two vehicles” and “though it have a loss or a gap and cannot press forward in the practices, it is still able to relinquish all birth and death” — these are the two strongest sentences the whole set has for one who has fallen back.

A misreading must be set aside: that once there is any loss in one’s practice, all the earlier work is thrown away. A vajra broken is still vajra. Brought down to the ground: what matters most after a fall is not remorse, but remembering what this piece in your hand is.

The Gathering Up of the Latter Set and the Return to the Question: From Merit and Virtue Back to That One Question

The hundred and three similes done, the scripture draws them together once more: “Good man! The mind of awakening accomplishes surpassing merits and virtues such as these, measureless and boundless and even beyond telling, beyond telling.” Set against the “measureless merits and virtues” of the former set, this time it is raised to “beyond telling, beyond telling.” Then it brings the words back down upon Sudhana himself: “Therefore, good man, you have gained a good benefit! Because you have brought forth the mind of anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi and sought the practice of a bodhisattva, you have already obtained great merit and virtue such as this.” Chengguan outlines this as “the concluding gloss upon what belongs to it,” and explains its work as being “that the many virtues above gloss the words ‘gained a good benefit’” — the two hundred and more clauses are there in order to gloss that one earlier sentence, “you have gained a good benefit.”

Only then does Maitreya return to the original question: “Good man! As for what you asked — how is a bodhisattva to study the practice of a bodhisattva and to cultivate the path of a bodhisattva? Good man, you may enter this great storeyed pavilion Vairocana Adornment Treasury and contemplate it everywhere, and then you will be able to understand how to study the practice of a bodhisattva.” Chengguan outlines this as the beginning of the direct bestowal of the Dharma realm, saying “within it there are four: first, bestowing the substance of the Dharma; second, displaying the name of the Dharma; third, exhausting the very source of the cause of the adorning; fourth, examining the nature and marks of the direct recompense.”

A misreading must be set aside: that the two hundred and more clauses before have strayed from the point. Maitreya’s way of answering is to say out to the end ‘on what strength you are able to study,’ and then to say ‘go in and look.’ The practice that is to be studied does not lie in words; but the mind that is able to study must first be spoken plainly.

Brought down to the ground: Sudhana asked for a method, and what he was first given was a mirror — a sight of what he already has. Once that is seen clearly, the door opens.

Lineage

The number of the clauses of the former set and the number of the similes of the latter set are not reckoned alike by the ancient worthies. Chengguan sets down the total as two hundred and twenty-one clauses, while dividing it himself into a first hundred and eighteen clauses and a latter hundred and three; Fazang sets down the total as two hundred and eighteen clauses, while dividing it himself into a first hundred and fifteen clauses and a latter hundred and three. The two agree in the number of the latter set, and differ in the number of the former set and in the total. In the base text, the clauses of the former set beginning with “the mind of awakening is” come to a hundred and eighteen upon a counting graph by graph, and the similes of the latter set come to a hundred and three upon a counting graph by graph. Both are recorded, without adjudication.

The matching of the former set passage by passage comes from the twelve abodes of the teacher Guangtong. Chengguan follows it and sets down the name of the abode for each passage, and when the matching is done says himself that for fear of prolixity they are not assigned; Fazang cites the same teacher’s account and says that each single thing here displays one surpassing virtue within the mind of awakening, and that all of them run through beginning and end. The two houses cite one and the same teacher’s account and take it up differently; this is recorded, without adjudication.

The matching of the latter set Chengguan divides into five passages, and within the one passage of the ten grounds opens it further into ten, fastening to each passage in turn the names of the first ground up to the tenth and of equal awakening; Fazang sets up no separate matching for this passage. Li Tongxuan and Zhiyan put forth no clause-by-clause gloss upon either of these two sets. This is recorded, without adjudication.

The difference of the parallel translations is at its greatest in this section. In this place the sixty likewise has both sets of similes, the former set in the clause form “is then,” the same structure as the base text; the ten places of birth of a bodhisattva and the similes of the kinsfolk — wisdom as mother, great means as father, and the rest — belong to a later passage of the sixty, and do not stand in the place of these. The forty is nearly identical to the base text graph for graph, and yet there are not a few small differences of wording: where the base text has “like pure water, for it is able to wash away the stains of affliction,” the forty has “like great water, for it is able to cleanse away the stains of affliction”; where the base text has “like a blazing fire,” the forty has “like a great fire”; where the base text has “like a kind father, instructing and guiding,” the forty has “like a stern father, instructing and guiding”; where the base text has “sees everywhere the places of safety and of peril,” the forty has “sees everywhere the places level and steep.” The forty has moreover, at the close of the latter set, seven similes that the base text does not have — the wheel-jewel going before, the bow and arrow that is most excellent, the utpala flower, the ship, the rain-water, the saindhava salt, and cow’s milk. Both are recorded, without adjudication.

The differing words of the Sanskrit witness in three places all come from Chengguan’s notes: he glosses pijimo as meaning universally removing; beneath the clause of the life-formation he notes that the Sanskrit witness has, is the lodestone, for it does not draw in the fruit of the liberation of the śrāvakas; and beneath the clause of the net of Indra he notes that the Sanskrit witness has the net of Indra, because the net takes in the asuras that are the afflictions, and further glosses the wind of Poluona as meaning the swift and fierce wind. As for the remainder of the Sanskrit words of this passage, Chengguan commits them all to the book of sounds and meanings. This is recorded, without adjudication.

Translator · 釋慧鏡 Shi Huijing. The full statement of AI's role across the 指月 project is maintained at methodology.

License · CC BY-NC-SA 4.0